Table of Contents

Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3)
File Number 333-173255

PROSPECTUS

SunGard Data Systems Inc.

Offers to Exchange

$900,000,000 principal amount of its 7 ³/8% Senior Notes due 2018 and $700,000,000 principal amount of its 7 ⁵/8% Senior Notes due 2020, each of which has been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, for any and all of its outstanding 7 ³/8% Senior Notes due 2018 and 7 ⁵/8% Senior Notes due 2020, respectively.

 

 

We are conducting the exchange offer in order to provide you with an opportunity to exchange your unregistered notes for freely tradable notes that have been registered under the Securities Act.

The Exchange Offer

 

•

We will exchange all outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn for an equal principal amount of exchange notes that are freely tradable.

 

•

You may withdraw tenders of outstanding notes at any time prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer.

 

•

The exchange offer expires at 12:00 a.m. midnight, New York City time, on May 13, 2011, unless extended. We do not currently intend to extend the expiration date.

 

•

The exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

•

The terms of the exchange notes to be issued in the exchange offer are substantially identical to the outstanding notes, except that the exchange notes will be freely tradable.

 

 

Results of the Exchange Offer

 

•

The exchange notes may be sold in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions or through a combination of such methods. We do not plan to list the notes on a national market.

All untendered outstanding notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the outstanding notes and in the indenture. In general, the outstanding notes may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Other than in connection with the exchange offer, we do not currently anticipate that we will register the outstanding notes under the Securities Act.

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17 for a discussion of certain risks that you should consider before participating in the exchange offer.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the exchange notes to be distributed in the exchange offer or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for outstanding notes where such outstanding notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. See “Plan of Distribution.”

The date of this prospectus is April 15, 2011.

---

Table of Contents

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. The prospectus may be used only for the purposes for which it has been published and no person has been authorized to give any information not contained herein. If you receive any other information, you should not rely on it. We are not making an offer of these securities in any state where the offer is not permitted.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

		Page
Prospectus Summary			1
Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data			14
Risk Factors			17
Forward-Looking Statements			31
Use of Proceeds			33
Cash and Capitalization			34
Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information			36
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations			38
Business			64
Management			76
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners			104
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions			109
Director Independence			111
Description of Other Indebtedness			112
The Exchange Offer			118
Description of 2018 Notes			128
Description of 2020 Notes			187
Certain United States Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Exchange Offer			245
Certain ERISA Considerations			246
Plan of Distribution			247
Legal Matters			247
Experts			248
Where You Can Find More Information			248
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements			F-1

---

Table of Contents

 

1

---

Table of Contents

 

2

---

Table of Contents

 

3

---

Table of Contents

 

4

---

Table of Contents

 

5

---

Table of Contents

 

6

---

Table of Contents

 

7

---

Table of Contents

 

8

---

Table of Contents

 

9

---

Table of Contents

 

10

---

Table of Contents

 

11

---

Table of Contents

 

12

---

Table of Contents

 

13

---

Table of Contents

 

14

---

Table of Contents

 

15

---

Table of Contents

 

16

---

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other information contained in this prospectus before deciding whether to tender your outstanding notes in the exchange offer. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently deem immaterial, also may become important factors that affect us.

If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In that case, the trading price of the exchange notes could decline or we may not be able to make payments of interest and principal on the exchange notes, and you may lose some or all of your investment.

Risks Related to the Exchange Offer

There may be adverse consequences if you do not exchange your outstanding notes.

If you do not exchange your outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer, you will continue to be subject to restrictions on transfer of your outstanding notes as set forth in the offering circular distributed in connection with the private offering of the outstanding notes. In general, the outstanding notes may not be offered or sold unless they are registered or exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Except as required by the registration rights agreement, we do not intend to register resales of the outstanding notes under the Securities Act. You should refer to “Summary—The Exchange Offer” and “The Exchange Offer” for information about how to tender your outstanding notes.

The tender of outstanding notes under the exchange offer will reduce the outstanding amount of the outstanding notes, which may have an adverse effect upon, and increase the volatility of, the market prices of the outstanding notes due to a reduction in liquidity.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

Our substantial leverage could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable rate debt and prevent us from meeting our debt obligations.

As a result of being acquired on August 11, 2005 by a consortium of private equity investment funds, we are highly leveraged and our debt service requirements are significant. As of December 31, 2010, our total indebtedness was $8.06 billion, and we had $796 million available for borrowing under our revolving credit facility, after giving effect to certain outstanding letters of credit.

Our high degree of leverage could have important consequences, including:

 

•

making it more difficult for us to make payments on our debt obligations;

 

•

increasing our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions;

 

•

requiring a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, therefore reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures and future business opportunities;

 

•

exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of our borrowings, including borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities, are at variable rates of interest;

 

•

restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;

 

•

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, product development, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes; and

 

17

---

Table of Contents

•

limiting our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less highly leveraged.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, subject to the restrictions contained in our senior secured credit agreement, the indentures that govern the exchange notes, our senior notes due 2015 and senior subordinated notes due 2015. If new indebtedness is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we now face could be exacerbated. Additionally, if we were to divest any material operations in the future, our leverage could increase and our ability to service our remaining debt could be negatively impacted.

Our debt agreements contain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business.

Our senior secured credit agreement and the indentures governing our senior notes due 2015, the senior subordinated notes due 2015 and the exchange notes contain various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants limit our and our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

 

•

incur additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares;

 

•

pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of our capital stock or make other restricted payments;

 

•

make certain investments;

 

•

sell certain assets;

 

•

create liens;

 

•

consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and

 

•

enter into certain transactions with our affiliates.

In addition, under the senior secured credit agreement, we are required to satisfy and maintain specified financial ratios and other financial condition tests. Our ability to meet those financial ratios and tests can be affected by events beyond our control, and we may not be able to meet those ratios and tests. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under the senior secured credit agreement. Upon an event of default under the senior secured credit agreement, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit.

If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders under the senior secured credit agreement could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. We have pledged a significant portion of our assets as collateral under the senior secured credit agreement and the senior secured notes due 2014, to the extent required by the indenture governing those notes. If the lenders under the senior secured credit agreement accelerate the repayment of borrowings, we may not have sufficient assets to repay the senior secured credit facilities and the senior secured notes due 2014, as well as our unsecured indebtedness.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our business depends largely on the economy and financial markets, and a slowdown or downturn in the economy or financial markets could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

When there is a slowdown or downturn in the economy, a drop in stock market levels or trading volumes, or an event that disrupts the financial markets, our business and financial results may suffer for a number of reasons. Customers may react to worsening conditions by reducing their capital expenditures in general or by specifically reducing their IT spending. In addition, customers may curtail or discontinue trading

 

18

---

Table of Contents

operations, delay or cancel IT projects, or seek to lower their costs by renegotiating vendor contracts. Also, customers with excess IT resources may choose to take their information availability solutions in-house rather than obtain those solutions from us. Moreover, competitors may respond to market conditions by lowering prices and attempting to lure away our customers to lower cost solutions. If any of these circumstances remain in effect for an extended period of time, there could be a material adverse effect on our financial results. Because our financial performance tends to lag behind fluctuations in the economy, our recovery from any particular downturn in the economy may not occur until after economic conditions have generally improved.

Our business depends to a significant degree on the financial services industry, and a weakening of, or further consolidation in, or new regulations affecting, the financial services industry could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Because our customer base is concentrated in the financial services industry, our business is largely dependent on the health of that industry. When there is a general downturn in the financial services industry, or if our customers in that industry experience financial or business problems, our business and financial results may suffer. If financial services firms continue to consolidate, there could be a material adverse effect on our business and financial results. When a customer merges with a firm using its own solution or another vendor’s solution, it could decide to consolidate on a non-SunGard system, which could have an adverse effect on our financial results.

To the extent new regulations adopted negatively impact the business, operations or financial condition of our customers, our business and financial results could be adversely affected. We could be required to invest a significant amount of time and resources to comply with additional regulations or to modify the manner in which we provide products and services to our customers; and such regulations could limit how much we can charge for our services. We may not be able to update our existing products and services, or develop new ones at all or in a timely manner, to satisfy our customers’ needs. Any of these events, if realized, could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

Our acquisition program is an important element of our strategy but, because of the uncertainties involved, this program may not be successful and we may not be able to successfully integrate and manage acquired businesses.

Part of our growth strategy is to pursue additional acquisitions in the future. There can be no assurance that our acquisition program will continue to be successful. In addition, we may finance any future acquisition with debt, which would increase our overall levels of indebtedness and related interest costs. If we are unable to successfully integrate and manage acquired businesses, then our business and financial results may suffer. It is possible that the businesses we have acquired and businesses that we acquire in the future may perform worse than expected, be subject to an adverse litigation outcome or prove to be more difficult to integrate and manage than expected. If that happens, there may be a material adverse effect on our business and financial results for a number of reasons, including:

 

•

we may have to devote unanticipated financial and management resources to acquired businesses;

 

•

we may not be able to realize expected operating efficiencies or product integration benefits from our acquisitions;

 

•

we may have to write off goodwill or other intangible assets; and

 

•

we may incur unforeseen obligations or liabilities (including assumed liabilities not fully indemnified by the seller) in connection with acquisitions.

 

19

---

Table of Contents

If we are unable to identify suitable acquisition candidates and successfully complete acquisitions, our growth may be adversely affected.

Our growth has depended in part on our ability to acquire similar or complementary businesses on favorable terms. This growth strategy is subject to a number of risks that could adversely affect our business and financial results, including:

 

•

we may not be able to find suitable businesses to acquire at affordable valuations or on other acceptable terms;

 

•

we may face competition for acquisitions from other potential acquirers, some of whom may have greater resources than us or may be less highly leveraged, or from the possibility of an acquisition target pursuing an initial public offering of its stock;

 

•

we may have to incur additional debt to finance future acquisitions as we have done in the past and no assurance can be given as to whether, and on what terms, such additional debt will be available; and

 

•

we may find it more difficult or costly to complete acquisitions due to changes in accounting, tax, securities or other regulations.

Catastrophic events may disrupt or otherwise adversely affect the markets in which we operate, our business and our profitability.

Our business may be adversely affected by a war, terrorist attack, natural disaster or other catastrophe. A catastrophic event could have a direct negative impact on us or an indirect impact on us by, for example, affecting our customers, the financial markets or the overall economy. The potential for a direct impact is due primarily to our significant investment in our infrastructure. Although we maintain redundant facilities and have contingency plans in place to protect against both man-made and natural threats, it is impossible to fully anticipate and protect against all potential catastrophes. Despite our preparations, a security breach, criminal act, military action, power or communication failure, flood, severe storm or the like could lead to service interruptions and data losses for customers, disruptions to our operations, or damage to our important facilities. The same disasters or circumstances that may lead to our customers requiring access to our availability services may negatively impact our own ability to provide such services. Our three largest availability services facilities are particularly important, and a major disruption at one or more of those facilities could disrupt or otherwise impair our ability to provide services to our availability services customers. If any of these events happen, we may be exposed to unexpected liability, our customers may leave, our reputation may be tarnished, and there could be a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

Our application service provider systems may be subject to disruptions that could adversely affect our reputation and our business.

Our application service provider systems maintain and process confidential data on behalf of our customers, some of which is critical to their business operations. For example, our global trading and position, risk and operations systems maintain account and trading information for our customers and their clients, and our wealth management and insurance systems maintain investor account information for retirement plans, insurance policies and mutual funds. There is no guarantee that the systems and procedures that we maintain to protect against unauthorized access to such information are adequate to protect against all security breaches. If our application service provider systems are disrupted or fail for any reason, or if our systems or facilities are infiltrated or damaged by unauthorized persons, our customers could experience data loss, financial loss, harm to reputation and significant business interruption. If that happens, we may be exposed to unexpected liability, our customers may leave, our reputation may be tarnished, and there could be a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

 

20

---

Table of Contents

Because the sales cycle for our software is typically lengthy and unpredictable, our results may fluctuate from period to period.

Our operating results may fluctuate from period to period and be difficult to predict in a particular period due to the timing and magnitude of software sales. We offer a number of our software solutions on a license basis, which means that the customer has the right to run the software on its own computers. The customer usually makes a significant up-front payment to license software, which we generally recognize as revenue when the license contract is signed and the software is delivered. The size of the up-front payment often depends on a number of factors that are different for each customer, such as the number of customer locations, users or accounts. As a result, the sales cycle for a software license may be lengthy and take unexpected turns. Thus, it is difficult to predict when software sales will occur or how much revenue they will generate. Since there are few incremental costs associated with software sales, our operating results may fluctuate from quarter to quarter and year to year due to the timing and magnitude of software sales.

Rapid changes in technology and our customers’ businesses could adversely affect our business and financial results.

Our business may suffer if we do not successfully adapt our products and services to changes in technology and changes in our customers’ businesses. These changes can occur rapidly and at unpredictable intervals and we may not be able to respond adequately. If we do not successfully update and integrate our products and services to adapt to these changes, or if we do not successfully develop new products and services needed by our customers to keep pace with these changes, then our business and financial results may suffer. Our ability to keep up with technology and business changes is subject to a number of risks and we may find it difficult or costly to, among other things:

 

•

update our products and services and to develop new products fast enough to meet our customers’ needs;

 

•

make some features of our products and services work effectively and securely over the Internet;

 

•

integrate more of our FS solutions;

 

•

update our products and services to keep pace with business, regulatory and other developments in the financial services industry, where many of our customers operate; and

 

•

update our services to keep pace with advancements in hardware, software and telecommunications technology.

Some technological changes, such as advancements that have facilitated the ability of our AS customers to develop their own internal solutions, may render some of our products and services less valuable or eventually obsolete. In addition, because of ongoing, rapid technological changes, the useful lives of some technology assets have become shorter and customers are therefore replacing these assets more often. As a result, our customers are increasingly expressing a preference for contracts with shorter terms, which could make our revenue less predictable in the future.

Customers taking their information availability solutions in-house may continue to create pressure on our organic revenue growth rate.

Our AS solutions allow customers to leverage our significant infrastructure and take advantage of our experience, technology expertise, resource management capabilities and vendor neutrality. Technological advances in recent years have significantly reduced the cost and the complexity of developing in-house solutions. Some customers, especially among the very largest having significant IT resources, prefer to develop and maintain their own in-house availability solutions, which can result in a loss of revenue from those customers. If this trend continues or worsens, there will be continued pressure on our organic revenue growth rate.

 

21

---

Table of Contents

The trend toward information availability solutions utilizing more single customer dedicated resources likely will lower our overall operating margin rate over time.

In the information availability services industry, especially among our more sophisticated customers, there is an increasing preference for solutions that utilize some level of dedicated resources, such as blended advanced recovery services and managed services. The primary reason for this trend is that adding dedicated resources, although more costly, provides greater control, reduces data loss and facilitates quicker responses to business interruptions. Advanced recovery services often result in greater use of dedicated resources with a modest decrease in operating margin rate. Managed services require significant dedicated resources and, therefore, have an appropriately lower operating margin rate.

Our brokerage operations are highly regulated and are riskier than our other businesses.

Organizations like the Securities and Exchange Commission, Financial Services Authority and Financial Industry Regulatory Authority can, among other things, fine, censure, issue cease-and-desist orders and suspend or expel a broker/dealer or any of its officers or employees for failures to comply with the many laws and regulations that govern brokerage operations. Our ability to comply with these laws and regulations is largely dependent on our establishment, maintenance and enforcement of an effective brokerage compliance program. Our failure to establish, maintain and enforce proper brokerage compliance procedures, even if unintentional, could subject us to significant losses, lead to disciplinary or other actions, and tarnish our reputation. Regulations affecting the brokerage industry, in particular with respect to active traders, may change, which could adversely affect our financial results.

We are exposed to certain risks relating to the execution and clearance services provided by our brokerage operations to retail customers, institutional clients (including hedge funds and other broker/dealers), and proprietary traders. These risks include, but are not limited to, customers failing to pay for securities commitments in the marketplace, trading errors, the inability or failure to settle trades, and trade execution or clearance systems failures. In our other businesses, we generally can disclaim liability for trading losses that may be caused by our software, but in our brokerage operations, we cannot limit our liability for trading losses even when we are not at fault. As a result we may suffer losses that are disproportionate to the relatively modest profit contributions of this business.

We could lose revenue due to “fiscal funding” or “termination for convenience” clauses in certain customer contracts, especially in our HE and PS businesses.

Certain of our customer contracts, particularly those with governments, institutions of higher education and school districts, may be partly or completely terminated by the customer due to budget cuts or sometimes for any reason at all. These types of clauses are often called “fiscal funding” or “termination for convenience” clauses. If a customer exercises one of these clauses, the customer would be obligated to pay for the services we performed up to the date of exercise, but would not have to pay for any further services. In addition, governments, institutions of higher education and school districts may require contract terms that differ from our standard terms. While we have not been materially affected by exercises of these clauses or other unusual terms in the past, we may be in the future. If customers that collectively represent a substantial portion of our revenue were to invoke the fiscal funding or termination for convenience clauses of their contracts, our future business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

If we fail to comply with government regulations in connection with our business or providing technology services to certain financial institutions, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Because we act as a third-party service provider to financial institutions and provide mission-critical applications for many financial institutions that are regulated by one or more member agencies of the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (“FFIEC”), we are subject to examination by the member agencies of the FFIEC. More specifically, we are a Multi-Regional Data Processing Servicer of the FFIEC because we

 

22

---

Table of Contents

provide mission critical applications for financial institutions from several data centers located in different geographic regions. As a result, the FFIEC conducts periodic reviews of certain of our operations in order to identify existing or potential risks associated with our operations that could adversely affect the financial institutions to whom we provide services, evaluate our risk management systems and controls, and determine our compliance with applicable laws that affect the services we provide to financial institutions. In addition to examining areas such as our management of technology, data integrity, information confidentiality and service availability, the reviews also assess our financial stability. Our incurrence of significant debt in connection with the LBO increases the risk of an FFIEC agency review determining that our financial stability has been weakened. A sufficiently unfavorable review from the FFIEC could result in our financial institution customers not being allowed to use our technology services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

If we fail to comply with any regulations applicable to our business, we may be exposed to unexpected liability and/or governmental proceedings, our customers may leave, our reputation may be tarnished, and there could be a material adverse effect on our business and financial results. In addition, the future enactment of more restrictive laws or rules on the federal or state level, or, with respect to our international operations, in foreign jurisdictions on the national, provincial, state or other level, could have an adverse impact on business and financial results.

If we are unable to retain or attract customers, our business and financial results will be adversely affected.

If we are unable to keep existing customers satisfied, sell additional products and services to existing customers or attract new customers, then our business and financial results may suffer. A variety of factors could affect our ability to successfully retain and attract customers, including the level of demand for our products and services, the level of customer spending for information technology, the level of competition from customers that develop their own solutions internally and from other vendors, the quality of our customer service, our ability to update our products and develop new products and services needed by customers, and our ability to integrate and manage acquired businesses. Further, the markets in which we operate are highly competitive and we may not be able to compete effectively. Our services revenue, which has been largely recurring in nature, comes from the sale of our products and services under fixed-term contracts. We do not have a unilateral right to extend these contracts when they expire. Revenue from our broker/dealer businesses is not subject to minimum or ongoing contractual commitments on the part of brokerage customers. If customers cancel or refuse to renew their contracts, or if customers reduce the usage levels or asset values under their contracts, there could be a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

If we fail to retain key employees, our business may be harmed.

Our success depends on the skill, experience and dedication of our employees. If we are unable to retain and attract sufficiently experienced and capable personnel, especially in product development, sales and management, our business and financial results may suffer. For example, if we are unable to retain and attract a sufficient number of skilled technical personnel, our ability to develop high quality products and provide high quality customer service may be impaired. Experienced and capable personnel in the technology industry remain in high demand, and there is continual competition for their talents. When talented employees leave, we may have difficulty replacing them, and our business may suffer. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully retain and attract the personnel that we need.

We are subject to the risks of doing business internationally.

A portion of our revenue is generated outside the United States, primarily from customers located in Europe. Over the past few years we have expanded our operations in India and acquired businesses in China and Singapore in an effort to increase our presence throughout Asia Pacific. Because we sell our services outside the

 

23

---

Table of Contents

United States, our business is subject to risks associated with doing business internationally. Accordingly, our business and financial results could be adversely affected due to a variety of factors, including:

 

•

changes in a specific country’s or region’s political and cultural climate or economic condition;

 

•

unexpected or unfavorable changes in foreign laws and regulatory requirements;

 

•

difficulty of effective enforcement of contractual provisions in local jurisdictions;

 

•

inadequate intellectual property protection in foreign countries;

 

•

trade-protection measures, import or export licensing requirements such as Export Administration Regulations promulgated by the U.S. Department of Commerce and fines, penalties or suspension or revocation of export privileges;

 

•

the effects of applicable foreign tax law and potentially adverse tax law changes;

 

•

significant adverse changes in foreign currency exchange rates;

 

•

longer accounts receivable cycles;

 

•

managing a geographically dispersed workforce; and

 

•

difficulties associated with repatriating cash in a tax-efficient manner.

In foreign countries, particularly in those with developing economies, certain business practices may exist that are prohibited by laws and regulations applicable to us, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Although our policies and procedures require compliance with these laws and are designed to facilitate compliance with these laws, our employees, contractors and agents may take actions in violation of applicable laws or our policies. Any such violation, even if prohibited by our policies, could have a material adverse effect on our business and reputation.

The private equity firms that acquired the Company control us and may have conflicts of interest with us.

Investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors indirectly own, through their ownership in the Parent Companies, a substantial portion of our capital stock. As a result, the Sponsors have control over our decisions to enter into any corporate transaction regardless of whether noteholders believe that any such transaction is in their own best interests. For example, the Sponsors could cause us to make acquisitions or pay dividends that increase the amount of indebtedness that is secured or that is senior to our senior subordinated notes or to sell assets.

Additionally, the Sponsors are in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. One or more of the Sponsors may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. So long as investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors continue to indirectly own a significant amount of the outstanding shares of our common stock, even if such amount is less than 50%, the Sponsors will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions.

If we are unable to protect our proprietary technologies and defend infringement claims, we could lose one of our competitive advantages and our business could be adversely affected.

Our success depends in part on our ability to protect our proprietary products and services and to defend against infringement claims. If we are unable to do so, our business and financial results may suffer. To protect our proprietary technology, we rely upon a combination of copyright, patent, trademark and trade secret law, confidentiality restrictions in contracts with employees, customers and others, software security measures, and

 

24

---

Table of Contents

registered copyrights and patents. Despite our efforts to protect the proprietary technology, unauthorized persons may be able to copy, reverse engineer or otherwise use some of our technology. It also is possible that others will develop and market similar or better technology to compete with us. Furthermore, existing patent, copyright and trade secret laws may afford only limited protection, and the laws of certain countries do not protect proprietary technology as well as United States law. For these reasons, we may have difficulty protecting our proprietary technology against unauthorized copying or use. If any of these events happens, there could be a material adverse effect on the value of our proprietary technology and on our business and financial results. In addition, litigation may be necessary to protect our proprietary technology. This type of litigation is often costly and time-consuming, with no assurance of success.

We may be sued for violating the intellectual property rights of others.

The software industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of trade secrets, copyrights and the rapid issuance of patents, as well as frequent litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. We may unknowingly violate the intellectual property rights of others. Some of our competitors or other third parties may have been more aggressive than us in applying for or obtaining patent protection for innovative proprietary technologies both in the United States and internationally. In addition, we use a limited amount of open source software in our products and may use more open source software in the future. Because open source software is developed by numerous independent parties over whom we exercise no supervision or control, allegations of infringement for using open source software are possible. Although we monitor our use and our suppliers’ use of open source software to avoid subjecting our products to conditions we do not intend, the terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by United States or other courts, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a manner that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products.

As a result of all of these factors, there can be no assurance that in the future third parties will not assert infringement claims against us and preclude us from using a technology in our products or require us to enter into royalty and licensing arrangements on terms that are not favorable to us, or force us to engage in costly infringement litigation, which could result in us paying monetary damages or being forced to redesign our products to avoid infringement. Additionally, our licenses and service agreements with our customers generally provide that we will defend and indemnify them for claims against them relating to our alleged infringement of the intellectual property rights of third parties with respect to our products or services. We might have to defend or indemnify our customers to the extent they are subject to these types of claims. Any of these claims may be difficult and costly to defend and may lead to unfavorable judgments or settlements, which could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business and financial results. For these reasons, we may find it difficult or costly to add or retain important features in our products and services.

At present, we are vigorously defending a number of patent infringement cases. While we do not believe we have a potential liability for damages or royalties from any known current legal proceedings or claims related to the infringement of patent or other intellectual property rights that would individually or in the aggregate materially adversely affect our financial condition and operating results, the results of such legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty. Should we fail to prevail in any of the matters related to infringement of patent or other intellectual property rights of others or should several of these matters be resolved against us in the same reporting period, it could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

Defects, design errors or security flaws in our products could harm our reputation and expose us to potential liability.

Most of our products are very complex software systems that are regularly updated. No matter how careful the design and development, complex software often contains errors and defects when first introduced and when major new updates or enhancements are released. If errors or defects are discovered in our current or

 

25

---

Table of Contents

future products, we may not be able to correct them in a timely manner, if at all. In our development of updates and enhancements to our products, we may make a major design error that makes the product operate incorrectly or less efficiently.

In addition, certain of our products include security features that are intended to protect the privacy and integrity of customer data. Despite these security features, our products and systems, and our customers’ systems may be vulnerable to break-ins and similar problems caused by third parties, such as hackers bypassing firewalls and misappropriating confidential information. Such break-ins or other disruptions could jeopardize the security of information stored in and transmitted through our computer systems and those of our customers, subject us to liability and tarnish our reputation. We may need to expend significant capital resources in order to eliminate or work around errors, defects, design errors or security problems. Any one of these problems in our products may result in the loss of or a delay in market acceptance of our products, the diversion of development resources, a lower rate of license renewals or upgrades and damage to our reputation, and in turn may increase service and warranty costs.

A material weakness in our internal controls could have a material adverse affect on us.

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reasonable assurance with respect to our financial reports and to effectively prevent fraud. If we cannot provide reasonable assurance with respect to our financial reports and effectively prevent fraud, our reputation and operating results could be harmed. Pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we are required to furnish a report by management on internal control over financial reporting, including management’s assessment of the effectiveness of such control. Internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements because of its inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error, the circumvention or overriding of controls, or fraud. Further, the complexities of our quarter- and year-end closing processes increase the risk that a weakness in internal controls over financial reporting may go undetected. Therefore, even effective internal controls can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the control may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, including any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or if we experience difficulties in their implementation, we could fail to meet our reporting obligations, and there could be a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

Unanticipated changes in our tax provision or the adoption of new tax legislation could affect our profitability or cash flow.

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and many foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes. We regularly are under audit by tax authorities. Although we believe our tax provision is reasonable, the final determination of our tax liability could be materially different from our historical income tax provisions, which could have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, tax-law amendments in the U.S. and other jurisdictions could significantly impact how U.S. multinational corporations are taxed. Although we cannot predict whether or in what form such legislation will pass, if enacted it could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

Risks Relating to the Exchange Notes

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, including the exchange notes, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments or to refinance our debt obligations depends on our financial and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain

 

26

---

Table of Contents

financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We may not be able to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, seek additional capital or seek to restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including the exchange notes. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to sell material assets or operations to attempt to meet our debt service and other obligations. The senior secured credit facilities, the indentures relating to the senior notes due 2015 and senior subordinated notes due 2015 and the indenture under which the exchange notes will be issued restrict our ability to use the proceeds from asset sales. We may not be able to consummate those asset sales to raise capital or sell assets at prices that we believe are fair and proceeds that we do receive may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due. See “Description of Other Indebtedness—Senior Credit Facilities,” “Description of 2018 Notes” and “Description of 2020 Notes.”

Your right to receive payments on the exchange notes is effectively junior to those lenders who have a security interest in our assets.

Our obligations under the exchange notes and our guarantors’ obligations under their guarantees of the exchange notes are unsecured, but our obligations under our senior secured credit facilities and senior secured notes due 2014 and each guarantor’s obligations under their respective guarantees of the senior secured credit facilities and senior secured notes due 2014 are secured by a security interest in substantially all of our domestic tangible and, in the case of the senior secured credit facilities, intangible assets, including the stock of most of our wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries, and a portion of the stock of certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries. If we are declared bankrupt or insolvent, or if we default under our senior secured credit agreement, the lenders could declare all of the funds borrowed thereunder, together with accrued interest, immediately due and payable. If we were unable to repay such indebtedness, the lenders could foreclose on the pledged assets to the exclusion of holders of the exchange notes, even if an event of default exists under the indentures governing the exchange notes offered hereby at such time. Furthermore, if the lenders foreclose and sell the pledged equity interests in any subsidiary guarantor under the exchange notes, then that guarantor will be released from its guarantee of the notes automatically and immediately upon such sale. In any such event, because the exchange notes will not be secured by any of our assets or the equity interests in subsidiary guarantors, it is possible that there would be no assets remaining from which your claims could be satisfied or, if any assets remained, they might be insufficient to satisfy your claims fully. See “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

As of December 31, 2010, we had $4,632 million of senior secured indebtedness (including $250 million face amount of our senior secured notes due 2014 that are recorded at $238 million), all of which was indebtedness under our senior secured credit facilities and senior secured notes and which does not include availability of $796 million under our revolving credit facility after giving effect to certain outstanding letters of credit. The indentures governing the exchange notes offered hereby permits us and our restricted subsidiaries to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, including senior secured indebtedness.

Claims of noteholders will be structurally subordinate to claims of creditors of all of our non-U.S. subsidiaries and some of our U.S. subsidiaries because they will not guarantee the exchange notes.

The exchange notes will not be guaranteed by any of our non-U.S. subsidiaries, our less than wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries, our receivables subsidiaries or certain other U.S. subsidiaries. Accordingly, claims of holders of the exchange notes will be structurally subordinate to the claims of creditors of these non-guarantor subsidiaries, including trade creditors. All obligations of our non-guarantor subsidiaries will have to be satisfied before any of the assets of such subsidiaries would be available for distribution, upon a liquidation or otherwise, to us or a guarantor of the exchange notes.

 

27

---

Table of Contents

If we default on our obligations to pay our indebtedness, we may not be able to make payments on the exchange notes.

Any default under the agreements governing our indebtedness, including a default under the senior secured credit agreement, that is not waived by the required lenders, and the remedies sought by the holders of such indebtedness, could prevent us from paying principal, premium, if any, and interest on the exchange notes and substantially decrease the market value of the exchange notes. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow and are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants, including financial and operating covenants, in the instruments governing our indebtedness (including covenants in our senior secured credit facilities and the indentures governing the senior notes due 2015, senior subordinated notes due 2015 and the indentures governing the exchange notes offered hereby), we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness, including our senior secured credit agreement and the indentures governing the senior notes due 2015, senior subordinated notes due 2015 and the indentures governing the exchange notes offered hereby. In the event of such default, the holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare all the funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest, the lenders under our senior secured credit facilities could elect to terminate their commitments thereunder, cease making further loans and institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If our operating performance declines, we may in the future need to obtain waivers from the required lenders under our senior secured credit facilities to avoid being in default. If we breach our covenants under our senior secured credit facilities and seek a waiver, we may not be able to obtain a waiver from the required lenders. If this occurs, we would be in default under our senior secured credit agreement, the lenders could exercise their rights, as described above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.

We may not be able to repurchase the exchange notes upon a change of control.

Upon the occurrence of specific kinds of change of control events, we will be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding exchange notes at 101% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. The source of funds for any such purchase of the exchange notes will be our available cash or cash generated from our subsidiaries’ operations or other sources, including borrowings, sales of assets or sales of equity. We may not be able to repurchase the exchange notes upon a change of control because we may not have sufficient financial resources to purchase all of the exchange notes that are tendered upon a change of control. Further, we will be contractually restricted under the terms of our senior secured credit agreement from repurchasing all of the exchange notes tendered by holders upon a change of control. Accordingly, we may not be able to satisfy our obligations to purchase the exchange notes unless we are able to refinance or obtain waivers under our senior secured credit agreement. Our failure to repurchase the exchange notes upon a change of control would cause a default under the indentures governing the senior secured notes due 2014, the exchange notes offered hereby and a cross-default under the senior secured credit agreement and the indentures governing the senior notes due 2015 and the senior subordinated notes due 2015. The senior secured credit agreement also provides that a change of control will be a default that permits lenders to accelerate the maturity of borrowings thereunder. Any of our future debt agreements may contain similar provisions.

The lenders under the senior secured credit facilities will have the discretion to release the guarantors under the senior secured credit agreement in a variety of circumstances, which will cause those guarantors to be released from their guarantees of the exchange notes.

While any obligations under the senior secured credit facilities remain outstanding, any guarantee of the exchange notes may be released without action by, or consent of, any holder of the exchange notes or the trustee under the indentures governing the exchange notes offered hereby, at the discretion of lenders under the senior secured credit facilities, if the related guarantor is no longer a guarantor of obligations under the senior secured credit facilities or any other indebtedness. See “Description of 2018 Notes” and “Description of 2020 Notes.” The lenders under the senior secured credit facilities will have the discretion to release the guarantees under the senior secured credit facilities in a variety of circumstances. You will not have a claim as a creditor against any

 

28

---

Table of Contents

subsidiary that is no longer a guarantor of the exchange notes, and the indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, whether secured or unsecured, of those subsidiaries will effectively be senior to claims of noteholders.

Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the exchange notes and the related guarantees of the exchange notes, and, if that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the exchange notes.

Federal and state fraudulent transfer and conveyance statutes may apply to the issuance of the exchange notes and the incurrence of the related guarantees. Under federal bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer or conveyance laws, which may vary from state to state, the exchange notes or related guarantees could be voided as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance if (1) we or any of the guarantors, as applicable, issued the exchange notes or incurred the related guarantees with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors or (2) we or any of the guarantors, as applicable, received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in return for either issuing the exchange notes or incurring the related guarantees and, in the case of (2) only, one of the following is also true at the time thereof:

 

•

we or any of the guarantors, as applicable, were insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of the issuance of the exchange notes or the incurrence of the related guarantees;

 

•

the issuance of the exchange notes or the incurrence of the related guarantees left us or any of the guarantors, as applicable, with an unreasonably small amount of capital to carry on the business;

 

•

we or any of the guarantors intended to, or believed that we or such guarantor would, incur debts beyond our or such guarantor’s ability to pay as they mature; or

 

•

we or any of the guarantors was a defendant in an action for money damages, or had a judgment for money damages docketed against us or such guarantor if, in either case, after final judgment, the judgment is unsatisfied.

If a court were to find that the issuance of the exchange notes or the incurrence of the related guarantees was a fraudulent transfer or conveyance, the court could void the payment obligations under the exchange notes or such related guarantees or further subordinate the notes or such related guarantees to presently existing and future indebtedness of ours or of the related guarantor, or require the holders of the notes to repay any amounts received with respect to such related guarantees. In the event of a finding that a fraudulent transfer or conveyance occurred, you may not receive any repayment on the exchange notes. Further, the voidance of the exchange notes could result in an event of default with respect to our and our subsidiaries’ other debt that could result in acceleration of such debt.

As a general matter, value is given for a transfer or an obligation if, in exchange for the transfer or obligation, property is transferred or an antecedent debt is secured or satisfied. A debtor will generally not be considered to have received value in connection with a debt offering if the debtor uses the proceeds of that offering to make a dividend payment or otherwise retire or redeem equity securities issued by the debtor.

We cannot be certain as to the standards a court would use to determine whether or not we or the guarantors were solvent at the relevant time or, regardless of the standard that a court uses, that the issuance of the related guarantees would not be further subordinated to our or any of our guarantors’ other debt. Generally, however, an entity would be considered solvent if, at the time it incurred indebtedness:

 

•

the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all its assets; or

 

29

---

Table of Contents

•

the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or

 

•

it could not pay its debts as they become due.

Your ability to transfer the exchange notes may be limited by the absence of an active trading market, and there is no assurance that any active trading market will develop for the exchange notes.

We are offering the exchange notes to the holders of the outstanding notes. The outstanding notes were offered and sold in November 2010 to institutional investors.

We do not intend to apply for a listing of the exchange notes on a securities exchange or on any automated dealer quotation system. There is currently no established market for the exchange notes and we cannot assure you as to the liquidity of markets that may develop for the exchange notes, your ability to sell the exchange notes or the price at which you would be able to sell the exchange notes. If such markets were to exist, the exchange notes could trade at prices that may be lower than their principal amount or purchase price depending on many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the market for similar notes, our financial and operating performance and other factors. The initial purchasers in the private offering of the outstanding notes have advised us that they currently intend to make a market with respect to the exchange notes. However, these initial purchasers are not obligated to do so, and any market making with respect to the exchange notes may be discontinued at any time without notice. Therefore, we cannot assure you that an active market for the exchange notes will develop or, if developed, that it will continue. Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of securities similar to the exchange notes. The market, if any, for the exchange notes may experience similar disruptions and any such disruptions may adversely affect the prices at which you may sell your exchange notes.

 

30

---

Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which involve risks and uncertainties. You can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” or “anticipates” or similar expressions that concern our strategy, plans or intentions. All statements we make relating to estimated and projected earnings, margins, costs, expenditures, cash flows, growth rates and financial results are forward-looking statements. In addition, we, through our senior management, from time to time make forward-looking public statements concerning our expected future operations and performance and other developments. All of these forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may change at any time, and, therefore, our actual results may differ materially from those we expected. We derive most of our forward-looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based upon many detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and, of course, it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations (“cautionary statements”) are disclosed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, including, without limitation, in conjunction with the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us, or persons acting on our behalf, are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements. Some of the factors that we believe could affect our results include:

 

•

our high degree of debt-related leverage

 

•

general economic and market conditions;

 

•

the condition of the financial services industry, including the effect of any further consolidation among financial services firms;

 

•

the integration of acquired businesses, the performance of acquired businesses and the prospects for future acquisitions;

 

•

the effect of war, terrorism, natural disasters or other catastrophic events;

 

•

the effect of disruptions to our systems and infrastructure;

 

•

the timing and magnitude of software sales;

 

•

the timing and scope of technological advances;

 

•

customers taking their information availability solutions in-house;

 

•

the trend in information availability toward solutions utilizing more dedicated resources;

 

•

the market and credit risks associated with clearing broker operations;

 

•

the ability to retain and attract customers and key personnel;

 

•

risks relating to the foreign countries where we transact business;

 

•

the ability to obtain patent protection and avoid patent-related liabilities in the context of a rapidly developing legal framework for software and business-method patents;

 

31

---

Table of Contents

•

a material weakness in our internal controls; and

 

•

unanticipated changes in our tax provision or the adoption of new tax legislation; and

 

•

the other factors set forth under “Risk Factors.”

We caution you that the foregoing list of important factors may not contain all of the material factors that are important to you. In addition, in light of these risks and uncertainties, the matters referred to in the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus may not in fact occur. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any written or oral forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.

 

32

---

Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer. In consideration for issuing the exchange notes as contemplated in this prospectus, we will receive in exchange a like principal amount of outstanding notes, the terms of which are identical in all material respects to the exchange notes. The outstanding notes surrendered in exchange for the exchange notes will be retired and canceled and cannot be reissued. Accordingly, the issuance of the exchange notes will not result in any change in our capitalization.

 

33

---

Table of Contents

CASH AND CAPITALIZATION

 

		As of December 31, 2010
		(Dollars in millions)
Cash and cash equivalents		$	778
Debt:
Senior secured credit facilities:
Revolving credit facility(1)		$	—
Existing term loan facilities(2)			3,915
Incremental term loan facility(3)			479
Senior secured notes due 2014(4)			238
Senior notes due 2015(5)			496
Senior notes due 2018			900
Senior notes due 2020			700
Senior subordinated notes due 2015			1,000
Secured accounts receivable facility(6)			313
Other existing debt(7)			14
Total debt			8,055
Equity			1,607
Total capitalization		$	9,662

 

 

 

(1)

Upon the closing of the LBO, we entered into a $1,000 million senior secured revolving credit facility with a six-year maturity, $149 million of which was drawn on the closing date of the Transaction. On June 9, 2009, we amended the senior secured credit facilities, to among other things, change certain terms and covenants and extend a portion of the senior secured revolving credit facility to May 11, 2013. On March 11, 2011, we entered into the Second Amendment to obtain new revolving credit commitments in an aggregate principal amount equal to $300 million that will terminate on May 11, 2013. Pursuant to the Second Amendment, we also repaid all revolving credit loans then outstanding on March 10, 2011.

 

(2)

Upon the closing of the LBO, we entered into $4,000 million-equivalent of senior secured term loan facilities, comprised of a $3,865 million facility with SunGard as the borrower $315 million-equivalent facilities with a newly formed U.K. subsidiary as the borrower, $165 million of which is denominated in euros and $150 million of which is denominated in pounds sterling with a seven-and-a-half-year maturity. On February 28, 2007, we amended the senior secured credit facilities to, among other things, increase the amount of term loan borrowings of SunGard Data Systems Inc. by $400 million. Additional borrowings were used to redeem our outstanding floating rate notes. On September 29, 2008, we amended the senior secured credit facilities to, among other things, increase the amount of term loan borrowings of SunGard Data Systems Inc. by $500 million. On June 9, 2009, we amended the senior secured credit facilities to, among other things, change certain terms and covenants and extend a portion of the senior secured term loan facility to February 16, 2016. On January 31, 2011, we entered into the First Refinancing Amendment to incur additional term loans in aggregate principal amount of up to $479 million, the entire proceeds of which were used to repay all incremental term loans then outstanding.

 

(3)	Consists of $479 million of U.S. Dollar-denominated incremental term loans maturing on February 28, 2014.

 

(4)

On January 15, 2004, we issued $250 million of 4.875% senior unsecured notes due 2014, which are subject to certain standard covenants. As a result of the LBO, these senior notes became collateralized on an equal and ratable basis with loans under the senior secured credit facilities and are guaranteed by all subsidiaries that guarantee the senior notes due 2015 and senior subordinated notes due 2015. The senior secured notes due 2014 are recorded at $238 million as of December 31, 2010, reflecting the remaining unamortized discount caused by the LBO.

 

(5)	Our Senior Notes due 2015 have a face amount of $500 million, but were issued with $6 million of original issue discount. The discount is being amortized and included in interest expense as these notes mature. As of December 31, 2010, $4 million of the original issue discount remained unamortized.

 

(6)

In March 2009, we entered into a syndicated three-year receivables facility. On September 30, 2010, SunGard entered into an Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement related to its receivables facility. Among other things, the amendment (a) increased the borrowing capacity under the facility from $317 million to $350 million, (b) increased the term loan

 

34

---

Table of Contents

component to $200 million from $181 million, (c) extended the maturity date to September 30, 2014, (d) removed the 3% LIBOR floor and set the interest rate to one-month LIBOR plus 3.5%, which at December 31, 2010 was 3.76%, and (e) amended certain other terms. At December 31, 2010, $200 million was drawn against the term loan commitment and $113 million was drawn against the revolving commitment, which represented the full amount available for borrowing based on the terms and conditions of the facility. At December 31, 2010, $680 million of accounts receivable secure the borrowings under the receivables facility. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Receivables Facility.”

 

(7)	Consists of payment obligations relating to historical acquisitions and capital lease obligations.

 

35

---

Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following table sets forth selected historical consolidated financial data of SunGard Data Systems Inc. as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 and for the year ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 presented in this table have been derived from audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

		Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in millions)		2006				2007				2008				2009				2010
Statement of Operations Data:
		$	4,120			$	4,697			$	5,401			$	5,332			$	4,992
Operating costs and expenses:
Cost of sales and direct operating			1,846				2,130				2,601				2,534				2,201
Sales, marketing and administration			884				998				1,113				1,088				1,141
Product development			256				271				309				348				370
Depreciation and amortization			235				247				274				288				291
Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets			379				418				472				529				484
Goodwill impairment charge(1)			—				—				—				1,126				237
Total operating costs and expenses			3,600				4,064				4,769				5,913				4,724
Income from operations			520				633				632				(581	)			268
Interest income			14				19				17				7				2
Interest expense			(658	)			(645	)			(597	)			(637	)			(638	)
Loss on extinguishment of debt			—				(28	)			—				—				(58	)
Other income (expense)(2)			(26	)			(40	)			(93	)			15				7
Income (loss) before income taxes			(150	)			(61	)			(41	)			(1,196	)			(419	)
Income tax (expense) benefit			25				4				(51	)			74				29
Loss from continuing operations			(125	)			(57	)			(92	)			(1,122	)			(390	)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations			7				(3	)			(150	)			4				(180	)
Net income (loss)		$	(118	)		$	(60	)		$	(242	)			(1,118	)			(570	)
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents(3)		$	299			$	402			$	965			$	642			$	778
Total assets			14,671				14,840				15,778				13,980				12,968
Total debt (including current portion of long-term debt)			7,439				7,485				8,875				8,315				8,055
Total stockholders’ equity			3,574				3,556				3,063				2,067				1,607
Statement of Cash Flows Data:
Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities		$	491			$	701			$	385			$	639			$	721
Investing activities			(469	)			(564	)			(1,125	)			(333	)			(260	)
Financing activities			(48	)			(32	)			1,319				(628	)			(344	)

 

36

---

Table of Contents

		Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in millions)		2006				2007				2008				2009				2010
Other Financial Data:
EBITDA(4)		$	1,108			$	1,230			$	1,285			$	1,377			$	1,229
Capital expenditures, net(5)			310				304				391				323				312
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(6)			—				—				—				—				—

 

 

(1)	In 2009 we recorded $1.13 billion of goodwill impairment charges for our AS unit in 2009. In 2010 we recorded $328 million of goodwill impairment for our PS and HE segments, of which $237 million is presented in continuing operations and $91 million in discontinued operations.

 

(2)

During 2006, we recorded $29 million related to the loss on sale of the receivables and discount on retained interests in connection with the accounts receivable securitization program. During 2007, we recorded $29 million related to the loss on sale of the receivables and discount on retained interests in connection with the accounts receivable securitization program and $28 million associated with the early retirement of the $400 million of senior floating rate notes due 2013, of which $19 million represented the retirement premium paid to the noteholders. During 2008, we recorded $46 million in foreign exchange losses relating to our Euro denominated term loan, $25 million related to the loss on sale of the receivables and discount on retained interests in connection with the accounts receivable securitization program, $10 million related to hedge settlements associated with the GL TRADE acquisition and $7 million related to unused alternative financing commitments for the GL TRADE acquisition. In 2009, we recorded $14 million of foreign currency transaction gains related to our euro-denominated term loan. In 2010, we recorded $4 million of foreign currency transaction gains related to our euro-denominated term loans.

 

(3)	Cash excludes cash held by the discontinued operations of $17 million, $25 million, $10 million and $22 million at December 31, 2006, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

 

(4)	EBITDA is calculated as follows:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in millions)		2006				2007				2008				2009				2010
Income from continuing operations		$	(125	)		$	(57	)		$	(92	)		$	(1,122	)		$	(390	)
Interest expense, net			644				626				580				630				636
Taxes			(25	)			(4	)			51				(74	)			(29	)
Depreciation and amortization			614				665				746				817				775
Goodwill impairment charge			—				—				—				1,126				237
EBITDA		$	1,108			$	1,230			$	1,285			$	1,377			$	1,229

EBITDA, a measure used by management to measure operating performance, is defined as net income plus interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and goodwill impairment. EBITDA is not a recognized term under GAAP and does not purport to be an alternative to net income as a measure of operating performance or to cash flows from operating activities as a measure of liquidity. Additionally, EBITDA is not intended to be a measure of free cash flow available for management’s discretionary use, as it does not consider certain cash requirements such as interest payments, tax payments and debt service requirements. Management believes EBITDA is helpful in highlighting trends because EBITDA can differ significantly from company to company depending on long-term strategic decisions regarding capital structure, the tax jurisdictions in which companies operate and capital investments. In addition, EBITDA provides more comparability between the historical results of SunGard and results that reflect purchase accounting and the new capital structure. Management compensates for the limitations of using non-GAAP financial measures by using them to supplement GAAP results to provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting the business than GAAP results alone. Because not all companies use identical calculations, these presentations of EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.

 

(5)	Capital expenditures represent net cash paid for property and equipment as well as software and other assets.

 

(6)

For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income before income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges include: interest expense, whether expensed or capitalized; amortization of debt issuance cost; and the portion of rental expense representative of the interest factor. Earnings for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010 were inadequate to cover fixed charges by $150 million, $61 million, $41 million, $1,196 million and $419 million, respectively.

 

37

---

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

We are one of the world’s leading software and technology services companies. We provide software and technology services to financial services, higher education and public sector organizations. We also provide disaster recovery services, managed services, information availability consulting services and business continuity management software. We serve more than 25,000 customers in more than 70 countries. Our high quality software solutions, excellent customer support and specialized technology services result in strong customer retention rates across all of our business segments and create long-term customer relationships. We believe that we are one of the most efficient operators of mission-critical IT solutions as a result of the economies of scale we derive from serving multiple customers on shared processing platforms.

We operate our business in four segments: Financial Systems (“FS”), Higher Education (“HE”), Public Sector (“PS”) and Availability Services (“AS”). Our FS segment primarily serves financial services companies, corporate and government treasury departments and energy companies. Our HE segment primarily serves higher education institutions. Our PS segment primarily serves state and local governments and not-for-profit organizations. Our AS segment serves IT-dependent companies across virtually all industries.

SunGard is a wholly owned subsidiary of SunGard Holdco LLC, which is wholly owned by SunGard Holding Corp., which is wholly owned by SunGard Capital Corp. II (“SCCII”), which is a subsidiary of SunGard Capital Corp (“SCC”). All four of these companies were formed for the purpose of facilitating the LBO and are collectively referred to as the “Holding Companies.”

SunGard Data Systems Inc. was acquired on August 11, 2005 in a leveraged buy-out by a consortium of private equity investment funds associated with Bain Capital Partners, The Blackstone Group, Goldman Sachs & Co., Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., Providence Equity Partners, Silver Lake and TPG (the “LBO”). Our Sponsors continually evaluate various strategic alternatives with respect to the Company, including a potential spin-off of the AS business to our current equity holders. We expect that if we were to spin-off any business segment, that business segment would incur new debt and we would repay a portion of our existing indebtedness. Additionally, it is possible that along with any spin-off, we would receive cash proceeds from an issuance of equity of one of our Parent Companies. There can be no assurance that we will ultimately pursue any strategic alternatives with respect to any business segment, including AS, or an equity issuance or, if we do, what the structure or timing for any such transaction would be.

FS provides mission-critical software and technology services to virtually every type of financial services institution, including buy-side and sell-side institutions, third-party administrators, wealth managers, retail banks, insurance companies, corporate treasuries and energy trading firms. Our broad range of complementary software solutions and associated technology services help financial services institutions automate the business processes associated with trading, managing portfolios and accounting for investment assets.

HE provides software and technology services primarily to colleges and universities as well as to school districts. Education institutions rely on our broad portfolio of solutions and technology services to improve the way they teach, learn, manage and connect with their constituents.

PS provides software and technology services designed to meet the specialized needs of local, state and federal governments, public safety and justice agencies, utilities, nonprofits and other public sector institutions.

AS provides disaster recovery services, managed IT services, information availability consulting services and business continuity management software to 10,000 customers in North America and Europe. With five million square feet of data center and operations space, AS assists IT organizations across virtually all

 

38

---

Table of Contents

industry and government sectors to prepare for and recover from emergencies by helping them minimize their computer downtime and optimize their uptime. Through direct sales and channel partners, AS helps organizations ensure their people and customers have uninterrupted access to the information systems they need in order to do business.

Global Economic Conditions

Current instability in the worldwide financial markets, including volatility in and disruption of the credit markets, has resulted in uncertain economic conditions. Late in 2008, a global financial crisis triggered unprecedented market volatility and depressed economic growth. In 2009, the markets began to slowly stabilize as the year progressed and continued to improve in 2010. However, the current economic conditions remain dynamic and uncertain and are likely to remain so into 2011. Irrespective of global economic conditions, we are positive about our competitive position and our current product portfolio. We believe that SunGard is well-positioned to capitalize on new opportunities to increase revenue as the global economy improves. We remain focused on executing in the areas we can control by continuing to provide high-value products and solutions while managing our expenses.

SunGard’s results of operations typically trail current economic activity, largely due to the multi-year contracts that generate the majority of our revenue. We participate in the financial services, higher education and public sector industries and, in our availability services business, across a broad cross-section of the economy. Each of these sectors, to varying degrees, has experienced some disruption. The results in 2010 reflect the impact of these challenging economic conditions. In response, we have right-sized our expense base in line with expected revenue opportunities but have continued to invest in capital spending, product development and to opportunistically acquire technology through acquisitions.

The following discussion includes historical and certain forward-looking information that should be read together with the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and related footnotes and the discussion above of certain risks and uncertainties (see “Risk Factors”) that could cause future operating results to differ materially from historical results or the expected results indicated by forward-looking statements.

Use of Estimates and Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires us to make many estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. Those estimates and judgments are based on historical experience, future expectations and other factors and assumptions we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. We review our estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis and revise them when necessary. Actual results may differ from the original or revised estimates. A summary of our significant accounting policies is contained in Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements. A description of the most critical policies and those areas where estimates have a relatively greater effect in the financial statements follows. Our management has discussed the critical accounting policies described below with our audit committee.

Intangible Assets and Purchase Accounting

Purchase accounting requires that all assets and liabilities be recorded at fair value on the acquisition date, including identifiable intangible assets separate from goodwill. Identifiable intangible assets include customer base (which includes customer contracts and relationships), software and trade name. Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets acquired.

The estimated fair values and useful lives of identifiable intangible assets are based on many factors, including estimates and assumptions of future operating performance and cash flows of the acquired business, the nature of the business acquired, the specific characteristics of the identified intangible assets, and our historical

 

39

---

Table of Contents

experience and that of the acquired business. The estimates and assumptions used to determine the fair values and useful lives of identified intangible assets could change due to numerous factors, including product demand, market conditions, technological developments, economic conditions and competition. In connection with our determination of fair values for the LBO and for other significant acquisitions, we engage independent appraisal firms to assist us with the valuation of intangible (and certain tangible) assets acquired and certain assumed obligations.

We periodically review carrying values and useful lives of long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. Factors that could indicate an impairment include significant underperformance of the asset as compared to historical or projected future operating results, or significant negative industry or economic trends. When we determine that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable, the related estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset are compared to the carrying value of the asset. If the sum of the estimated future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount, we record an impairment charge based on the difference between the carrying value of the asset and its fair value, which we estimate based on discounted expected future cash flows. In determining whether an asset is impaired, we make assumptions regarding recoverability of costs, estimated future cash flows from the asset, intended use of the asset and other relevant factors. If these estimates or their related assumptions change, we may be required to record impairment charges for these assets.

We are required to perform a goodwill impairment test, a two-step test, annually and more frequently when negative conditions or a triggering event arise. We complete our annual goodwill impairment test as of July 1. In step one, the estimated fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. We estimate the fair values of each reporting unit by a combination of (i) estimation of the discounted cash flows of each of the reporting units based on projected earnings in the future (the income approach) and (ii) a comparative analysis of revenue and EBITDA multiples of public companies in similar markets (the market approach). If there is a deficiency (the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than the carrying value), a step two test is required. In step two, the amount of any goodwill impairment is measured by comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to the carrying value of goodwill, with the resulting impairment reflected in operations. The implied fair value is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination.

Estimating the fair value of a reporting unit requires various assumptions including projections of future cash flows, perpetual growth rates and discount rates that reflect the risks associated with achieving those cash flows. The assumptions about future cash flows and growth rates are based on management’s assessment of a number of factors including the reporting unit’s recent performance against budget, performance in the market that the reporting unit serves, as well as industry and general economic data from third party sources. Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in those future cash flows. Changes to the underlying businesses could affect the future cash flows, which in turn could affect the fair value of the reporting unit. For our most recent annual impairment test as of July 1, 2010, the discount rates used were 10% or 11% and perpetual growth rates used were 3% or 4%, based on the specific characteristics of the reporting unit.

Based on the results of our July 1, 2010 step one tests, we determined that the carrying value of our Public Sector North America (“PS NA”) reporting unit, Public Sector United Kingdom (“PS UK”) reporting unit, which has since been sold and is included in discontinued operations, and our Higher Education Managed Services (“HE MS”) reporting unit were in excess of their respective fair values and a step two test was required for each of these reporting units. The primary drivers for the decline in the fair value of the reporting units compared to the prior year is the reduction in the perpetual growth rate assumption used for each of these three reporting units, stemming from the disruption in the global financial markets, particularly the markets in which these three reporting units serve. Furthermore, there was a decline in the cash flow projections for the PS NA and PS UK reporting units, compared to those used in the 2009 goodwill impairment test, as a result of decline in the overall outlook for these two reporting units. Additionally, the discount rate assumption used in 2010 for the PS UK reporting unit was higher than the discount rate used in the 2009 impairment test.

 

40

---

Table of Contents

A one percentage point increase in the perpetual growth rate or a one percentage point decrease in the discount rate would have resulted in our HE MS reporting unit having a fair value in excess of carrying value and a step two test would not have been required.

Prior to completing the step two tests, we first evaluated the long-lived assets, primarily the software, customer base and property and equipment, for impairment. In performing the impairment tests for long-lived assets, we estimated the undiscounted cash flows for the asset groups over the remaining useful lives of the reporting unit’s primary asset and compared that to the carrying value of the asset groups. There was no impairment of the long-lived assets.

In completing the step two tests to determine the implied fair value of goodwill and therefore the amount of impairment, we first determined the fair value of the tangible and intangible assets and liabilities. Based on the testing performed, we determined that the carrying value of goodwill exceeded its implied fair value for each of the three reporting units and recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $328 million, of which $237 million is presented in continuing operations and $91 million in discontinued operations.

We have three other reporting units, whose goodwill balances in the aggregate total $2.1 billion as of December 31, 2010, where the excess of the estimated fair value over the carrying value of the reporting unit was less than 10% of the carrying value as of the July 1, 2010 impairment test. A one percentage point decrease in the perpetual growth rate or a one percentage point increase in the discount rate would cause each of these reporting units to fail the step one test and require a step two analysis, and some or all of this goodwill could be impaired. Furthermore, if any of these units fail to achieve expected performance levels or experience a downturn in the business below current expectations, goodwill could be impaired.

Our remaining 10 reporting units, whose goodwill balances in aggregate total $3.2 billion as of December 31, 2010, each had estimated fair values in excess of 25% more than the carrying value of the reporting unit as of the July 1, 2010 impairment test.

During 2009, based on an evaluation of year-end results and a reduction in the revenue growth outlook for the AS business, we concluded that AS had experienced a triggering event in its North American reporting unit (“AS NA”), one of two reporting units identified in the July 1, 2009 annual impairment test where the excess of the estimated fair value over the carrying value was less than 10%. As a result, we determined that the carrying value of AS NA was in excess of its fair value. In completing the step two test, we determined that the carrying value of AS NA’s goodwill exceeded its implied fair value by $1.13 billion and recorded a goodwill impairment charge for this amount.

As a result of the change in the economic environment in the second half of 2008 and completion of the annual budgeting process, we completed an assessment of the recoverability of our goodwill in December 2008. In completing this review, we considered a number of factors, including a comparison of the budgeted revenue and profitability for 2009 to that included in the annual impairment test conducted as of July 1, 2008, and the amount by which the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its carrying value in the 2008 impairment analysis, as well as qualitative factors such as the overall economy’s effect on each reporting unit. Based on this analysis, we concluded that the decline in expected future cash flows in one of our PS reporting units, which has since been sold and is presented in discontinued operations, was sufficient to result in an impairment of goodwill of $128 million.

Revenue Recognition

In the fourth quarter of 2010 we adopted, retrospective to the beginning of the year, the provisions of Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-13, Revenue Recognition—Multiple—Deliverable Revenue Arrangements (“ASU 2009-13”) and Accounting Standards Update 2009-14, Software—Certain Revenue Arrangements that Include Software Elements (“ASU 2009-14”). ASU 2009-13 amended existing accounting

 

41

---

Table of Contents

guidance for revenue recognition for multiple-element arrangements by establishing a selling price hierarchy that allows for the best estimated selling price (“BESP”) to determine the allocation of arrangement consideration to a deliverable in a multiple element arrangement where neither vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) nor third-party evidence (“TPE”) is available for that deliverable. ASU 2009-14 modifies the scope of existing software guidance to exclude tangible products containing software components and non-software components that function together to deliver the product’s essential functionality. In addition, ASU 2009-14 provides guidance on how a vendor should allocate arrangement consideration to non-software and software deliverables in an arrangement where the vendor sells tangible products containing software components that are essential in delivering the tangible product’s functionality. The impact of our adoption of ASU 2009-13 and ASU 2009-14 was not material to our consolidated results of operations for 2010.

The following criteria must be met in determining whether revenue may be recorded: persuasive evidence of a contract exists; services have been provided; the price is fixed or determinable; and collection is reasonably assured.

We generate revenue from the following sources: (1) services revenue, which includes revenue from processing services, software maintenance and support, rentals, recovery and managed services, professional services and broker/dealer fees; and (2) software license fees, which result from contracts that permit the customer to use a SunGard product at the customer’s site.

Services revenue is recorded as the services are provided based on the fair value of each element. Most AS services revenue consists of fixed monthly fees based upon the specific computer configuration or business process for which the service is being provided. When recovering from an interruption, customers generally are contractually obligated to pay additional fees, which typically cover the incremental costs of supporting customers during recoveries. FS services revenue includes monthly fees, which may include a fixed minimum fee and/or variable fees based on a measure of volume or activity, such as the number of accounts, trades or transactions, users or the number of hours of service.

For fixed-fee professional services contracts, services revenue is recorded based upon proportional performance, measured by the actual number of hours incurred divided by the total estimated number of hours for the project. Changes in the estimated costs or hours to complete the contract and losses, if any, are reflected in the period during which the change or loss becomes known.

License fees result from contracts that permit the customer to use a SunGard software product at the customer’s site. Generally, these contracts are multiple-element arrangements since they usually provide for professional services and ongoing software maintenance. In these instances, license fees are recognized upon the signing of the contract and delivery of the software if the license fee is fixed or determinable, collection is probable, and there is sufficient vendor specific evidence of the fair value of each undelivered element. When there are significant program modifications or customization, installation, systems integration or related services, the professional services and license revenue are combined and recorded based upon proportional performance, measured in the manner described above. Revenue is recorded when billed when customer payments are extended beyond normal billing terms, or at acceptance when there is significant acceptance, technology or service risk. Revenue also is recorded over the longest service period in those instances where the software is bundled together with post-delivery services and there is not sufficient evidence of the fair value of each undelivered service element.

With respect to software related multiple-element arrangements, sufficient evidence of fair value is defined as VSOE. If there is no VSOE of the fair value of the delivered element (which is usually the software) but there is VSOE of the fair value of each of the undelivered elements (which are usually maintenance and professional services), then the residual method is used to determine the revenue for the delivered element. The revenue for each of the undelivered elements is set at the fair value of those elements using VSOE of the price paid when each of the undelivered elements is sold separately. The revenue remaining after allocation to the undelivered elements (i.e., the residual) is allocated to the delivered element.

 

42

---

Table of Contents

VSOE supporting the fair value of maintenance is based on the optional renewal rates for each product and is typically 18% to 20% of the software license fee per year. VSOE supporting the fair value of professional services is based on the standard daily rates charged when those services are sold separately.

In some software related multiple-element arrangements, the services rates are discounted. In these cases, a portion of the software license fee is deferred and recognized as the services are performed based on VSOE of the services.

From time to time we enter into arrangements with customers who purchase non-software related services from us at the same time, or within close proximity, of purchasing software (non-software multiple-element arrangements). Each element within a non-software multiple-element arrangement is accounted for as a separate unit of accounting provided the following criteria are met: the delivered services have value to the customer on a standalone basis; and, for an arrangement that includes a general right of return relative to the delivered services, delivery or performance of the undelivered service is considered probable and is substantially controlled by us. Where the criteria for a separate unit of accounting are not met, the deliverable is combined with the undelivered element(s) and treated as a single unit of accounting for the purposes of allocation of the arrangement consideration and revenue recognition.

For our non-software multiple-element arrangements, we allocate revenue to each element based on a selling price hierarchy at the arrangement inception. During 2008 and 2009 the fair value of each undelivered element was determined using VSOE, and the residual method was used to assign a fair value to the delivered element if its VSOE was not available. Under the new rules for 2010 described above, the selling price for each element is based upon the following selling price hierarchy: VSOE then TPE then BESP. The total arrangement consideration is allocated to each separate unit of accounting for each of the non-software deliverables using the relative selling prices of each unit based on this hierarchy. We limit the amount of revenue recognized for delivered elements to an amount that is not contingent upon future delivery of additional products or services or meeting of any specified performance conditions. Since under the new hierarchy a fair value for each element will be determinable, the residual method is no longer used.

To determine the selling price in non-software multiple-element arrangements, we establish VSOE of the selling price using the price charged for a deliverable when sold separately. Where VSOE does not exist, TPE is established by evaluating similar competitor products or services in standalone arrangements with similarly situated customers. If we are unable to determine the selling price because VSOE or TPE doesn’t exist, we determine BESP for the purposes of allocating the arrangement by considering pricing practices, margin, competition, and geographies in which we offer our products and services.

Unbilled receivables are created when services are performed or software is delivered and revenue is recognized in advance of billings. Deferred revenue is created when billing occurs in advance of performing services or when all revenue recognition criteria have not been met.

We believe that our revenue recognition practices comply with the complex and evolving rules governing revenue recognition. Future interpretations of existing accounting standards, new standards or changes in our business practices could result in changes in our revenue recognition accounting policies that could have a material effect on our consolidated financial results.

Accounting for Income Taxes

We recognize deferred income tax assets and liabilities based upon the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements or tax returns. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are calculated based on the difference between the financial and tax bases of assets and liabilities using the currently enacted income tax rates in effect during the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than

 

43

---

Table of Contents

not that a tax benefit will not be realized. Deferred tax assets for which no valuation allowance is recorded may not be realized upon changes in facts and circumstances. Tax benefits related to uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return are recorded when such benefits meet a more likely than not threshold. Otherwise, these tax benefits are recorded when a tax position has been effectively settled, which means that the appropriate taxing authority has completed their examination even though the statute of limitations remains open, or the statute of limitation expires. Considerable judgment is required in assessing and estimating these amounts and differences between the actual outcome of these future tax consequences and our estimates could have a material effect on our consolidated financial results.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the appropriate service period. Fair value for stock options is computed using the Black-Scholes pricing model. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards requires considerable judgment, including estimating the expected term of stock options, expected volatility of our stock price, and the number of awards expected to be forfeited. In addition, for stock-based awards where vesting is dependent upon achieving certain operating performance goals, we estimate the likelihood of achieving the performance goals. Differences between actual results and these estimates could have a material effect on our consolidated financial results. A deferred income tax asset is recorded over the vesting period as stock compensation expense is recognized. Our ability to use the deferred tax asset is ultimately based on the actual value of the stock option upon exercise or restricted stock unit upon distribution. If the actual value is lower than the fair value determined on the date of grant, then there could be an income tax expense for the portion of the deferred tax asset that cannot be used, which could have a material effect on our consolidated financial results.

 

44

---

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

We evaluate performance of our segments based on operating results before interest, income taxes, goodwill impairment charges, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, stock compensation and certain other costs (see Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements). During 2010, we sold our PS UK operation which is presented as discontinued operations. Our K-12 operations will move to HE effective January 1, 2011 and therefore are included in PS below for all periods presented.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain amounts included in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and the relative percentage that those amounts represent to consolidated revenue (unless otherwise indicated).

 

		2008								2009								Percent Increase (Decrease) 2009 vs. 2008				2010								Percent Increase (Decrease) 2010 vs. 2009
(Dollars in millions)		% of revenue												% of revenue												% of revenue
Revenue
Financial Systems (FS)		$	3,078				57	%		$	3,068				58	%			—	%		$	2,807				56	%			(9	)%
Higher Education (HE)			540				10	%			526				10	%			(3	)%			502				10	%			(5	)%
Public Sector (PS)			216				4	%			221				4	%			2	%			214				4	%			(3	)%
Software & Processing Solutions			3,834				71	%			3,815				72	%			—	%			3,523				71	%			(8	)%
Availability Services (AS)			1,567				29	%			1,517				28	%			(3	)%			1,469				29	%			(3	)%
		$	5,401				100	%		$	5,332				100	%			(1	)%		$	4,992				100	%			(6	)%
Costs and Expenses
Cost of sales and direct operating		$	2,601				48	%		$	2,534				48	%			(3	)%		$	2,201				44	%			(13	)%
Sales, marketing and administration			1,113				21	%			1,088				20	%			(2	)%			1,141				23	%			5	%
Product development			309				6	%			348				7	%			13	%			370				7	%			6	%
Depreciation and amortization			274				5	%			288				5	%			5	%			291				6	%			1	%
Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets			472				9	%			529				10	%			12	%			484				10	%			(9	)%
Goodwill impairment charge			—				—	%			1,126				21	%			—	%			237				5	%			(79	)%
		$	4,769				88	%		$	5,913				111	%			24	%		$	4,724				95	%			(20	)%
Operating Income (Loss)
Financial Systems(1)		$	608				20	%		$	618				20	%			2	%		$	624				22	%			1	%
Higher Education(1)			130				24	%			138				26	%			6	%			131				26	%			(5	)%
Public Sector(1)			66				31	%			60				27	%			(9	)%			57				27	%			(5	)%
Software & Processing Solutions(1)			804				21	%			816				21	%			1	%			812				23	%			—	%
Availability Services(1)			443				28	%			380				25	%			(14	)%			326				22	%			(14	)%
Corporate administration			(51	)			(1	)%			(57	)			(1	)%			(12	)%			(73	)			(1	)%			(28	)%
Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets			(472	)			(9	)%			(529	)			(10	)%			(12	)%			(484	)			(10	)%			9	%
Goodwill impairment charge			—				—	%			(1,126	)			(21	)%			—	%			(237	)			(5	)%			79	%
Stock compensation expense			(35	)			(1	)%			(33	)			(1	)%			6	%			(31	)			(1	)%			6	%
Other costs(2)			(57	)			(1	)%			(32	)			(1	)%			44	%			(45	)			(1	)%			(41	)%
Operating Income (Loss)		$	632				12	%		$	(581	)			(11	)%			(192	)%		$	268				5	%			146	%

 

 

(1)	Percent of revenue is calculated as a percent of revenue from FS, HE, PS, Software & Processing Solutions, and AS, respectively.

 

(2)	Other costs include management fees paid to the Sponsors, purchase accounting adjustments, including in 2008 certain acquisition-related compensation expense, merger costs, and certain other costs, partially offset in each year by capitalized software development costs.

 

45

---

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain supplemental revenue data and the relative percentage that those amounts represent to total revenue.

 

(Dollars in millions)		2008								2009								Percent Increase (Decrease) 2009 vs. 2008				2010								Percent Increase (Decrease) 2010 vs. 2009
		% of   revenue												% of   revenue												% of   revenue
Financial Systems
Services		$	2,737				51	%		$	2,737				51	%			—	%		$	2,448				49	%			(11	)%
License and resale fees			229				4	%			197				4	%			(14	)%			256				5	%			30	%
Total products and services			2,966				55	%			2,934				55	%			(1	)%			2,704				54	%			(8	)%
Reimbursed expenses			112				2	%			134				3	%			20	%			103				2	%			(23	)%
		$	3,078				57	%		$	3,068				58	%			—	%		$	2,807				56	%			(9	)%
Higher Education
Services		$	453				8	%		$	439				8	%			(3	)%		$	410				8	%			(7	)%
License and resale fees			77				1	%			79				1	%			3	%			86				2	%			9	%
Total products and services			530				10	%			518				10	%			(2	)%			496				10	%			(4	)%
Reimbursed expenses			10				—	%			8				—	%			(20	)%			6				—	%			(25	)%
		$	540				10	%		$	526				10	%			(3	)%		$	502				10	%			(5	)%
Public Sector
Services		$	164				3	%		$	172				3	%			5	%		$	175				4	%			2	%
License and resale fees			47				1	%			44				1	%			(6	)%			35				1	%			(20	)%
Total products and services			211				4	%			216				4	%			2	%			210				4	%			(3	)%
Reimbursed expenses			5				—	%			5				—	%			—	%			4				—	%			(20	)%
		$	216				4	%		$	221				4	%			2	%		$	214				4	%			(3	)%
Software & Processing Solutions
Services		$	3,354				62	%		$	3,348				63	%			—	%		$	3,033				61	%			(9	)%
License and resale fees			353				7	%			320				6	%			(9	)%			377				8	%			18	%
Total products and services			3,707				69	%			3,668				69	%			(1	)%			3,410				68	%			(7	)%
Reimbursed expenses			127				2	%			147				3	%			16	%			113				2	%			(23	)%
		$	3,834				71	%		$	3,815				72	%			—	%		$	3,523				71	%			(8	)%
Availability Services
Services		$	1,544				29	%		$	1,496				28	%			(3	)%		$	1,452				29	%			(3	)%
License and resale fees			6				—	%			4				—	%			(33	)%			3				—	%			(25	)%
Total products and services			1,550				29	%			1,500				28	%			(3	)%			1,455				29	%			(3	)%
Reimbursed expenses			17				—	%			17				—	%			—	%			14				—	%			(18	)%
		$	1,567				29	%		$	1,517				28	%			(3	)%		$	1,469				29	%			(3	)%
Total Revenue
Services		$	4,898				91	%		$	4,844				91	%			(1	)%		$	4,485				90	%			(7	)%
License and resale fees			359				7	%			324				6	%			(10	)%			380				8	%			17	%
Total products and services			5,257				97	%			5,168				97	%			(2	)%			4,865				97	%			(6	)%
Reimbursed expenses			144				3	%			164				3	%			14	%			127				3	%			(23	)%
		$	5,401				100	%		$	5,332				100	%			(1	)%		$	4,992				100	%			(6	)%

 

46

---

Table of Contents

Results of Operations, Excluding Broker/Dealer Business

We assess our performance both with and without one of our trading systems businesses, a broker/dealer with an inherently lower margin than our other software and processing businesses, whose performance is a function of market volatility and customer mix (the “Broker/Dealer”). By excluding the Broker/Dealer’s results, we are able to perform additional analysis of our business which we believe is important in understanding the results of both the Broker/Dealer and the software and processing businesses. We use the information excluding the Broker/Dealer business for a variety of purposes and we regularly communicate our results excluding this business to our board of directors.

The following is a reconciliation of revenue excluding the Broker/Dealer and operating income (loss) excluding the Broker/Dealer, which are each non-GAAP measures, to the corresponding reported GAAP measures that we believe to be most directly comparable for each of 2008, 2009 and 2010 (in millions). While these adjusted results are useful for analysis purposes, they should not be considered as an alternative to our reported GAAP results.

 

		2008				2009				%change				2010				%change
Revenue
Total		$	5,401			$	5,332				(1	)%		$	4,992				(6	)%
Less Broker/Dealer business			600				587								184
Total excluding Broker/Dealer business		$	4,801			$	4,745				(1	)%		$	4,808				1	%
Financial Systems		$	3,078			$	3,068				—	%		$	2,807				(9	)%
Less Broker/Dealer business			600				587								184
Financial Systems excluding Broker/Dealer business		$	2,478			$	2,481				—	%		$	2,623				6	%
Operating Income (Loss)
Total		$	632			$	(581	)			(192	)%		$	268				146	%
Less Broker/Dealer business			44	(1)			31	(1)							(33	)(1)
Total excluding Broker/Dealer business		$	588			$	(612	)			(204	)%		$	301				149	%
Financial Systems		$	608			$	618				2	%		$	624				1	%
Less Broker/Dealer business			47	(1)			34	(1)							(21	)(1)
Financial Systems excluding Broker/Dealer business		$	561			$	584				4	%		$	645				10	%

 

 

(1)

The operating income related to the Broker/Dealer excluded from Total and FS differ because we evaluate performance of our segments based on operating results before goodwill impairment charges, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, stock compensation and certain other costs. FS excludes certain of these costs and therefore, we do not need to adjust the Broker/Dealer for these costs. However, these costs are included in Total operating income (loss) and therefore, to the extent applicable, we adjust the Broker/Dealer’s operating income for its portion of these costs.

Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009

Operating Income:

Our total operating margin increased to 5% in 2010 from -11% in 2009 due to $237 million of goodwill impairment charges in 2010 and $1.13 billion of goodwill impairment charges in 2009. In addition, the operating margin was also impacted by a $58 million increase in license fees, the impact from the Broker/Dealer and the decline in AS margin performance.

 

47

---

Table of Contents

Financial Systems:

The FS operating margin increased to 22% in 2010 from 20% in 2009. The operating margin improvement is mainly due to a $63 million increase in software license fees, including the recognition of $32 million of license fee backlog that existed at December 31, 2009. Margin improvement from the reduced contribution from the Broker/Dealer and reduced facilities expense was mostly offset by increased employment-related and other operating expenses. The impact of the decrease in the Broker/Dealer’s revenue and operating income on FS operating margin is an increase in 2010 of one margin point.

The most important factors affecting the FS operating margin are:

 

•

the level of trading volumes,

 

•

the level of IT spending and its impact on the overall demand for professional services and software license sales,

 

•

the rate and value of contract renewals, new contract signings and contract terminations,

 

•

the overall condition of the financial services industry and the effect of any further consolidation among financial services firms, and

 

•

the operating margins of recently acquired businesses, which tend to be lower at the outset and improve over a number of years.

Higher Education:

The HE operating margin was 26% in each of 2010 and 2009. Although revenue decreased $24 million, we maintained the operating margin primarily by decreasing employment-related expense in managed services.

The most important factors affecting the HE operating margin are:

 

•

the rate and value of managed services (technology outsourcing services) contract renewals, new contract signings and contract terminations,

 

•

continued pressure on the level of institutional funding, and

 

•

the level of IT spending and its impact on the overall demand for professional services and software license sales.

Public Sector:

The PS operating margin was 27% in each of 2010 and 2009. Although revenue decreased $7 million, we maintained the operating margin primarily by decreasing employment-related expense.

The most important factors affecting the PS operating margin are:

 

•

the rate and value of contract renewals, new contract signings and contract terminations,

 

•

the level of government and school district funding, and

 

•

the level of IT spending and its impact on the overall demand for professional services and software license sales.

 

48

---

Table of Contents

Availability Services:

The AS operating margin was 22% in 2010 compared to 25% in 2009. The lower margin was driven by the lower mix of revenue from higher margin recovery services, which typically use shared resources, and an absolute decline in recovery services margin due mainly to the lower revenue on a relatively stable fixed cost base and costs related to eliminating redundant network capacity resulting from the redesign and re-architecture of our data communications network. Recovery services cost savings initiatives also produced expense savings in 2010 including lower facilities and employment-related costs. In addition, AS operating margin was impacted by an increase in revenue from lower margin managed services, which use dedicated resources, and an absolute decline in managed services margin due mainly to higher facilities costs, primarily utility costs related to cooling due to warmer summer temperatures and the addition of a new facility, increased employment-related and temporary staffing costs due to an increased focus on service delivery, and increased costs associated with the redesign and re-architecture of our data communications network and natural demand resulting from revenue growth. Also impacting the change in the margin was a decrease in other administrative expenses in North America, including reduced bad debt expense resulting from improved collections and lower professional services expenses, and the decrease in the margin in our European business mostly due to an increase in employment-related costs and depreciation and amortization, partially offset by reduced bad debt expense.

The most important factors affecting the AS operating margin are:

 

•

the rate and value of contract renewals, new contract signings and contract terminations,

 

•

the timing and magnitude of equipment and facilities expenditures,

 

•

the level and success of new product development, and

 

•

the trend toward availability solutions utilizing more dedicated resources.

The margin rate of the AS European business is lower than the margin rate of the North American business due primarily to a higher concentration of dedicated resources in European recovery services. However, the differential in the margins has narrowed over the past several years because of the growing proportion of managed services in North America.

Revenue:

Total revenue was $4.99 billion in 2010 compared to $5.33 billion in 2009, a decrease of 6%. Organic revenue decreased 7% primarily due to a decline in the Broker/Dealer’s revenue of $403 million, comprised of $367 million of broker/dealer fees and $36 million of reimbursed expenses, partially offset by a $58 million increase in software license fees. Excluding the Broker/Dealer, organic revenue increased 1%. Organic revenue is defined as revenue from businesses owned for at least one year and adjusted for both the effects of businesses sold in the previous twelve months and the impact of currency exchange rates, and excludes revenue from discontinued operations in all periods presented. When assessing our financial results, we focus on growth in organic revenue because overall revenue growth is affected by the timing and magnitude of acquisitions, dispositions and by currency exchange rates.

Our revenue is highly diversified by customer and product. During each of the past three fiscal years, no single customer has accounted for more than 10% of total revenue. On average for the past three fiscal years, services revenue has been approximately 90% of total revenue. About 70% of services revenue is highly recurring as a result of multi year contracts and is generated from (1) software-related services including software maintenance and support, processing and rentals; and (2) recovery and managed services. The remaining services revenue includes (1) professional services, which are recurring in nature as a result of long-term customer relationships; and (2) broker/dealer fees, which are largely correlated with trading volumes. Services revenue decreased to $4.49 billion from $4.84 billion, representing approximately 90% of total revenue in 2010 compared to 91% in 2009. The revenue decrease was mainly due to the $367 million decrease in broker/dealer fees noted.

 

49

---

Table of Contents

Professional services revenue was $791 million and $770 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively. The change was due to an increase in FS, partially offset by decreases in HE and AS. Revenue from total broker/dealer fees was $217 million and $570 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Revenue from license and resale fees was $380 million and $324 million for 2010 and 2009, respectively, and includes software license revenue of $291 million and $233 million, respectively.

SunGard ended 2009 with a software license backlog of $35 million in FS, which consisted of signed contracts for licensed software that (i) at our election, was not shipped to the customer until 2010, (ii) we voluntarily extended payment terms or (iii) included products or services not yet deliverable and from which the license element cannot be separated. Of this backlog, $32 million was recognized in 2010.

Financial Systems:

FS revenue was $2.81 billion in 2010 compared to $3.07 billion in 2009, a decrease of 9%. Organic revenue decreased by approximately 9% in 2010. Excluding the Broker/Dealer business, organic revenue increased 6%. The 6% increase is primarily driven by increases in software license, professional services and processing revenue. Professional services revenue increased $50 million, or 9%, to $583 million due to a general increase in demand from existing clients as well as new projects. Processing revenue increased $22 million, or 3%, mainly driven by increases in transaction volumes and additional hosted services. Revenue from license and resale fees included software license revenue of $237 million, an increase of $63 million compared to 2009, reflecting the recognition in 2010 of $32 million that was in backlog at December 31, 2009 and improved economic conditions in 2010.

Higher Education:

HE revenue was $502 million in 2010 compared to $526 million in 2009. The $24 million, or 5%, decrease was all organic and primarily due to decreases in managed services revenue mainly resulting from customers bringing their IT solutions in-house, and professional services mainly due to fewer and smaller-sized customer installations, partially offset by an increase in software support revenue due to sales of new licenses in the past 12 months and annual rate increases. Professional services revenue was $110 million in 2010 compared to $126 million in 2009. Software license fees increased $4 million to $36 million in 2010 from $32 million in 2009.

Public Sector:

PS revenue was $214 million in 2010 compared to $221 million in 2009. The $7 million, or 3%, decrease was all organic and primarily due to an $8 million decrease in software license fees. Revenue from license and resale fees included software license fees of $15 million and $23 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively. PS includes our K-12 operations for all periods presented.

Availability Services:

AS revenue was $1.47 billion in 2010 compared to $1.52 billion in 2009, a 3% decrease overall and organically. In North America, which accounts for approximately 80% of our AS business, revenue decreased 4% overall and 4.5% organically where decreases in recovery services and professional services revenue exceeded growth in managed services revenue. Revenue in Europe, primarily from our U.K. operations, increased 0.5%, but increased 2% organically, where increases in managed services revenue were partially offset by decreases in recovery services revenue. Most of our recovery services revenue is derived from tape-based solutions. Recovery services has been shifting from tape-based solutions to disk-based and managed service solutions. We expect this shift to continue in the future.

 

50

---

Table of Contents

Costs and Expenses:

Total costs decreased to 95% of revenue in 2010 from 111% of 2009 revenue. Excluding the goodwill impairment charges of $237 million in 2010 and $1.13 billion in 2009 and the Broker/Dealer’s total costs of $207 million in 2010 and $556 million in 2009, total costs as a percentage of total revenue (also excluding the Broker/Dealer) was unchanged at 89%.

Cost of sales and direct operating expenses as a percentage of total revenue was 44% in 2010 and 48% in 2009, largely the result of the lower volumes of the Broker/Dealer. Excluding the Broker/Dealer’s expenses of $189 million in 2010 and $534 million in 2009, cost of sales and direct operating expenses as a percentage of total revenue (also excluding the Broker/Dealer) was unchanged at 42%. Also impacting the period were lower employee-related expenses in our software and processing businesses, mostly offset by higher AS facilities and data communications network costs associated with the redesign and re-architecture of our data communications network.

Sales, marketing and administration expenses as a percentage of total revenue was 23% and 20% in 2010 and 2009, respectively. Excluding the Broker/Dealer’s expenses of $12 million in 2010 and $13 million in 2009, sales, marketing and administration expenses as a percentage of total revenue (also excluding the Broker/Dealer) was unchanged at 23%. The $53 million increase in sales, marketing and administration expenses was due primarily to higher employment-related expense in FS resulting from increased employment to support both growth in the business and international expansion, principally in Asia and Brazil, as well as annual increases following cost restraint in 2009 due to economic conditions. Also impacting the change were increases in professional services expense, advertising and trade show expenses and currency transaction losses, partially offset by decreases in FS facilities expense, resulting from facilities consolidation in 2009, and lower bad debt expense in AS.

Because AS software development costs are insignificant, it is more meaningful to measure product development expense as a percentage of revenue from software and processing solutions. In 2010 and 2009, software development expenses were 10% and 9%, respectively, of revenue from software and processing solutions.

Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets was 10% of total revenue in each of 2010 and 2009, respectively. During 2009, we shortened the remaining useful lives of certain intangible assets and also recorded impairment charges of our customer base and software assets of $18 million and $17 million, respectively. These impairments are the result of reduced cash flow projections related to the software and customer base assets that were impaired.

We recorded goodwill impairment charges of $205 million and $32 million in PS and HE, respectively, in 2010 and $1.13 billion in AS in 2009. These impairments are described in the Use of Estimates and Critical Accounting Policies section above.

Interest expense was $638 million in 2010 compared to $637 million in 2009. Interest expense in 2010 compared to 2009 was impacted by the following: (a) lower average borrowings under our term loans at a slightly higher interest rate, (b) higher average debt outstanding resulting from the timing of our borrowings and delayed repayment due to calling bonds that were not tendered related to the refinance of our $1.6 billion of senior notes due 2013 at a lower interest rate, (c) higher average borrowings on our accounts receivable facility at a lower interest rate and (d) lower average borrowings under our revolving credit facility.

The loss on extinguishment of debt in 2010 was due to the early extinguishments of our $1.6 billion of senior notes due in 2013 and our euro-denominated term loans. The loss included $39 million of tender and call premiums.

 

51

---

Table of Contents

Other income was $7 million in 2010 compared to $15 million in 2009. The decrease is due primarily to a $9 million decrease in foreign currency transaction gains related to our euro-denominated term loans.

Our overall effective income tax rate is typically between 38% and 40%. The effective income tax rates for each of 2010 and 2009 were a tax benefit of 7% and 6%, respectively, reflecting nondeductible goodwill impairment charges in both years. The reported benefit in 2010 includes a $13 million favorable adjustment due primarily to the impact of tax rate changes on deferred tax assets and liabilities offset by a $48 million unfavorable charge for recording deferred income taxes on unremitted earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries which are no longer considered to be permanently reinvested. The reported benefit from income taxes in 2009 includes a $12 million favorable adjustment primarily related to utilization in our 2008 U.S. federal income tax return of foreign tax credit carryforwards that were not expected to be utilized at the time of the 2008 tax provision.

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, was $180 million in 2010 compared to income from discontinued operations, net of tax, of $4 million in 2009. During 2010, we sold our PS UK operation which included an impairment charge, net of tax, of $91 million and a loss on disposal of approximately $94 million which included the write-off of the currency translation adjustment (CTA) which is included as a separate component of equity.

Accreted dividends on SCCII’s cumulative preferred stock were $191 million and $180 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively. The increase in dividends is due to compounding. No dividends have been declared by SCCII.

Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008

The following discussion has been updated to reflect the disposition of PS UK and its presentation as a discontinued operation.

Operating Income:

Our total operating margin was -11% in 2009, which included a $1.13 billion goodwill impairment charge, and 12% in 2008. In addition to the goodwill impairment charge, the operating margin was also impacted by the decline in AS, a $33 million decrease in license fees and a $57 million increase in amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, partially offset by margin improvement in our software and processing businesses primarily due to cost savings.

Financial Systems:

The FS operating margin was unchanged at 20% in each of 2009 and 2008. Margin improvement from cost savings initiatives, primarily in employee-related and consultant costs, was offset by a $30 million decrease in software license revenue and the reduced contribution from the Broker/Dealer mentioned above. The impact of this Broker/Dealer on FS operating margin is a decline of almost one margin point.

Higher Education:

The HE operating margin was 26% in 2009 compared to 24% in 2008. The operating margin increase is due to the impact of cost savings during the year, primarily in employee-related and consultant costs and professional services expenses.

Public Sector:

The PS operating margin was 27% and 30% in 2009 and 2008, respectively. The operating margin decline was due primarily to increased employment-related costs and a $2 million decrease in software license fees.

 

52

---

Table of Contents

Availability Services:

The AS operating margin was 25% in 2009 compared to 28% in 2008, primarily due to facility expansions, mostly in Europe, which increased the fixed cost base in advance of anticipated revenue growth, increases in employee-related costs, mostly in North America, increased depreciation and amortization, and the impact of a change in the mix of revenue from recovery services which typically use shared resources to managed services which use dedicated resources.

Revenue:

Total revenue was $5.33 billion in 2009 compared to $5.40 billion in 2008. Included in 2009 was the full year impact from the acquisitions made in 2008 including the October 2008 acquisition of GL TRADE S.A. Organic revenue declined 3% primarily due to a decrease in professional services revenue in FS and HE.

Services revenue decreased to $4.84 billion from $4.90 billion, representing approximately 91% of total revenue in each of 2009 and 2008. The revenue decrease of $54 million in 2009 was mainly due to a decrease in professional services and processing revenue and the impact of changes in currency exchange rates offset in part by an increase in software rentals, primarily from FS acquired businesses.

Professional services revenue was $770 million and $912 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively. The decrease was primarily in FS and HE and was the result of customers delaying or cancelling projects due to the economic climate, as well as completion of certain projects in 2008.

Revenue from license and resale fees was $324 million and $359 million for 2009 and 2008, respectively, and includes software license revenue of $233 million and $266 million, respectively.

SunGard ended 2009 with a software license backlog of $35 million in FS, which consisted of signed contracts for licensed software that (i) at our election, was not shipped to the customer until 2010, (ii) we voluntarily extended payment terms or (iii) included products or services not yet deliverable and from which the license element cannot be separated.

Financial Systems:

FS revenue was $3.07 billion in 2009 compared to $3.08 billion in 2008. Organic revenue decreased by approximately 5% in 2009. Included in 2009 was the full year impact from acquired businesses which mostly offset the decline in organic revenue, largely professional services.

Professional services revenue decreased $120 million or 18% to $533 million. Revenue from license and resale fees included software license revenue of $174 million and $204 million, respectively, in 2009 and 2008.

We expect a material decline in 2010 revenue in one of our trading systems businesses, a Broker/Dealer, as a result of changes in customer mix and lower levels of volatility. The customer mix is impacted by the market-wide dynamics by which active trading firms are opting to become broker/dealers and trade on their own behalf. Beginning in the first quarter of 2010, a major customer of this Broker/Dealer started trading on its own behalf. This Broker/Dealer business, which has an inherently lower margin than our other FS businesses, has driven organic revenue growth over the past three years.

Higher Education:

HE revenue was $526 million in 2009 compared to $540 million in 2008. The $14 million, or 3%, decrease was all organic and primarily due to a decline in professional services revenue, partially offset by an increase in software support revenue. Professional services revenue was $126 million in 2009 compared to $146 million in 2008. Software license fees were unchanged at $32 million in 2009.

 

53

---

Table of Contents

Public Sector:

PS revenue was $221 million in 2009 compared to $216 million in 2008. Organic revenue was unchanged in 2009. Increases in processing and software support revenue were partially offset by decreases in professional services and software license fees. Revenue from license and resale fees included software license fees of $23 million and $25 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Availability Services:

AS revenue was $1.52 billion in 2009 compared to $1.57 billion in 2008, a 3% decrease. AS organic revenue was unchanged in 2009. In North America, revenue decreased 1% overall and 2% organically where decreases in recovery services exceeded growth in managed services and professional services revenue. Revenue from license and resale fees included software license revenue of $4 million, a decrease of $2 million from the prior year. Revenue in Europe decreased 12%, but increased 2.5% organically.

Costs and Expenses:

Total costs increased to 111% of revenue in 2009 from 88% of 2008 revenue. Included in 2009 was a $1.13 billion impairment charge related to our AS business.

Cost of sales and direct operating expenses as a percentage of total revenue was 48% in each of 2009 and 2008. Lower employee-related and consultant expenses in our software and processing businesses were partially offset by increased costs from acquired businesses, net of a business sold in 2008.

The decrease in sales, marketing and administration expenses of $25 million was due primarily to decreased costs resulting from FS employee-related expenses partially offset by increased costs from acquired businesses, net of a business sold in 2008, and increases in FS facilities expense.

Because AS software development costs are insignificant, it is more meaningful to measure product development expense as a percentage of revenue from software and processing solutions. In 2009 and 2008, software development expenses were 9% and 8%, respectively, of revenue from software and processing solutions.

Depreciation and amortization as a percentage of total revenue was 5% in each of 2009 and 2008. The $14 million increase in 2009 was due primarily to capital expenditures supporting AS, FS and HE.

Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets was 10% and 9% of total revenue in 2009 and 2008, respectively. During 2009, we shortened the remaining useful lives of certain intangible assets and also recorded impairment charges of our customer base and software assets of $18 million and $17 million, respectively. During 2008, we recorded impairment charges of our customer base, software and trade name assets of $27 million, $9 million and $3 million, respectively. These impairments are the result of reduced cash flow projections.

We recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $1.13 billion in AS in 2009. This impairment is described in the Use of Estimates and Critical Accounting Policies section above.

Interest expense was $637 million in 2009 compared to $597 million in 2008. The increase is primarily due to increased borrowings from the issuance of $500 million senior notes due 2015, a $500 million increase in the term loan and borrowings under our receivables facility, partially offset by decreased borrowings under our term loans and revolving credit facility, repayment of our senior notes due in January 2009 and interest rate decreases.

 

54

---

Table of Contents

Other income was $15 million in 2009 compared to other expense of $93 million in 2008. The income in 2009 was due primarily to $14 million of foreign currency translation gains related to our euro-denominated term loan. In contrast, during 2008, currency translation related to those same euro-denominated term loans produced $46 million of foreign currency translation losses. Also incurred in 2008 were $25 million of losses on sales of receivables related to our terminated off-balance sheet receivables facility and $17 million of losses on euros purchased in advance of and fees associated with unused alternative financing commitments for the acquisition of GL TRADE.

We believe that our overall effective income tax rate is typically between 38% and 40%. The effective income tax rates for 2009 and 2008 were a tax benefit of 6% and a tax provision of 124%, respectively. The rate in 2009 reflects a nondeductible goodwill impairment charge. The rate in 2008 reflects a charge for tax positions taken in prior years as well as differences in the mix of taxable income in various jurisdictions. The reported benefit from income taxes in 2009 includes a $12 million favorable adjustment primarily related to utilization in our 2008 U.S. federal income tax return of foreign tax credit carryforwards that were not expected to be utilized at the time of the 2008 tax provision.

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax, was $4 million in 2009 compared to loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, of $150 million in 2008. During 2008, we incurred a goodwill impairment charge, net of tax, of $128 million. Also in 2008, we recorded impairment charges of our customer base and software assets of $20 million and $8 million, respectively. These impairments are the result of reduced cash flow projections related to the software and customer base assets that were impaired.

Accreted dividends on SCCII’s cumulative preferred stock were $180 million and $157 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively. The increase in dividends is due to compounding. No dividends have been declared by SCCII.

Liquidity and Capital Resources:

At December 31, 2010, cash and cash equivalents in continuing operations were $778 million, an increase of $136 million from December 31, 2009, while availability under our revolving credit facility was $796 million. Approximately $483 million of cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2010 was held by our wholly owned non-U.S. subsidiaries. While available to fund operations and strategic investment opportunities abroad, most of these funds cannot be repatriated for use in the United States without incurring additional cash tax costs and in some cases are in countries with currency restrictions. Also, approximately $100 million of cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2010 relates to our broker/dealer operations which is not available for general corporate use without adversely affecting the operation of the broker/dealer businesses.

Cash flow from continuing operations was $714 million in 2010 compared to cash flow from continuing operations of $606 million in 2009. The increase in cash flow from continuing operations is due primarily to the termination in December 2008 of our off-balance sheet accounts receivable securitization program, which reduced 2009 operating cash flow, and $92 million less of income tax payments, net of refunds, in 2010, partially offset by the reduction in operating income after adjusting for the noncash goodwill impairments in 2010 and 2009. Cash flow from continuing operations was $606 million in 2009 compared to cash flow from continuing operations of $376 million in 2008. The increase in cash flow from continuing operations is due primarily to the positive impact of approximately $287 million from the termination in December 2008 of our off-balance sheet accounts receivable securitization program, offset by an increased use of cash, principally in working capital, in the balance of the business.

Net cash used by continuing operations in investing activities was $385 million in 2010 and $331 million in 2009. During 2010, we spent $82 million for four acquisitions, whereas we spent $13 million for three acquisitions during 2009. Capital expenditures for continuing operations were $312 million in 2010 and $323

 

55

---

Table of Contents

million in 2009. In 2008, net cash used by continuing operations in investing activities was $1.1 billion, primarily related to $721 million spent on six acquisitions, including $546 million for the acquisition of GL TRADE S.A. in our FS business, and capital expenditures were $391 million.

In 2010, net cash used by continuing operations in financing activities was $344 million, which included the early retirements of our senior notes due 2013 along with the associated retirement premium and $265 million of term loans, and the issuance of $900 million of senior notes due 2018 and $700 million of senior notes due 2020 (net of associated fees). We also increased our borrowings under our accounts receivable securitization program by $63 million in 2010. In 2009, net cash used by continuing operations in financing activities was $626 million, primarily related to repayment at maturity of the $250 million senior secured notes and repayment of $500 million of borrowings under our revolving credit facility, partially offset by cash received from the new receivables facility (net of associated fees). In 2008, net cash provided by financing activities was $1.3 billion, which was used to fund the acquisition of GL TRADE, replace the liquidity provided by the terminated off-balance sheet accounts receivable securitization facility and repay $250 million of senior notes due in January 2009.

As a result of the LBO, we are highly leveraged. Our Sponsors continually evaluate strategic initiatives, some of which could significantly impact our debt profile. See “—Overview” above. See Note 5 of our audited consolidated financial statements which contains a full description of our debt. Total debt outstanding as of December 31, 2010 was $8.06 billion, which consists of the following (in millions):

 

		December 31, 2010
Senior Secured Credit Facility:
Secured revolving credit facility		$	—
Tranche A, effective interest rate of 3.29%			1,447
Tranche B, effective interest rate of 6.67%			2,468
Incremental term loan, effective interest rate of 6.75%			479
Total Senior Secured Credit Facility			4,394
Senior Notes due 2014 at 4.875%, net of discount of $12			238
Senior Notes due 2015 at 10.625%, net of discount of $4			496
Senior Notes due 2018 at 7.375%			900
Senior Notes due 2020 at 7.625%			700
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 at 10.25%			1,000
Secured accounts receivable facility, effective interest rate of 3.76%			313
Other, primarily acquisition purchase price and capital lease obligations			14
			8,055
Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt			(9	)
Long-term debt		$	8,046

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

As of December 31, 2010, SunGard’s senior secured credit facilities (“Credit Agreement”) consisted of (1) $1.39 billion of U.S. dollar-denominated tranche A term loans and $62 million of pound sterling-denominated tranche A term loans, each maturing on February 28, 2014, (2) $2.41 billion of U.S. dollar-denominated tranche B term loans and $60 million of pound sterling-denominated tranche B term loans, each maturing on February 28, 2016, (3) $479 million of U.S. dollar-denominated incremental term loans maturing on February 28, 2014 and (4) an $829 million revolving credit facility with $580 million of commitments terminating on May 11, 2013, and $249 million of commitments terminating on August 11, 2011. As of December 31, 2010, $796 million was available for borrowing under the revolving credit facility after giving effect to certain outstanding letters of credit.

 

56

---

Table of Contents

In December 2010, we sold our PS UK operation for gross proceeds of £88 million ($138 million). Pursuant to our Credit Agreement, we were required to apply the “Net Proceeds,” as defined in the Credit Agreement, to the repayment of outstanding term loans. Accordingly, we repaid $96 million of SunGard’s U.S. dollar-denominated term loans, $3 million of pound sterling-denominated term loans and $2 million of our euro-denominated term loans. In addition, and concurrent with these mandatory prepayments, other available cash was used to voluntarily repay the remaining $164 million balance outstanding on the euro-denominated term loans.

In January 2011, we amended SunGard’s incremental term loan to (a) eliminate the LIBOR and Base Rate floors and (b) reduce the Eurocurrency Rate spread from 3.75% to 3.50% and the Base Rate spread from 2.75% to 2.50%. The loan maturity was not changed.

Senior Notes due 2014

On January 15, 2004, we issued $500 million of senior unsecured notes, of which $250 million 3.75% notes were due and paid in full in January 2009 and $250 million are 4.875% notes due 2014, which are subject to certain standard covenants. As a result of the LBO, these senior notes became collateralized on an equal and ratable basis with loans under the senior secured credit facilities and are guaranteed by all subsidiaries that guarantee the senior notes due 2013 and 2015 and senior subordinated notes due 2015. The senior secured notes due 2014 are recorded at $238 million as of December 31, 2010, reflecting the remaining unamortized discount caused by the LBO.

Senior Notes due 2015, 2018 and 2020 and Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015

On November 16, 2010, SunGard issued $900 million of 7.375% senior notes due in November 2018 and $700 million of 7.625% senior notes due in November 2020. The proceeds, together with other cash, were used to retire our $1.6 billion 9.125% senior notes due 2013.

The senior notes due 2015, 2018 and 2020 are senior unsecured obligations that rank senior in right of payment to future debt and other obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the senior notes, including the senior subordinated notes. The senior notes (i) rank equally in right of payment to all existing and future senior debt and other obligations that are not, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the senior notes, (ii) are effectively subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future secured debt to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, and (iii) are structurally subordinated to all obligations of each subsidiary that is not a guarantor of the senior notes. All obligations under the senior notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all domestic, 100% wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company.

The senior subordinated notes due 2015 are unsecured senior subordinated obligations that are subordinated in right of payment to the existing and future senior debt, including the senior secured credit facilities, the senior secured notes due 2014 and the senior notes due 2015, senior notes due 2018 and senior notes due 2020. The senior subordinated notes (i) rank equally in right of payment to all future senior subordinated debt, (ii) are effectively subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future secured debt to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, (iii) are structurally subordinated to all obligations of each subsidiary that is not a guarantor of the senior subordinated notes, and (iv) rank senior in right of payment to all future debt and other obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the senior subordinated notes.

The senior notes due 2015, 2018 and 2020 and senior subordinated notes due 2015 are redeemable in whole or in part, at our option, at any time at varying redemption prices that generally include premiums, which are defined in the applicable indentures. In addition, upon a change of control, we are required to make an offer to redeem all of the senior notes and senior subordinated notes at a redemption price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest.

 

57

---

Table of Contents

The indentures governing the senior notes due 2015, 2018 and 2020 and senior subordinated notes due 2015 contain a number of covenants that restrict, subject to certain exceptions, our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares, pay dividends on or make other distributions in respect of its capital stock or make other restricted payments, make certain investments, enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates, create liens securing certain debt without securing the senior notes due 2015, 2018 and 2020 or senior subordinated notes due 2015, as applicable, sell certain assets, consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets and designate our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

Receivables Facilities

On September 30, 2010, SunGard entered into an Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement related to its receivables facility. Among other things, the amendment (a) increased the borrowing capacity under the facility from $317 million to $350 million, (b) increased the term loan component to $200 million from $181 million, (c) extended the maturity date to September 30, 2014, (d) removed the 3% LIBOR floor and set the interest rate to one-month LIBOR plus 3.5%, which at December 31, 2010 was 3.76%, and (e) amended certain other terms. At December 31, 2010, $200 million was drawn against the term loan commitment and $113 million was drawn against the revolving commitment, which represented the full amount available for borrowing based on the terms and conditions of the facility. At December 31, 2010, $680 million of accounts receivable secured the borrowings under the receivables facility.

In March 2009, SunGard entered into a syndicated three-year receivables facility. The facility limit was $317 million, which consisted of a term loan commitment of $181 million and a revolving commitment of $136 million. Advances may be borrowed and repaid under the revolving commitment with no impact on the facility limit. The term loan commitment may be repaid at any time at SunGard’s option, but such repayment will result in a permanent reduction in the facility limit. Under the receivables facility, SunGard was generally required to pay interest on the amount of each advance at the one month LIBOR rate (with a floor of 3%) plus 4.50% per annum. The facility is subject to a fee on the unused portion of 1.00% per annum. The receivables facility contains certain covenants, and SunGard is required to satisfy and maintain specified facility performance ratios, financial ratios and other financial condition tests.

In December 2008, SunGard terminated its off-balance sheet accounts receivable securitization program. Under that accounts receivable facility, eligible receivables were sold to third-party conduits through a wholly owned, bankruptcy remote, special purpose entity that is not consolidated for financial reporting purposes. SunGard serviced the receivables and charged a monthly servicing fee at market rates. The third-party conduits were sponsored by certain lenders under SunGard’s senior secured credit facilities.

 

58

---

Table of Contents

Interest Rate Swaps

We use interest rate swap agreements to manage the amount of our floating rate debt in order to reduce our exposure to variable rate interest payments associated with the senior secured credit facilities. We pay a stream of fixed interest payments for the term of the swap, and in turn, receive variable interest payments based on one-month LIBOR or three-month LIBOR (0.26% and 0.30%, respectively, at December 31, 2010). The net receipt or payment from the interest rate swap agreements is included in interest expense. A summary of our interest rate swaps at December 31, 2010 follows:

 

Inception		Maturity				Notional Amount   (in  millions)				Interest rate paid				Interest rate received (LIBOR)
February 2006			February 2011			$	800				5.00	%			3-Month
January 2008			February 2011				750				3.17	%			3-Month
January / February 2009			February 2012				1,200				1.78	%			1-Month
February 2010			May 2013				500				1.99	%			3-Month
Total/Weighted average interest rate						$	3,250				2.93	%

Contractual Obligations

At December 31, 2010, our contractual obligations follow (in millions):

 

		Total				2011				2012 – 2013				2014 – 2015				2016 and After
Short-term and long-term debt(1)		$	8,055			$	9			$	55			$	4,004			$	3,987
Interest payments(2)			2,704				495				943				763				503
Operating leases			1,365				210				360				276				519
Purchase obligations(3)			300				136				130				34				—
		$	12,424			$	850			$	1,488			$	5,077			$	5,009

 

 

(1)

The senior secured notes due 2014 and the senior notes due 2015 were recorded at $238 million and $496 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2010, reflecting the remaining unamortized discount. The $16 million discount at December 31, 2010 will be amortized and included in interest expense over the remaining periods to maturity.

 

(2)

Interest payments consist of interest on both fixed-rate and variable-rate debt. Variable-rate debt consists primarily of the tranche A secured term loan facility ($1.45 billion at 3.29%), the tranche B term loan facility ($2.47 billion at 6.67%), the incremental term loan ($479 million at 6.75%) and the secured accounts receivable facility ($313 million at 3.76%), each as of December 31, 2010. The impact of amending the incremental term loan in January 2011 is to decrease the amount of interest paid in the table above by $10 million in 2011, $29 million in 2012-2013 and $6 million in 2014. See Note 5 to our audited consolidated financial statements.

 

(3)	Purchase obligations include our estimate of the minimum outstanding obligations under noncancelable commitments to purchase goods or services.

At December 31, 2010, contingent purchase price obligations that depend upon the operating performance of certain acquired businesses were less than $1 million. We also have outstanding letters of credit and bid bonds that total approximately $42 million.

We expect our cash on hand, cash flows from operations, availability under our Credit Agreement and availability under our accounts receivable revolving commitment to provide sufficient liquidity to fund our current obligations, projected working capital requirements and capital spending for a period that includes at least the next 12 months.

 

59

---

Table of Contents

Depending on market conditions, SunGard, its Sponsors and their affiliates may from time to time repurchase debt securities issued by SunGard, in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer or otherwise.

Covenant Compliance

Our senior secured credit facilities and the indentures governing our senior notes due 2015, 2018 and 2020 and our senior subordinated notes due 2015 contain various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants limit our ability to, among other things:

 

•

incur additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares,

 

•

pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of our capital stock or make other restricted payments,

 

•

make certain investments,

 

•

sell certain assets,

 

•

create liens,

 

•

consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets, and

 

•

enter into certain transactions with our affiliates.

In addition, pursuant to the Principal Investor Agreement by and among our Holding Companies and the Sponsors, we are required to obtain approval from certain Sponsors prior to the declaration or payment of any dividend by us or any of our subsidiaries (other than dividends payable to us or any of our wholly owned subsidiaries).

Under the senior secured credit facilities, we are required to satisfy and maintain specified financial ratios and other financial condition tests. As of December 31, 2010, we were in compliance with all financial and nonfinancial covenants. While we believe that we will remain in compliance, our continued ability to meet those financial ratios and tests can be affected by events beyond our control, and there is no assurance that we will continue to meet those ratios and tests.

Adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and goodwill impairment (“EBITDA”) is a non-GAAP measure used to determine our compliance with certain covenants contained in the indentures governing the senior notes due 2015, 2018 and 2020 and senior subordinated notes due 2015 and in our senior secured credit facilities. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA further adjusted to exclude unusual items and other adjustments permitted in calculating covenant compliance under the indentures and our senior secured credit facilities. We believe that including supplementary information concerning Adjusted EBITDA is appropriate to provide additional information to investors to demonstrate compliance with our financing covenants.

The breach of covenants in our senior secured credit facilities that are tied to ratios based on Adjusted EBITDA could result in a default and the lenders could elect to declare all amounts borrowed due and payable. Any such acceleration would also result in a default under our indentures. Additionally, under our debt agreements, our ability to engage in activities such as incurring additional indebtedness, making investments and paying dividends is also tied to ratios based on Adjusted EBITDA.

Adjusted EBITDA does not represent net income (loss) or cash flow from operations as those terms are defined by GAAP and does not necessarily indicate whether cash flows will be sufficient to fund cash needs. While Adjusted EBITDA and similar measures are frequently used as measures of operations and the ability to

 

60

---

Table of Contents

meet debt service requirements, these terms are not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled captions of other companies due to the potential inconsistencies in the method of calculation. Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the impact of earnings or charges resulting from matters that we may consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations. In particular, the definition of Adjusted EBITDA in the indentures allows us to add back certain noncash, extraordinary or unusual charges that are deducted in calculating net income (loss). However, these are expenses that may recur, vary greatly and are difficult to predict. Further, our debt instruments require that Adjusted EBITDA be calculated for the most recent four fiscal quarters. As a result, the measure can be disproportionately affected by a particularly strong or weak quarter. Further, it may not be comparable to the measure for any subsequent four-quarter period or any complete fiscal year.

The following is a reconciliation of net loss, which is a GAAP measure of our operating results, to Adjusted EBITDA as defined in our debt agreements. The terms and related calculations are defined in the indentures.

 

		Year ended December 31,
(Dollars in millions)		2008				2009				2010
Net loss from continuing operations		$	(92	)		$	(1,122	)		$	(390	)
Interest expense, net			580				630				636
Taxes			51				(74	)			(29	)
Depreciation and amortization			746				817				775
Goodwill impairment charge			—				1,126				237
EBITDA			1,285				1,377				1,229
Purchase accounting adjustments(1)			35				17				13
Non-cash charges(2)			35				36				38
Restructuring and other charges(3)			66				41				50
Acquired EBITDA, net of disposed EBITDA(4)			57				4				7
Pro forma expense savings related to acquisitions(5)			17				4				2
Loss on extinguishment of debt and other(6)			76				5				68
Adjusted EBITDA—Senior Secured Credit Facilities			1,571				1,484				1,407
Loss on sale of receivables(7)			25				—				—
Adjusted EBITDA—Senior Notes due 2015, 2018 and 2020 and Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015		$	1,596			$	1,484			$	1,407

 

 

(1)	Purchase accounting adjustments include the adjustment of deferred revenue and lease reserves to fair value at the dates of the LBO and subsequent acquisitions made by SunGard and certain acquisition-related compensation expense.

 

(2)	Non-cash charges include stock-based compensation (see Note 9 to our audited consolidated financial statements) and loss on the sale of assets.

 

(3)	Restructuring and other charges include debt refinancing costs, severance and related payroll taxes, reserves to consolidate certain facilities, settlements with former owners of acquired companies and other expenses associated with acquisitions made by SunGard.

 

(4)	Acquired EBITDA net of disposed EBITDA reflects the EBITDA impact of businesses that were acquired or disposed of during the period as if the acquisition or disposition occurred at the beginning of the period.

 

(5)	Pro forma adjustments represent the full-year impact of savings resulting from post-acquisition integration activities.

 

(6)

Loss on extinguishment of debt and other includes the loss on extinguishment of $1.6 billion of senior notes due in 2013, gains or losses related to fluctuation of foreign currency exchange rates impacting the foreign-denominated debt, management fees paid to the Sponsors, and franchise and similar taxes reported in operating expenses, partially offset by certain charges relating to the off-balance sheet accounts receivable securitization facility (terminated in December 2008).

 

(7)

The loss on sale of receivables under the off-balance sheet accounts receivable securitization facility (terminated in December 2008) is added back in calculating Adjusted EBITDA for purposes of the indentures governing the senior notes due 2015, 2018 and 2020 and the senior subordinated notes due 2015 but is not added back in calculating Adjusted EBITDA for purposes of the senior secured credit facilities.

 

61

---

Table of Contents

Our covenant requirements and actual ratios for the year ended December 31, 2010 were as follows:

 

		Covenant Requirements				Actual Ratios
Senior secured credit facilities(1)
Minimum Adjusted EBITDA to consolidated interest expense ratio			1.80x				2.43x
Maximum total debt to Adjusted EBITDA			6.25x				4.997x
Senior Notes due 2015, 2018, and 2020 and Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015(2)
Minimum Adjusted EBITDA to fixed charges ratio required to incur additional debt pursuant to ratio provisions			2.00x				2.41x

 

 

(1)

Our senior secured credit facilities require us to maintain an Adjusted EBITDA to consolidated interest expense ratio starting at a minimum of 1.80x for the four-quarter period ended December 31, 2010 and increasing over time to 1.95x by the end of 2011 and 2.20x by the end of 2013. Consolidated interest expense is defined in the senior secured credit facilities as consolidated cash interest expense less cash interest income further adjusted for certain noncash or nonrecurring interest expense. Beginning with the four-quarter period ending December 31, 2010, we are required to maintain a consolidated total debt to Adjusted EBITDA ratio of 6.25x and decreasing over time to 5.75x by the end of 2011 and to 4.75x by the end of 2013. Consolidated total debt is defined in the senior secured credit facilities as total debt less certain indebtedness and further adjusted for cash and cash equivalents on our balance sheet in excess of $50 million. Failure to satisfy these ratio requirements would constitute a default under the senior secured credit facilities. If our lenders failed to waive any such default, our repayment obligations under the senior secured credit facilities could be accelerated, which would also constitute a default under our indentures.

 

(2)

Our ability to incur additional debt and make certain restricted payments under our indentures, subject to specified exceptions, is tied to an Adjusted EBITDA to fixed charges ratio of at least 2.0x, except that we may incur certain debt and make certain restricted payments and certain permitted investments without regard to the ratio, such as our ability to incur up to an aggregate principal amount of $5.75 billion under credit facilities (inclusive of amounts outstanding under our senior credit facilities from time to time; as of December 31, 2010, we had $4.39 billion outstanding under our term loan facilities and available commitments of $796 million under our revolving credit facility), to acquire persons engaged in a similar business that become restricted subsidiaries and to make other investments equal to 6% of our consolidated assets. Fixed charges is defined in the indentures governing the Senior Notes due 2015, 2018 and 2020 and the Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 as consolidated interest expense less interest income, adjusted for acquisitions, and further adjusted for noncash interest.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk:

We do not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. We have invested our available cash in short-term, highly liquid financial instruments, substantially all having initial maturities of three months or less. When necessary, we have borrowed to fund acquisitions.

At December 31, 2010, we had total debt of $8.06 billion, including $4.71 billion of variable rate debt. We entered into interest rate swap agreements which fixed the interest rates for $3.25 billion of our variable rate debt. Swap agreements expiring in February 2011 have notional values of $800 million and $750 million and effectively fix the variable portion of our interest rates at 5.00% and 3.17%, respectively. Swap agreements expiring in February 2012 have a notional value of $1.2 billion and effectively fix the variable portion of our interest rates at 1.78%. Swap agreements expiring in May 2013 have a notional value of $500 million and effectively fix the variable portion of our interest rates at 1.99%. Our remaining variable rate debt of $1.46 billion is subject to changes in underlying interest rates, and, accordingly, our interest payments will fluctuate. During the period when all of our interest rate swap agreements are effective, a 1% change in interest rates would result in a change in interest of approximately $15 million per year. Upon the expiration of each interest rate swap agreement in February 2011 and 2012 and May 2013, a 1% change in interest rates would result in a change in interest of approximately $30 million, $42 million and $47 million per year, respectively. See Note 5 to our audited consolidated financial statements.

 

62

---

Table of Contents

During 2010, approximately 31% of our revenue was from customers outside the United States with approximately 67% of this revenue coming from customers located in the United Kingdom and Continental Europe. Only a portion of the revenue from customers outside the United States is denominated in other currencies, the majority being pounds sterling and euros. Revenue and expenses of our foreign operations are generally denominated in their respective local currencies. We continue to monitor our exposure to currency exchange rates.

We enter into currency hedging transactions from time to time to mitigate certain currency exposures.

 

63

---

Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

Who We Are

We are one of the world’s leading software and technology services companies. We provide software and technology services to financial services, higher education and public sector organizations. We also provide disaster recovery services, managed services, information availability consulting services and business continuity management software. We serve more than 25,000 customers in more than 70 countries. Our high quality software solutions, excellent customer support and specialized technology services result in strong customer retention rates across all of our business segments and create long-term customer relationships. We believe that we are one of the most efficient operators of mission-critical IT solutions as a result of the economies of scale we derive from serving multiple customers on shared processing platforms.

We have four business segments: Financial Systems (“FS”), Higher Education (“HE”), Public Sector (“PS”) and Availability Services (“AS”).

FS provides mission-critical software and technology services to virtually every type of financial services institution, including buy-side and sell-side institutions, third-party administrators, wealth managers, retail banks, insurance companies, corporate treasuries and energy trading firms. Our broad range of complementary software solutions and associated technology services help financial services institutions automate the business processes associated with trading, managing portfolios and accounting for investment assets.

HE provides software and technology services primarily to colleges and universities as well as to school districts. Education institutions rely on our broad portfolio of solutions and technology services to improve the way they teach, learn, manage and connect with their constituents.

PS provides software and technology services designed to meet the specialized needs of local, state and federal governments, public safety and justice agencies, utilities and other public sector institutions as well as nonprofits.

AS provides disaster recovery services, managed services, information availability consulting services and business continuity management software to 10,000 customers in North America and Europe. With five million square feet of data center and operations space, AS assists IT organizations across virtually all industry and government sectors to prepare for and recover from emergencies by helping them minimize their computer downtime and optimize their uptime. Through direct sales and channel partners, AS helps organizations ensure their people and customers have uninterrupted access to the information systems they need in order to do business.

We were acquired in August 2005 in a leveraged buy-out (“LBO”) by a consortium of private equity investment funds associated with Bain Capital Partners, The Blackstone Group, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., Providence Equity Partners, Silver Lake and TPG. As a result of the LBO, we are highly leveraged and our equity is not publicly traded.

Our Sponsors continually evaluate various strategic alternatives with respect to the Company, including a potential spin-off of the AS business to our current equity holders. We expect that if we were to spin-off any business segment, that business segment would incur new debt and we would repay a portion of our existing indebtedness. Additionally, it is possible that along with any spin-off, we would receive cash proceeds from an issuance of equity of one of our Parent Companies. There can be no assurance that we will ultimately pursue any strategic alternatives with respect to any business segment, including AS, or an equity issuance or, if we do, what the structure or timing for any such transaction would be.

 

64

---

Table of Contents

Financial information regarding our business segments is included in Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements.

Our Strengths

Leading franchise, attractive industry dynamics and global expansion opportunities.  We believe that our businesses have leading positions and strong customer relationships in industries with attractive growth prospects and significant opportunities for global expansion.

 

•

Leading industry positions.  We believe that our FS business is a leader in the sectors in which it participates within the highly fragmented global market for financial services software and technology services. We believe that our HE and PS businesses are both leading providers of software and technology services to education institutions and the public sector, respectively, and that AS is the pioneer and a leading provider in the information availability services industry. We believe that our strong customer relationships in the highly fragmented software and technology services sectors that we serve help us to maintain leading positions. Our customers use our solutions to manage their most mission-critical business processes, which we believe results in high switching costs that promote the retention of our solutions, provide opportunities to sell additional software and technology services, and create barriers to entry for other vendors. We believe that these factors provide us with competitive advantages that should enhance our growth potential.

 

•

Attractive industry dynamics.  We believe that over the long term each of our primary business segments has good growth potential. We believe that our FS business will benefit from several key industry dynamics: the general increase in IT spending associated with increasing compliance, regulatory and risk management requirements; the shift from internal to outsourced IT spending; and an increasing need of our customers for real time information. We anticipate that our HE business will benefit from key trends in education: investment in higher education as an essential driver of economic growth; the growing emphasis within education on performance management and data-driven decision making; the ongoing transformation of education by online and mobile technologies; and the global demand for both higher education and lifelong learning. We believe that our AS business will continue to benefit from the increasing criticality of IT availability to support day-to-day business operations and commerce. We believe that our strong relationships with our customers in the relatively fragmented software and processing sectors that we serve and our extensive experience and the significant total capital that we have invested in AS help us to maintain leading positions. We believe that these factors should provide us with competitive advantages and enhance our growth potential.

 

•

Global opportunities.  We believe that our FS, HE and AS businesses will benefit from the growth in developing economies in Asia Pacific and Latin America. As financial services practices evolve and mature in these developing economies, we believe that local institutions will look to leading global software and technology services providers with deep domain expertise, a suite of proven software capabilities and a local presence to provide implementation and support. We believe that our largest customers that seek to expand their businesses around the world seek to enhance efficiency by scaling their software and processing platforms globally. We believe that our industry footprint, global delivery capabilities and suite of solutions will provide us a competitive advantage.

Highly attractive business model.  We have substantial recurring revenue, maintain a diversified and stable customer base and generate significant operating cash flow.

 

•

Extensive portfolio of software and technology services across our businesses with substantial recurring revenue.  With a large portfolio of proprietary products and services in each of our four business segments, we have a diversified and stable business. With the exception of our broker/

 

65

---

Table of Contents

dealer business, we believe that our FS revenue is more insulated from changes in trading and transaction volumes than the financial services industry at large because our FS customers generally pay us monthly fees that are based on metrics such as number of accounts, trades or transactions, users or number of hours of service. Our portfolio of solutions and the largely recurring nature of our revenue across all four of our segments have reduced volatility in our revenue and operating income. Moreover, our specialized technology services and customized solutions help support and automate our customers’ mission-critical business processes and help increase the level of efficiency for our customers, which we believe reduces customer defections to other vendors or to in-house solutions.

 

•

Diversified and stable customer base.  Our base of more than 25,000 customers includes most of the world’s largest financial services firms, a variety of other financial services firms, corporate and government treasury departments, energy companies, higher education institutions, school districts, local governments and not-for-profit organizations. Our AS business serves customers across virtually all industries. In addition, our track record of helping our customers improve their operational efficiency, achieve high levels of availability and address regulatory requirements results in stable, long-term customer relationships. Our revenue is highly diversified by customer and product. During each of the past three fiscal years, no single customer has accounted for more than 10% of total revenue. On average for the past three fiscal years, services revenue has been approximately 90% of total revenue. About 70% of services revenue is highly recurring as a result of multiyear contracts and is generated from (1) software-related services including software maintenance and support, processing and rentals and (2) recovery and managed services. The remaining services revenue includes (1) professional services, which are recurring in nature as a result of long-term customer relationships, and (2) broker/dealer fees, which are largely correlated with trading volumes.

 

•

Significant operating cash flow generation.  We are able to generate significant operating cash flows because of our strong operating margins. Our strong and predictable cash flow allows us to meet our significant debt-service requirements and make discretionary investments to grow the business, both by investing in new products and services and through acquisitions.

Experienced management team with track record of success with proper incentives.  Our management team has a long track record of operational excellence, has a proven ability to expand our business by adding new solutions through both internal development and the acquisition and integration of complementary businesses, and is highly committed to our Company’s growth.

 

•

Long track record of operational excellence at a large scale.  Our experienced management team has proven capabilities in both running a global business and managing numerous applications that are important to our customers. Under their leadership, our businesses have expanded into new geographic markets, invested in developing new solutions and enhancing our technology services, met stringent customer and industry requirements and successfully incorporated new acquisitions. Our FS solutions support over 14,000 customers and process over ten million transactions per day. In our HE business, more than 1,800 organizations including colleges, universities, campuses, foundations and state systems use our solutions to serve more than 14 million students worldwide. Our PS products are used by agencies that serve more than 115 million citizens in North America. Our AS business is the pioneer and a leading provider in the information availability services industry and has 10,000 customers.

 

•

Experienced management team with appropriate incentives.  Our executive officers have on average more than 15 years of industry experience. As part of the LBO, many of our senior managers committed significant personal capital to our Company.

 

66

---

Table of Contents

Our Business Strategy

We are focused on expanding our position not only as a leading provider of software and technology services for financial services, higher education and public sector organizations, but also as the provider of choice for a wide range of information availability services and managed services for IT departments in companies across virtually all industries. Our strategy is to leverage our extensive customer base, deep domain knowledge and understanding of how to apply technology to support mission-critical business processes to produce innovative products and services. In pursuing expansion of our business, we emphasize fiscal discipline, sustainable revenue growth, improving margins and significant operating cash flow generation. The following are key objectives of our growth strategy:

Expand our industry-leading franchise.  We constantly enhance our product and service offerings across our portfolio of businesses, leverage our customer relationships, and look to acquire complementary businesses at attractive valuations.

 

•

Enhance our products and expand our technology services.  We continually support, upgrade and enhance our products to incorporate new technologies, meet the needs of our customers for increased operational efficiency and comply with new industry regulations and requirements. Our strong base of recurring revenue drives high operating margins that allow us to reinvest in our products and technology services. In 2010 and 2009, product development expenses were 10% and 9%, respectively, of our revenue from software and processing solutions. We have invested in building a global services organization comprising more than 5,000 consultants and developers with deep domain expertise to help customers develop, deploy and operate software solutions wherever and however they do business. We believe that our ability to offer a broad range of technology services including advisory services, systems integration, application development and managed services will help increase customer satisfaction as well as our share of the total IT budget of our customers.

 

•

Innovate to provide new solutions.  We continue to introduce innovative products and services in all four of our business segments. Since the LBO in 2005, we have been able to invest in strategic growth initiatives to balance short-term and long-term growth. These initiatives have included launching Infinity, a software-as-a-service (“SaaS”) initiative that offers financial services institutions a software development environment, business process management (“BPM”) platform and on-demand SaaS components. In our HE business, we launched Open Digital Campus, an open-source initiative that brings together our extensive user community in order to accelerate the availability of functionality. In our PS business, we launched ONESolution, a software suite that enables local government agencies to access information and share data through mobile computer, computer-aided dispatch and Internet technologies. In our AS business, we launched enterprise cloud computing, which will help customers tap into the efficiency and cost advantages of a fully managed cloud environment with enterprise-grade application availability and security. We believe that our focus on innovation will help us increase our penetration of new and existing market sectors.

 

•

Automate key financial services industry transaction and information flows.  We help our FS customers automate their mission-critical business processes internally and between their counterparties and trading partners by providing a network and technology infrastructure. Our global transaction network helps financial services institutions address the connectivity challenges of trading new instruments and accessing new trading venues worldwide. Our financial management network helps corporations drive maximum value from working capital and reduce risk by automating their interactions with their trading partners, suppliers and banks. We believe that by continuing to link organizations across their business ecosystem we will help strengthen our position as a leading provider of mission-critical software and technology services to the financial services industry.

 

67

---

Table of Contents

•

Deepen our customer relationships.  We focus on developing mutually beneficial, long-term relationships with our customers. We look to maximize cross-selling opportunities, bundle solutions and maintain a high level of customer satisfaction. Our FS global account management program allows us to gain access to senior decision makers, maintain account control and better target potential cross-selling and new business opportunities.

 

•

Expand in emerging countries with high growth rates for software and technology services.  We seek to grow our business in developing economies including China, India and Brazil, where there is growing demand for software and technology services from the sectors we serve. We have established our presence in these and other emerging countries by investing in local sales, marketing and support personnel, by customizing our products to meet the needs of the market and by acquiring businesses.

 

•

Acquire and integrate complementary businesses.  We seek to acquire businesses that complement our existing product and technology service offerings, expand our footprint in new markets and strengthen our leadership positions, and that will provide us with a suitable return on investment. We have a highly disciplined program to identify, evaluate and integrate acquisitions. Before committing to an acquisition, we devote significant resources to due diligence and to developing post acquisition integration plans, including the identification and quantification of potential cost savings and synergies. Since 1986, we have successfully completed the acquisition of over 175 businesses. We believe that our acquisition program has contributed significantly to our long-term growth and success.

Focus on increasing recurring revenue and implementing operational improvements.  We continue to focus on increasing our recurring revenue base and implementing incremental operational improvements.

 

•

Increase our recurring revenue base.  We strive to generate a high level of recurring revenue and stable cash flow from operations. We charge customers monthly subscription fees under multiyear contracts and will continue to pursue these types of arrangements because they offer high levels of revenue stability and visibility. We seek to renew existing contracts with multiyear terms, add new services and capabilities that produce recurring revenues and shift our mix of new business from on-premise software to software-as-a-service based on a subscription model.

 

•

Implement incremental operational improvements.  We continue to implement operational improvements to further increase revenue, reduce costs and improve cash flow from operations. These include expanding the global account management program within FS to include large regional institutions, capitalizing on our global services organization to offer a broader range of services to our customers, implementing new SaaS solutions to help accelerate time-to-market and serve new markets, and continuing to consolidate data centers within FS. Within AS, numerous initiatives are underway or have been recently completed that will streamline our direct sales model, increase the level of automation within the service delivery process, and maximize our return on investments in data center personnel and facility space.

Business Segment Overview

What We Do

Financial Systems

FS provides mission critical software and technology services to financial services institutions, corporate and government treasury departments and energy companies. Our solutions automate the many complex business processes associated primarily with trading, managing investment portfolios and accounting for investment assets, and also address the processing requirements of a broad range of users within the financial

 

68

---

Table of Contents

services sector. In addition, we provide technology services that focus on application implementation and integration of these solutions, custom software development and application management. Since our inception, we have consistently enhanced our solutions to add new features, process new types of financial instruments, meet new regulatory requirements, incorporate new technologies and meet evolving customer needs.

We deliver many of our solutions as an application-service provider, primarily from our data centers located in North America and Europe that customers access through the Internet or virtual private networks. We also deliver some of our solutions by licensing the software to customers for use on their own computers and premises.

Our FS business offers software and technology services to a broad range of users, including asset managers, chief financial officers, compliance officers, custodians, fund administrators, insurers and reinsurers, market makers, plan administrators, registered investment advisors, treasurers, traders and wealth managers. Effective January 1, 2011, we realigned our FS businesses to better serve the needs of our customers. To provide our solutions, FS is grouped into businesses that focus on the specific requirements of our customers, as follows:

Asset Management:  We offer solutions that help institutional investors, hedge funds, private equity firms, fund administrators and securities transfer agents improve both investment decision-making and operational efficiency, while managing risk and increasing transparency. Our solutions support every stage of the investment process, from research and portfolio management, to valuation, risk management, compliance, investment accounting, transfer agency and client reporting.

Banking:  We provide banks with an integrated solution suite for asset/liability management, budgeting and planning, regulatory compliance and profitability. Our solutions also manage all aspects of universal banking including back-office transaction processing, front-office multichannel delivery, card management and payments.

Corporate Liquidity:  Our solutions for corporate liquidity help businesses facilitate connectivity between their buyers, suppliers, banks, data providers and other stakeholders to increase visibility of cash, improve communication and response time, reduce risk, and help drive maximum value from working capital. Our end-to-end collaborative financial management framework helps chief financial officers and treasurers bring together receivables, treasury and payments for a single view of cash and risk, and to optimize business processes for enhanced liquidity management.

Global Trading:  Our global trading solutions help buy- and sell-side firms achieve increased performance, low latency and execution across multiple platforms, asset classes and markets. We provide equities, futures, fixed income, options and energy traders with trading, risk management, compliance and surveillance solutions. Linking buy-side firms to brokers, we provide access to liquidity pools as well as order management, advanced execution and smart order routing.

Insurance:  We provide solutions for the insurance industry in each of the following major business lines: life and health, annuities and pensions, property and casualty, reinsurance and asset management. Our software and services support functions from the front office through the back office, from customer service, policy administration and actuarial calculations to financial and investment accounting and reporting.

Position, Risk & Operations:  Our solutions for position, risk and operations help banks, broker/dealers and futures commission merchants increase the efficiency and transparency of securities and derivatives processing. Our solutions also provide accounting, securities financing, data management and tax reporting across multiple platforms, asset classes and markets. Supporting the entire trade lifecycle from execution to settlement, we provide centralized transactional databases that deliver consolidated views of positions and risk.

 

69

---

Table of Contents

Wealth Management:  We provide wealth management solutions that help banks, trust companies, brokerage firms, insurance firms, benefit administrators and independent advisors acquire, service and grow their client relationships. We provide solutions for client acquisition, transaction management, trust accounting and recordkeeping that can be deployed as stand-alone products, or as part of an integrated wealth management platform.

Additionally, FS has a business unit with the purpose of managing and advancing technology, deployment and distribution strategies including advanced-technology development and deployment frameworks and system components such as market data and time-series components, and valuation, risk and compliance engines. The business unit helps financial institutions develop and deploy custom applications, integrates SunGard system components with proprietary or third party components, and implements BPM solutions in a virtualized, SaaS environment.

FS also has a global services organization that delivers business consulting, technology and professional services for financial services institutions, energy companies and corporations. Leveraging our global delivery model, more than 5,000 consultants and developers worldwide help customers manage their complex data needs, optimize end-to-end business processes and assist with systems integration, while providing full application development, maintenance, testing and support services.

Higher Education

HE provides software and technology services to colleges and universities, including community colleges, liberal arts colleges, public universities, private colleges, for profit institutions, foundations, state systems and international institutions, to help them support communities of learners. HE also provides software and services to school districts (K-12). Our strategy, which we call the Open Digital Campus, combines our deep expertise in higher education with alternative delivery models, modular software components and modern technologies that help universities and colleges design and build their next-generation digital campuses. Our HE solutions include:

Academics & Student Success:  We provide solutions to help institutions monitor student progress, identify at-risk students and intervene to provide them with timely support. We provide specialized expertise to help academic departments create online courses and academic programs and to help institutions identify funding opportunities and secure grants from foundations, governmental and other funding sources.

Alumni Relations & Development:  Our solutions help advancement officers, alumni relations directors and fund-raisers to cultivate relationships with alumni, institutional donors and friends. Using these solutions, institutions plan and execute capital and other fundraising campaigns and orchestrate opportunities for ongoing interaction to deepen relationships among alumni and other members of the extended educational community.

Business Intelligence:  We offer software solutions and technology services to support enterprise reporting, performance management and data-driven decision making. We provide functionally focused performance management applications for enrollment management officers in the areas of recruiting, admissions and student retention, as well as performance management solutions for advancement officers.

Community & Relationship Management:  We provide solutions that help institutional personnel cultivate relationships and manage personalized interaction with students from the first point of contact through admissions, the student’s campus experience, to graduation and beyond. We also provide campus portal and communications solutions that serve as the focal point for providing information and services to members of the campus community.

 

70

---

Table of Contents

Enabling Technologies:  Our solutions provide institutions with technologies and services to help them manage institutional information and business processes. Our data integration technologies and services facilitate the interoperation of our systems and diverse third-party systems within the digital campus. Our identity and access management services aid in maintaining the security of campus data and systems. Our mobile platform and mobile application development services provide our customers with a community-sourced approach to developing, deploying and supporting mobile applications.

Finance & Human Capital Management:  We provide financial management solutions tailored to the unique business structure of colleges and universities, including specialized functions to address education-specific needs such as faculty compensation tracking, travel and expense management, and integration with student administration systems.

IT Management Services:  Our managed services provide expertise to augment the in-house capabilities of our customers in administering, managing and supporting IT needs and other mission-critical functions. We provide institutions with IT management resources and expertise including staffing of chief information officers and other IT staff to efficiently augment or strategically source IT support. We fulfill a full spectrum of IT needs, extending from application hosting and management to systems implementation, infrastructure management, 24/7 help desk support, project management, reporting and institutional research support and technology management.

K-12 Education:  We provide administrative information software solutions and related implementation and support services for K-12 school districts and private schools throughout the United States. Our software and technology services help school districts improve the efficiency of their operations and use Web-based technologies to serve their constituents. We offer a fully integrated suite of products for student information, learning management, special education, financial and human resource activities. Effective January 1, 2011, our K-12 Education business was moved from our PS segment into our HE segment.

Student Services:  Our solutions help colleges and universities manage the student lifecycle from recruiting and admissions through registration, financial aid, student retention and completion. We offer end-to-end student administration systems, as well as applications to support specialized student services functions. We also provide expertise to help customers improve their recruiting effectiveness.

Public Sector

PS provides software and technology services designed to meet the specialized needs of local, state and federal governments, public safety and justice agencies, utilities and public sector institutions as well as nonprofits. More than 115 million citizens in North America live in municipalities that rely on our products and services.

Our public administration solutions support a range of specialized enterprise resource planning and administrative processes for functions such as accounting, human resources, payroll, utility billing, land management and managed IT services. Public safety and justice agencies use our solutions to manage emergency dispatch operations, citizen and incident records, mobile computing in the field, and the operation of courts and jails. Our e-Government solutions help local governments to use the Internet and wireless technologies to serve their constituents. Our PS software and service solutions help our customers connect staff, departments and citizens to help improve the quality of life in the communities they serve. In December 2010, we sold our Public Sector U.K. operation.

Availability Services

AS helps our customers improve the resilience of mission critical systems. We do this by designing, implementing and managing cost-effective solutions using people, process and technology to address enterprise

 

71

---

Table of Contents

IT availability needs. Since we pioneered commercial disaster recovery in the 1970s, we believe that our specialization in information availability solutions, together with our experience, technology expertise, resource management capabilities, vendor neutrality and diverse service offerings, have uniquely positioned us to meet customers’ varied needs in an environment in which businesses are critically dependent on availability of IT. We have a comprehensive portfolio of services that extend from always ready standby services to high availability advanced recovery services and always on production and managed services, including planning and provisioning of enterprise cloud computing and SaaS platforms. We also provide business continuity management software and consulting services to help our customers design, implement and maintain plans to protect their central business systems. To serve our 10,000 AS customers, we have 5,000,000 square feet of data center and operations space at over 80 facilities in over ten countries. Since our inception, we have helped our customers recover from unplanned interruptions resulting from major disasters including the Gulf Coast hurricanes in 2008, widespread flooding in the U.K. in 2007, hurricane Katrina and Gulf Coast hurricanes in 2005, Florida hurricanes in 2004, the Northeast U.S. blackout in 2003 and the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001.

We provide the following four categories of services: recovery services, managed services, consulting services and business continuity management software. They can be purchased independently or collectively, depending on the customer’s requirements. Although recovery services remain our principal revenue generating services, managed services, consulting and business continuity management software increasingly account for a greater percentage of our new sales. Because advanced recovery and managed services are often unique to individual customers and utilize a greater proportion of dedicated (versus shared) resources, they typically require modestly more capital expenditures and command a somewhat lower operating margin rate than traditional systems recovery services. The combination of all of these services provides our customers with a total, end-to-end IT operations and information availability management solution.

Recovery Services:  AS helps customers maintain access to the information and computer systems they need to run their businesses by providing cost-effective solutions to keep IT systems operational and secure in the event of an unplanned business disruption. These business disruptions can range from man-made events (e.g., power outages, telecommunications disruptions and acts of terrorism) to natural disasters (e.g., floods, hurricanes and earthquakes). AS offers a complete range of recovery services, depending on the length of time deemed acceptable by customers for IT systems outage—ranging from minutes (for mission-critical applications) to several hours or several days (for non-mission-critical applications). We deliver these services using processors, servers, storage devices, networks and other resources and infrastructure that are subscribed to by multiple customers, which results in economies of scale for us and cost-effectiveness for our customers. These shared services range from basic standby systems recovery services, workforce continuity services, and mobile recovery options to blended “advanced recovery” or “high availability” solutions that typically combine systems recovery services with dedicated data storage resources that allow customers to replicate data to one of our sites, helping them minimize data loss and reduce recovery times.

Managed Services:  AS provides IT infrastructure and production services that customers use to run their businesses on a day-to-day basis. These services range from co-located IT infrastructure (e.g., where AS provides data center space, power, cooling and network connectivity) to fully managed infrastructure services (e.g., where AS fully manages the daily operation of a customer’s IT infrastructure). Some managed services require dedicated processors, servers, storage devices, networks and other resources, which are either obtained by the customer or provided by us for the customer’s exclusive use. Other managed services are provided on shared infrastructure. Managed services are designed in a flexible manner that allows customers to choose the services they need from a menu of options delivered on pre-agreed schedules or on an on-demand basis. Therefore, the combination of selected managed services is unique to each customer, with solutions crafted to meet that customer’s specific needs. Managed services help customers augment their IT resources and skills without having to hire full-time internal IT staff and invest in infrastructure that is not fully used all the time. In 2010, we launched enterprise-grade cloud services and will continue to expand our cloud offering in 2011.

 

72

---

Table of Contents

Consulting Services:  AS offers consulting services to help customers solve critical business continuity and IT infrastructure problems including business continuity, data storage and management, information security, and numerous categories of IT infrastructure operations.

Business Continuity Management Software:  AS offers software solutions that help customers operate a comprehensive and professional business continuity plan across their enterprise and enable ongoing business operations in a crisis. AS software has flexible modular solutions that allow customers to add functionality as required. Modules are available to support business impact analysis, business continuity planning, incident response and emergency notification. The software solution leverages a common platform for data consistency, as well as standardized reporting for seamless automation of the business continuity process.

Acquisitions

To complement our organic growth, we have a highly disciplined program to identify, evaluate, execute and integrate acquisitions. Generally, we seek to acquire businesses that broaden our existing product lines and service offerings by adding complementary products and service offerings and by expanding our geographic reach. During 2010, we spent approximately $82 million in cash to acquire four businesses.

The following table lists the businesses we acquired in 2010:

 

Acquired Company/Business		Date Acquired				Description
InMatrix Holdings			01/29/10			Provides credit risk management solutions for commercial lending primarily to the banking industry.
365 Hosting Limited			03/11/10			Provides cloud computing and data center managed IT services.
Fox River Execution Technology, LLC			07/19/10			Registered broker/dealer that provides algorithmic trade execution.
Mindwell AB			10/05/10			Swedish financial technology consulting services firm.

Product Development

We continually support, upgrade and enhance our systems and develop new products to meet the needs of our customers for operational efficiency and resilience and to leverage advances in technology. FS continues to transform some of the key functionality of its core systems into components for its new software development and on-demand delivery environment called Infinity. Infinity enables financial institutions to develop and deploy custom applications, integrating SunGard components with their own proprietary or third party components. Infinity uses SunGard’s Common Services Architecture (“CSA”), a service-oriented architecture (“SOA”) development framework, offering BPM and a virtualized, SaaS infrastructure.

Our expenditures for software development during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, including amounts that were capitalized, totaled approximately $325 million, $364 million and $385 million, respectively. In 2008, 2009 and 2010, software development expenses were 8%, 9% and 10%, respectively, of revenue from software and processing solutions. These amounts do not include routine software support costs that are included in cost of sales, nor do they include costs incurred in performing certain customer-funded development projects in the ordinary course of business.

 

73

---

Table of Contents

Marketing

Most of our FS and HE solutions are marketed throughout North America and Western Europe and many are marketed worldwide, including Asia-Pacific, Central and Eastern Europe, the Middle East, Africa and Latin America. Our PS solutions are marketed primarily in North America. Our AS solutions are marketed primarily in North America and Europe, with a focus on both new accounts and existing accounts. Our revenue from sales outside the United States during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 totaled approximately $1.45 billion, $1.50 billion and $1.56 billion, respectively.

Brand and Intellectual Property

We own registered marks for the SUNGARD name and own or have applied for trademark registrations for many of our services and software products.

To protect our proprietary services and software, we rely upon a combination of copyright, patent, trademark and trade secret law, confidentiality restrictions in contracts with employees, customers and others, software security measures, and registered copyrights and patents. We also have established policies requiring our personnel and representatives to maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary property. We have a few registrations of our copyrights and a number of patents and patent applications pending. We will continue to apply for software and business method patents on a case-by-case basis and will continue to monitor ongoing developments in the evolving software and business method patent field (see “Risk Factors”).

Competition

Because most of our computer services and software solutions are specialized and technical in nature, most of the niche areas in which we compete have a relatively small number of significant competitors. Some of our existing competitors and some potential competitors have substantially greater financial, technological and marketing resources than we have.

Financial Systems.  In our FS business, we compete with numerous other data processing and software vendors that may be broadly categorized into two groups. The first group is comprised of specialized financial systems companies that are much smaller than we are. The second group is comprised of large computer services companies whose principal businesses are not in the financial systems area, some of which are also active acquirors. We also face competition from the internal processing and IT departments of our customers and prospects. The key competitive factors in marketing financial systems are the accuracy and timeliness of processed information provided to customers, features and adaptability of the software, level and quality of customer support, degree of responsiveness, level of software development expertise, total cost of ownership and return on investment. We believe that we compete effectively with respect to each of these factors and that our leadership, reputation and experience in this business are important competitive advantages.

Higher Education and Public Sector.  In our HE and PS businesses, we compete with a variety of other vendors depending upon customer characteristics such as size, type, location, computing environment and functional requirements. For example, different competitors serve educational institutions and government agencies of different sizes or types and in different states or geographic regions. Competitors in these businesses range from larger providers of generic enterprise resource planning systems to smaller providers of specialized applications and technologies. We also compete with outsourcers and systems integrators, as well as the internal processing and information technology departments of our customers and prospective customers. The key competitive factors in marketing higher education and public sector systems are the accuracy and timeliness of processed information provided to customers, features and adaptability of the software, level and quality of customer support, degree of responsiveness, level of software development expertise and overall net cost. We believe that we compete effectively on each of these factors and that our leadership, reputation and experience in these businesses are important competitive advantages.

 

74

---

Table of Contents

Availability Services.  In our AS business, our greatest source of competition for recovery and advanced recovery services is in-house dedicated solutions, which are solutions that our customers or prospective customers develop and maintain internally instead of purchasing from a vendor such as us. Historically, our single largest commercial competitor in the AS business for recovery and advanced recovery services has been IBM Corporation, which we believe is the only company other than ours that currently provides the full continuum of information availability services. We also face competition from specialized vendors, including hardware manufacturers, data-replication and virtualization software companies, outsourcers, managed hosting companies, IT services companies and telecommunications companies. Competition among managed or data center service providers is fragmented across various competitor types, such as major telecommunication providers, carrier neutral managed services providers, real estate investment trusts, IT outsourcers and regional colocation providers. We believe that we compete effectively with respect to the key competitive dimensions in the information availability industry, namely economies of scale, quality of infrastructure, scope and quality of services, including breadth of hardware platforms and network capacity, level and quality of customer support, level of technical expertise, vendor neutrality and price. We also believe that our experience and reputation as an innovator in information availability solutions, our proven track record, our financial stability and our ability to provide the entire portfolio of information availability services as a single vendor solution are important competitive advantages.

Employees

As of December 31, 2010, we had approximately 20,100 employees. Our success depends partly on our continuing ability to retain and attract skilled technical, sales and management personnel. While skilled personnel are in high demand and competition exists for their talents, we have been able to retain and attract highly qualified personnel (see “Risk Factors”). We believe that our employee relations are excellent.

Properties

We lease space, primarily for availability services facilities, data centers, sales offices, customer support offices and administrative offices, in many locations worldwide. We also own some of our computer and office facilities. Our principal facilities include our leased Availability Services facilities in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania (629,800 square feet), Carlstadt, New Jersey (661,000 square feet), and Hounslow, England (195,000 square feet) and include our financial systems application service provider centers in Voorhees, New Jersey; Birmingham, Alabama; Burlington, Massachusetts; Hopkins, Minnesota; Ridgefield, New Jersey; and Wayne, Pennsylvania. We believe that our leased and owned facilities are adequate for our present operations.

Legal Proceedings

We are presently a party to certain lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of our business. We believe that none of our current legal proceedings will be material to our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

75

---

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Our executive officers and directors are listed below.

 

Name		Age				Principal Position with SunGard Data Systems Inc.
Executive Officers
Cristóbal Conde			50			President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Harold C. Finders			55			Group Chief Executive Officer, Financial Systems
Ron M. Lang			59			Group Chief Executive Officer, Higher Education
Karen M. Mullane			46			Vice President and Controller
Brian Robins			52			Senior Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer
Gilbert O. Santos			51			Group Chief Executive Officer, Public Sector
Victoria E. Silbey			47			Senior Vice President—Legal and General Counsel
Andrew A. Stern			53			Group Chief Executive Officer, Availability Services
Richard C. Tarbox			58			Senior Vice President—Corporate Development
Kathleen Weslock			55			Senior Vice President—Human Resources and Chief Human Resources Officer
Robert F. Woods			56			Senior Vice President—Finance and Chief Financial Officer
Directors
Chinh E. Chu			44			Director
John Connaughton			45			Director
James H. Greene, Jr.			60			Director
Glenn H. Hutchins			55			Chairman of the Board of Directors
James L. Mann			76			Director
John Marren			48			Director
Sanjeev Mehra			52			Director
Julie Richardson			47			Director

Mr. Conde has been Chief Executive Officer since 2002, President since 2000 and a director since 1999. Mr. Conde served as Chief Operating Officer from 1999 to 2002 and Executive Vice President from 1998 to 1999. Before then, Mr. Conde was Chief Executive Officer of SunGard Trading Systems Group from 1991 to 1998. Mr. Conde was cofounder of a trading and risk systems business that we acquired in 1987.

Mr. Finders has been Group Chief Executive Officer, Financial Systems, since March 2011 and served in that same position in an interim basis from January 2011 to March 2011, and Division Chief Executive Officer, Financial Systems, from 2007 to 2010. Mr. Finders was Group Chief Executive Officer, SunGard Europe from 2005 to 2007. From 2001 to 2005, Mr. Finders headed the SunGard Investment Management Systems businesses based in Europe. From 1996 to 2001, he held various senior management positions with us overseeing a number of our European financial systems businesses. Mr. Finders headed a Geneva-based wealth management systems business that we acquired in 1996.

Mr. Lang has been Group Chief Executive Officer, SunGard Higher Education since 2009 and Group Chief Executive Officer, Enterprise Solutions Group from 2005 until January 2009. He was Chief Product Officer—Financial Systems from January to December 2005. From 2000 to 2005, Mr. Lang was Group Chief Executive Officer, SunGard Trading Systems and was responsible for our SunGard Brokerage Systems and SunGard Financial Networks groups from 2003 to January 2005. Mr. Lang was Vice President of Marketing from 1997 to 1998 and President from 1998 to 2000 of a trading and risk systems business that we acquired in 1998.

Ms. Mullane has been Vice President and Controller since 2006, Vice President and Director of SEC Reporting from 2005 to 2006, Director of SEC Reporting from 2004 to 2005 and Manager of SEC Reporting

 

76

---

Table of Contents

from 1999 to 2004. From 1997 to 1999, she was Vice President of Finance at NextLink Communications of Pennsylvania and, from 1994 to 1997, she was Director of Finance at EMI Communications. Ms. Mullane is a director and/or officer of most of our domestic subsidiaries.

Mr. Robins has been Senior Vice President—Chief Marketing Officer since 2005. From 2003 to 2005, he was Senior Vice President—Corporate Marketing and was Vice President—Corporate Marketing from 2000 to 2003. From 1995 to 2000, Mr. Robins held various marketing positions, including Vice President—Marketing, with a trading and risk systems business that we acquired in 1998.

Mr. Santos has been Group Chief Executive Officer, SunGard Public Sector since 2007. Mr. Santos held various senior executive positions, including most recently President and Chief Executive Officer, with a business that we acquired in 2003 and that he joined in 1998. From 1983 to 1998, Mr. Santos held various executive positions at Motorola, Inc., including Director of the Public Sector Solutions Division and Land Mobile Sector Strategy Office.

Ms. Silbey has been Senior Vice President—Legal and General Counsel since 2006 and Vice President—Legal and General Counsel from 2005 to 2006. From 1997 to 2005, Ms. Silbey held various legal positions with us, including Vice President—Legal and Assistant General Counsel from 2004 to 2005. From 1991 to 1997, she was a lawyer with Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, Philadelphia. Ms. Silbey is a director and officer of most of our domestic and foreign subsidiaries.

Mr. Stern has been Group Chief Executive Officer, SunGard Availability Services since June 2010. Mr. Stern held various senior positions with USinternetworking, Inc. (acquired by AT&T in 2006), including Chief Executive Officer from 2000 to 2008, Chairman from 2002 to 2006, Chief Operating Officer from 1999 to 2000 and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from 1998 to 1999. Previously, he served as Executive Vice President, Strategy and Reinsurance Operations at USF&G.

Mr. Tarbox has been Senior Vice President—Corporate Development since 2001 and was Vice President—Corporate Development from 1987 to 2001.

Ms. Weslock has been Senior Vice President—Human Resources and Chief Human Resources Officer since 2006. From 2005 to 2006, Ms. Weslock was head of Human Resources at Deloitte Financial Services LLP, and from 2001 to 2005 she was Director of Global Human Resources for Shearman & Sterling LLP, an international law firm.

Mr. Woods has been Senior Vice President—Finance and our Chief Financial Officer since January 2010. From 2004 to 2009, Mr. Woods was Chief Financial Officer of IKON Office Solutions, a document management systems and services company. Previously, he served as Vice President and Controller and Vice President and Treasurer at IBM Corporation and Vice President, Finance for IBM Asia-Pacific. Mr. Woods is currently a director of Insight Enterprises, Inc.

Mr. Chu has been a Director since 2005. Mr. Chu is a Senior Managing Director in the Corporate Private Equity group of The Blackstone Group, a private equity firm which he joined in 1990. Mr. Chu serves on the Boards of Directors of Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., DJO Incorporated, Graham Packaging Company Inc. and HealthMarkets, Inc. and previously served on the Board of Directors of Celanese Corporation, Financial Guaranty Insurance Company and Nalco Holding Company.

Mr. Connaughton has been a Director since 2005. Mr. Connaughton has been a Managing Director of Bain Capital Partners, LLC, a global private investment firm, an Officer of Bain Capital Partners, LLC since 1997 and a member of the firm since 1989. Mr. Connaughton currently serves on the Boards of Directors of Air Medical Holdings, Inc., Clear Channel Communications, Inc., CRC Health Group, Inc., Hospital Corporation of America, Inc., Quintiles Transnational Corp., Warner Chilcott Ltd. and Warner Music Group Corp. and previously served on the Board of Directors of AMC Entertainment Inc., CMP Susquehanna Holdings Corp., Epoch Senior Living, M|C Communications (PriMed), ProSiebenSat.1.Media and Stericycle Inc.

 

77

---

Table of Contents

Mr. Greene has been a Director since 2005. Mr. Greene joined Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. LP, a global alternative asset management firm (“KKR”), in 1986 and was a General Partner of KKR from 1993 until 1996, when he became a member of KKR & Co. L.L.C. until October 2009. Mr. Greene is currently a member of KKR Management, LLC, which is the general partner of KKR & Co. L.P. Mr. Greene serves on the Board of Directors of Aricent Inc., TASC, Inc. and Western New York Energy, LLC and previously served on the Board of Directors of Accuride Corporation, Alliance Imaging, Inc., Avago Technologies, Sun Microsystems, Inc. and Zhone Technologies, Inc.

Mr. Hutchins has been Chairman of the Board of Directors since 2005. Mr. Hutchins is a co-founder and Co-Chief Executive of Silver Lake, a technology investment firm that was established in 1999. Mr. Hutchins serves on the Board of Directors of The Nasdaq OMX Group, Inc. and previously served on the Board of Directors of Gartner, Inc., Seagate Technology and TD Ameritrade Holding Corp.

Mr. Mann has been a Director since September 2006 and has been employed by SunGard since 1983. Mr. Mann served as Chairman of the Board from 1987 to 2005 and as a Director from 1983 to 1986. Mr. Mann served as Chief Executive Officer from 1986 to 2002, President from 1986 to 2000, and Chief Operating Officer from 1983 to 1985. Mr. Mann serves on the Board of Directors of athenahealth, Inc.

Mr. Marren has been a Director since 2005. Mr. Marren joined TPG Capital LP, a private equity firm, in 2000 as a partner and leads the firm’s technology team. From 1996 to 2000, he was a Managing Director at Morgan Stanley. From 1992 to 1996, he was a Managing Director and Senior Semiconductor Research Analyst at Alex Brown & Sons. Mr. Marren is currently the Chairman of the Board of MEMC Electronic Materials, Inc. and serves on the Board of Directors of Avaya Inc. and Freescale Semiconductor Inc. and previously served on the Board of Directors of Conexant Systems Inc. and ON Semiconductor Corporation.

Mr. Mehra has been a Director since 2005. Mr. Mehra has been a partner of Goldman, Sachs & Co. since 1998 and a Managing Director of Goldman, Sachs & Co.’s Principal Investment Area of its Merchant Banking Division since 1996. He serves on the Boards of Directors of ARAMARK Corporation, First Aviation Services, Inc., Hawker Beechcraft, Inc., KAR Auction Services, Inc. and Sigma Electric and previously served on the Board of Directors of Hexcel Corporation and Nalco Holding Company.

Ms. Richardson has been a Director since 2005. Ms. Richardson has been a Managing Director of Providence Equity Partners since 2003 and oversees the New York-based team. Between 1998 and 2003, Ms. Richardson held various roles at JPMorgan, including Vice Chairman of the firm’s investment banking division and Global Co-Head of the firm’s Telecom, Media and Technology group. Prior to joining JPMorgan in 1998, Ms. Richardson was a Managing Director at Merrill Lynch, where she spent over 11 years. Ms. Richardson serves on the Boards of Directors of Altegrity, Open Solutions Inc. and Stream Global Services.

The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of SCC is structured to permit the holders of specific classes of Class A common stock representing funds affiliated with each Sponsor group to elect separate directors (the “Sponsor Directors”) and also allows for the holders of all outstanding common stock to elect the chief executive officer as an additional director (the “CEO director”). The Principal Investor Agreement dated August 10, 2005 by and among the four parent companies and the Sponsors further contains agreements among the parties with respect to the election of our directors. Each Sponsor is entitled to elect one representative to the Board of Directors of SCC, which will then cause the Board of Directors or Managers, as applicable, of the other three parent companies and of SunGard to consist of the same members. In August 2005, in accordance with both the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of SCC and the Principal Investor Agreement, each of Ms. Richardson and Messrs. Chu, Connaughton, Greene, Hutchins, Marren and Mehra were elected to the Boards as Sponsor Directors and Mr. Conde was elected to the Boards as the CEO Director.

In accordance with the charter of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, to the extent consistent with applicable agreements, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will identify,

 

78

---

Table of Contents

recommend and recruit qualified candidates to fill new positions on the Boards and will conduct the appropriate and necessary inquiries into the backgrounds and qualifications of possible candidates. In September 2006, James L. Mann was selected to serve as a director due to his extensive business and management expertise from having served as SunGard’s chief executive officer from 1986 to 2002, his acute business judgment, and his extensive knowledge of the industries in which the Company operates.

As a group, the Sponsor Directors possess experience in owning and managing enterprises like the Company and are familiar with corporate finance, strategic business planning activities and issues involving stakeholders more generally. All of the Company’s directors possess high ethical standards, act with integrity, and exercise careful, mature judgment. Each is committed to employing their skills and abilities to aid the long-term interests of the stakeholders of the Company.

The Board has determined that Mr. Connaughton qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission. Mr. Connaughton is not an independent director because of his affiliation with Bain Capital Partners, LLC, the affiliated funds of which hold a 13.70% equity interest in SCC and SCCII (collectively referred to as the “Parent Companies”).

We adopted a Global Business Conduct and Compliance Program that is applicable to our directors and employees, including the chief executive officer, chief financial officer and controller.

The Global Business Conduct and Compliance Program is available on our website at www.sungard.com/corporateresponsibility. A free copy of our Global Business Conduct and Compliance Program may be requested from:

SunGard Data Systems Inc.

Chief Compliance Officer

680 East Swedesford Road

Wayne, PA 19087

If we make any substantive amendments to the Global Business Conduct and Compliance Program which apply to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer or controller or grant any waiver, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the Global Business Conduct and Compliance Program to our directors or executive officers, we will disclose the nature of the amendment or waiver on our website at www.sungard.com/corporateresponsibility or in a report on Form 8-K.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires the Company’s officers and directors, and persons who own more than ten percent of a registered class of the Company’s equity securities, to file reports of securities ownership and changes in such ownership with the SEC. Officers, directors and greater than ten percent shareholders also are required by rules promulgated by the SEC to furnish the Company with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. Based solely upon a review of the copies of such forms furnished to the Company or written representations that all reportable transaction were reported, the Company believes that all Section 16(a) filing requirements were timely met during 2010, except that (i) Form 4s were filed for Mr. Robins on December 13, 2010 with respect to an option exercise on April 20, 2010; (ii) Form 4s were filed for Mr. Mann on December 13, 2010 with respect to the grant of equity awards on September 15, 2010; and (iii) Form 4s were filed for Mr. Woods on December 13, 2010 with respect to the grant of equity awards on November 18, 2010.

 

79

---

Table of Contents

Executive Compensation

Executive Summary

This section discusses the principles underlying our executive compensation policies and decisions. It provides qualitative information regarding the manner in which compensation is earned by our executive officers and places in context the data presented in the tables that follow. In addition, in this section, we address the compensation paid or awarded during fiscal year 2010 to our chief executive officer (principal executive officer), chief financial officer (principal financial officer) and three other executive officers who were the most highly compensated executive officers in fiscal year 2010. We refer to these five executive officers as our “named executives.”

Our executive compensation programs have remained substantially the same for several years. The primary focus of our compensation philosophy is to pay for performance. We believe our programs are effectively designed and align well with the interests of our stockholders and are instrumental to achieving our business strategy.

Our compensation policies and objectives during 2010 were influenced by a variety of factors. One factor was the uncertainty regarding whether, when and to what extent the worldwide economic conditions that impacted our 2009 financial results would improve during 2010. As a result of this economic uncertainty and how it would impact our industry and our business, the Compensation Committee took a conservative approach to compensation programs in 2010.

Highlighted below are some of the key actions and decisions with respect to our executive compensation programs for fiscal 2010 as approved by the Compensation Committee:

 

•

Salary Increases. Following 2009 in which no salary increases were awarded to the named executives as part of a Company-wide restriction on salary increases, 2010 salary increases to the named executives were no more than 2%.

 

•

The Compensation Committee targets annual base salaries to approximate the 60th percentile of base salaries of survey data, with the performance-based executive incentive compensation (“EIC”) bonus designed to allow the named executive to earn total target cash compensation at the 85th percentile of survey data only where the named executive achieves specific performance objectives.

 

•

Strong Performance-Based Compensation Awards and Payouts. Our executive compensation is tightly linked with performance.

 

•

As with past years, we adopted EIC plans through which the named executives were eligible to earn cash incentive compensation based upon achievement of specific financial objectives for 2010 approved by the Compensation Committee that are designed to challenge the named executives to high performance.

 

•

In 2010, we made changes to the annual EIC bonus to ensure that we reward performance that is consistent with our goals and appropriately balance short- and long-term incentives. The total 2010 EIC bonus (including any override earned) were capped at 1.75 times the target EIC bonus for our corporate-level senior executives and at 3.0 times the target EIC bonus for our segment-level senior executives.

 

•

In accordance with new SEC rules, we evaluated risks associated with our compensation programs. As described below under the Risk Considerations in Our Compensation Programs, the Compensation Committee concluded that our compensation policies and practices for 2010 do not create risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

80

---

Table of Contents

Administration of Our Compensation Program

Our executive compensation program is overseen and administered by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee operates under a written charter adopted by our Board and has responsibility for discharging the responsibilities of the Board of Directors relating to the compensation of the Company’s executive officers and related duties. Management, including our chief executive officer, or CEO, evaluates a number of factors in developing cash and equity compensation recommendations to the Compensation Committee for its consideration and approval. Following this in-depth review and in consultation with management, our CEO makes compensation recommendations for our corporate executive officers and our named executives, including the CEO, to the Compensation Committee based on his evaluation of each officer’s performance, expectations for the coming year and market compensation data. Our CEO also provides an overview of compensation for other executive officers. The Compensation Committee reviews these proposals and makes all final compensation decisions for corporate executive officers and named executives by exercising its discretion in accepting, modifying or rejecting any management recommendations, including any recommendations from our CEO.

Objectives of Our Compensation Program

Our executive compensation program is intended to meet three principal objectives:

 

•

to provide competitive compensation packages to attract and retain superior executive talent;

 

•

to reward successful performance by the executive and the Company by linking a significant portion of compensation to future financial and business results; and

 

•

to further align the interests of executive officers with those of our ultimate stockholders by providing long-term equity compensation and meaningful equity ownership.

To meet these objectives, our compensation program balances short-term and long-term performance goals and mixes fixed and at-risk compensation that is directly related to stockholder value and overall performance.

Our compensation program for senior executives, including the named executives, is designed to reward Company performance. The compensation program is intended to reinforce the importance of performance and accountability at various operational levels, and therefore a significant portion of total compensation is in both cash and stock-based compensation incentives that reward performance as measured against established goals, i.e., “pay for performance.” Each element of our compensation program is reviewed individually and considered collectively with the other elements of our compensation program to ensure that it is consistent with the goals and objectives of both that particular element of compensation and our overall compensation program. For each named executive, we look at each individual’s contributions to our overall results, our operating and financial performance compared with the targeted goals, and our size and complexity compared with companies in our compensation peer group.

Elements of Our Executive Compensation Program

In 2010, the principal elements of compensation for named executives were:

 

•

annual cash compensation consisting of base salary and performance-based incentive bonuses;

 

•

long-term equity incentive compensation;

 

81

---

Table of Contents

•

benefits and perquisites; and

 

•

severance compensation and change of control protection.

Annual Cash Compensation

Management, including our CEO, develops recommendations for annual executive cash compensation plans by using compensation survey data for a broad set of organizations of comparable business, size and complexity, and then compares the survey results to publicly available compensation data for a group of companies we consider to be our peer group. We believe that the compensation practices of these companies provide us with appropriate benchmarks because they also provide technology products and services to a variety of customers and compete with us for executives and other employees.

The survey data used for 2010 compensation purposes comes from two sources: Radford Executive Benchmark Survey, which focuses on technology companies; and Towers Perrin Compensation Data Bank, which focuses on a broader array of organizations including professional services, high-tech and manufacturing companies. For purposes of establishing compensation recommendations, we use a blend of the Radford and Towers Perrin survey data to reflect our size and industry.

From the Radford survey data for our corporate-level named executives, we assessed compensation from 221 public and private companies using a weighted average of 25% for companies with annual revenues between $1 billion and $3 billion and a 75% weighted average for companies with annual revenues over $3 billion. From the Radford survey data for our division-level named executives, we assessed compensation from 222 public and private companies with annual revenues from $0.5 billion to $3 billion. From the Towers Perrin survey data we assessed compensation of 428 companies with annual revenues statistically regressed to $5.5 billion for our corporate-level named executives and to the applicable SunGard division’s revenue for our division-level named executives.

The companies we consider within our peer group are financial services and software companies of similar industry and revenue as the Company, and some of which various businesses within the Company compete against for business and for talent. Peer group compensation data is limited to publicly available information and therefore generally does not provide precise comparisons by position as offered by the more comprehensive survey data from Radford and Towers Perrin. As a result, the peer group data provides limited guidance and does not dictate the setting of executive officers’ compensation. The following companies comprised our peer group in 2010:

 

Automatic Data Processing, Inc. BMC Software, Inc. Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc. Computer Sciences Corporation Convergys Corporation		DST Systems, Inc. Fidelity National Information Services, Inc. Fiserv, Inc. Iron Mountain Incorporated		MasterCard Incorporated Paychex, Inc. SEI Investments Company The Western Union Company

Our annual cash compensation packages for executive officers include base salary and an EIC bonus. We generally target the 60th percentile of the survey data as our benchmark for base salary and the 85th percentile as our benchmark for total on-target cash compensation. Because we pay for performance, we weight the cash compensation more heavily toward the performance incentives and less toward the base salary.

Base Salary.  For base salary, we generally target the 60th percentile of the blended survey data to provide a fixed compensation based on competitive market practice that is not subject to performance risk while also considering other factors, such as individual and Company performance. We review the base salaries for each named executive annually as well as at the time of any promotion or significant change in job responsibilities. Base salaries are determined for each named executive based on his or her position and

 

82

---

Table of Contents

responsibility by using survey data. Salary for each named executive for calendar year 2010 is reported in Table 1—Summary Compensation Table below.

Performance-Based Incentive Compensation.  The annual EIC bonus for executive officers is designed to reward our executives for the achievement of annual financial goals related to the business for which they have responsibility. A minimum incentive may be earned at threshold EIC goals, which are set generally at levels that reflect an improvement over prior year results, and no payment is awarded if the threshold goal is not achieved. On-target EIC goals are set generally at levels that reflect budgeted performance. Consistent with our focus on pay for performance, additional amounts can be earned when actual performance exceeds on-target performance. Additional mid-point goals between threshold and target with corresponding incentive amounts are also established. The Company may revise or cancel an executive’s EIC at any time as a result of a significant change in circumstances or the occurrence of an unusual event that was not anticipated when the performance plan was approved.

Internal EBITA targets are adjusted to take into account acquisitions and/or dispositions which were not included in the budgeted EIC targets and other one-time adjustments as approved by the Compensation Committee.

In 2010, we made changes to the annual EIC bonus plan to ensure that we reward performance that is consistent the our goals and appropriately balance short- and long-term incentives. The total 2010 EIC bonuses (including any override earned) were capped at 1.75 times the target EIC bonus for our corporate-level senior executives and at 3.0 times the target EIC bonus for our division-level senior executives.

The financial measures used for the 2010 EIC bonuses for the named executives were one or more of the following: (i) Internal EBITA, which represents actual earnings before interest, taxes and amortization, noncash stock compensation expense, management fees paid to the Sponsors and certain other unusual items, (ii) budgeted revenue growth of the Company’s business segments, and (iii) the run rate for services provided for which we will be billing effective at the start of a year. These metrics were selected as the most appropriate measures upon which to base the 2010 EIC bonuses for the named executives because they are important metrics that management and the Sponsors use to evaluate the performance of the Company or a particular business. While we have established threshold, mid-point, and on-target Internal EBITA goals, as set forth in the table below, EIC bonuses may be increased if the applicable Internal EBITA goal is exceeded. As a result, the named executives may be entitled to receive an increase in bonus equal to a small percentage of the amount by which the applicable Internal EBITA goal is exceeded. We refer to any such increase in the bonus as an “override.”

Because the 2010 on-target goal was lower than the 2008 on-target goal as a result of the impact of the economic crisis on the Company, it was determined that for the corporate-level named executives, Messrs. Conde and Woods, (i) if the actual 2010 Internal EBITA is above the 2010 Internal EBITA goal but below the actual 2008 Internal EBITA, they would receive 1/3 of the applicable override; and (ii) if the actual 2010 Internal EBITA exceeds the actual 2008 Internal EBITA, they would receive the override amount described in clause (i) plus an amount equal to the override rate multiplied by the amount by which the actual 2010 Internal EBITA exceeds actual 2008 Internal EBITA. The same approach was followed for Mr. Stern’s 2010 Availability Services Internal EBITA goal, except that the 2010 on-target goal was measured against the 2009 on-target goal (rather than the 2008 on-target goal used for Messrs. Conde and Woods).

For our Financial Systems division-level named executives, Mr. Ashton, whose employment with the Company terminated effective as of December 31, 2010, and Mr. Finders, EIC bonuses earned on the achievement of Internal EBITA goals were also subject to a multiplier that, depending upon the achievement of year-over-year revenue growth goals of the Financial Systems segment, could result in a further increase or decrease of any bonus earned based on the achievement of Internal EBITA goals. As set forth in the table below, the multiplier ranged from 0 to 1.5, meaning that revenue growth results could reduce or increase amounts earned by these named executives based on the achievement of Internal EBITA goals; with a multiplier of 1 resulting in no adjustment to the award established by the Internal EBITA goals.

 

83

---

Table of Contents

The following table provides the 2010 threshold, mid-point and on-target goals for the named executives and the EIC bonuses paid to them based on actual results from 2010:

 

		Internal EBITA Goals (in thousands)												Actual 2010 EIC Bonus
Name and Type of Internal EBITA Goal		Threshold				Mid-Point				On-Target				Payment
Cristóbal Conde
Consolidated Company Internal EBITA		$	1,075,000			$	1,103,000			$	1,131,000			$	1,847,471	(1)
Robert F. Woods
Consolidated Company Internal EBITA		$	1,075,000			$	1,103,000			$	1,131,000			$	698,037	(1)
James E. Ashton III
Financial Systems Segment Internal EBITA		$	622,250			$	638,625			$	655,000			$	549,971	(2)
Harold C. Finders
Financial Systems Segment Internal EBITA		$	622,250			$	638,625			$	655,000			$	584,176	(2)
Andrew A. Stern
Availability Services Segment Internal EBITA		$	302,918			$	319,747			$	336,576			$	306,250	(3)
Availability Services Segment Traditional Recovery Starting Run Rate		$	49,013			$	50,303			$	51,593			$	58,100	(3)
Availability Services Segment Managed Services Starting Run Rate		$	36,281			$	37,235			$	38,190			$	42,885	(3)

 

 

(1)	Represents the EIC bonus earned as a result of the consolidated Company achieving 99.66% of the on-target 2010 Internal EBITA goal with no override earned.

 

(2)

Represents the EIC bonus earned as a result of the Financial Systems Segment achieving 99.88% of the on-target 2010 Internal EBITA goal with no override earned. The revenue multiplier applicable to the 2010 EBITA incentive amounts earned was 1 in 2010; therefore, it did not increase or decrease the incentive payment earned based on the achievement of the on-target Internal EBITA goal.

 

(3)	Represents the EIC bonus earned as a result of the Availability Segment achieving the on-target 2010 Internal EBITA goal and between mid-point and on-target for the run rate goals. Mr. Stern’s EIC bonus was prorated for the portion of the year that he was employed by the Company.

The following table provides the low, target and maximum multiplier applicable to the 2010 Internal EBITA incentive amounts earned by Messrs. Ashton and Finders, which is based on the percentage increase or decrease in revenue of the Financial Systems segment as compared to the prior year.

 

Name		0  Multiplier Low				1  Multiplier Target				1.5  Multiplier Max				Actual 2010   Multiplier
James E. Ashton III
Financial Systems Segment Revenue Growth (% increase/(decrease) over prior year)			2.0%				4.0-10.4%				14.0%				1
Harold C. Finders
Financial Systems Segment Revenue Growth (% increase/(decrease) over prior year)			2.0%				4.0-10.4%				14.0%				1

Further, in recognition of the extraordinary effort by Mr. Finders during the fourth quarter of 2010 after the announcement of Mr. Ashton’s termination of employment at year end, Mr. Finders received a one-time discretionary bonus of $100,000 in addition to his 2010 EIC bonus.

Long-Term Equity Compensation

We intend for our equity program to be the primary vehicle for offering long-term incentives and rewarding our executive officers, managers and key employees. We have either a combination of RSUs and Class A options (“hybrid awards”) or RSUs because of the direct relationship between the value of this

 

84

---

Table of Contents

equity and the value of our stock. We believe that these grants are the best method of motivating our executive officers to manage our Company in a manner that is consistent with the interests of our Company and our stockholders. We also regard our equity program as a key retention tool. Retention is an important factor in our determination of the type of award to grant and the number of underlying Units or shares to grant.

In 2005 in connection with the LBO, executive officers and other managers and key employees were granted a combination of time-based and performance-based options to purchase equity in the Parent Companies. The size of these initial option grants were commensurate with the executive’s position, performance and tenure with the Company and were agreed to in connection with the LBO. These grants were intended to cover the period between the grant date and December 31, 2010, absent promotions or other unusual circumstances. In 2007, Mr. Finders received an option award due to his promotion to Division Chief Executive Officer, Financial Systems. In 2009, Messrs. Ashton and Finders received hybrid awards for outstanding performance in difficult economic conditions and for retention purposes. When Messrs. Stern and Woods joined the Company in 2010, they were each granted equity commensurate with their roles. Additionally, as a result of Mr. Woods’ performance during his first year, additional equity grants originally scheduled to be awarded in the future pursuant to his employment agreement, were in fact granted to him in 2010. Additional information on all 2010 and outstanding grants to the named executives is shown in Table 2—2010 Grants of Plan-Based Awards and Table 3—Outstanding Equity Awards at 2010 Fiscal Year-End below.

Performance-based options granted to the named executives vest upon the attainment of certain annual or cumulative earnings goals based on Internal EBITA targets for the Company during a specified performance period, generally five or six years. The annual vesting goals for the performance-based options were agreed to by the Sponsors and senior management in 2005 in connection with the LBO and require sustained and superior company-wide performance in each of the years in the performance period but allow for additional vesting for over performance.

In 2009, the performance-based equity awards were amended. As a result of the general economic situation, the turbulence in the financial services industry and continued uncertainty in the markets, the Compensation Committee determined that the original performance targets established in 2005 and the benefit of accelerated vesting for senior executives in certain liquidity events were not achievable. The performance-based equity held by named executives was amended to, among other things, reduce the performance targets for 2009 and 2010 to reflect the Company’s enterprise-wide EBITA budget for those calendar years; reduce the number of shares available for vesting; and spread vesting over three years as follows: 25% of the earned award vested on December 31 of the applicable calendar year, and the remaining 75% vesting in equal monthly installments over the next 36 months. For Messrs. Ashton, Conde and Finders and certain other senior executives only, the performance-based awards were also amended to extend through 2013 the awards’ ability to vest on an accelerated basis in the event of a change in control of the Company.

In 2010, based on the same rationale discussed above causing the original performance targets to not be achievable, the Compensation Committee approved the amendments of the performance-based equity awards to reduce the performance targets for 2011 through 2014, as applicable, to reflect the Company’s enterprise-wide EBITA budget for those applicable calendar years.

The 2009 and 2010 amendments to the EBITA targets in each of the applicable named executive’s awards are the same as the amendments made to outstanding performance-based options and RSUs held by other Company employees.

Based upon actual year-end 2010 results, 4.96% of each 2005 performance-based option award vested out of a maximum of 16.67% available to vest each of six years in the performance period, and 5.95% of each performance-based equity award granted after 2006 vested out of a maximum of 20% available to vest each of five years in the performance period.

 

85

---

Table of Contents

Benefits and Perquisites

We offer a variety of health and welfare programs to all eligible employees, including the named executives. The named executives are eligible for the same benefit programs on the same basis as the rest of the Company’s employees in the particular country in which the named executive resides, including medical and dental care coverage, life insurance coverage, short-and long-term disability and a 401(k) or defined contribution pension plan.

The Company limits the use of perquisites as a method of compensation and provides executive officers with only those perquisites that we believe are reasonable and consistent with our overall compensation program to better enable the Company to attract and retain superior employees for key positions. The perquisites provided to the named executives include leased automobiles and related tax gross-ups and are quantified in Table 1—Summary Compensation Table below.

Employment Agreements, Severance Compensation & Change of Control Protection

In connection with the LBO, the Company entered into definitive employment agreements with certain senior managers, including Messrs. Conde, Ashton and Finders. Messrs. Stern and Woods entered into employment agreements with the Company when they each joined in 2010 (see below description). The executives with such agreements are eligible for payments if employment terminates or, for certain executives, if there is a change of control, as described under “Potential Payments on Termination or Change of Control” below. The agreements were designed to retain executives and provide continuity of management in the event of an actual or threatened change of control.

The agreements include the following terms:

 

•

An initial term followed by one-year automatic renewals unless terminated on one year’s advance notice.

 

•

Base salary subject to review periodically for appropriate increases by the CEO or the Compensation Committee pursuant to the Company’s normal performance review policies for senior level executives.

 

•

The opportunity to participate in all short-term and long-term incentive programs, including an annual cash bonus, established by the Company for senior level executives.

 

•

Employee benefits consistent with those made available to the Company’s senior level executives.

 

•

Participation in the equity plan of SCC and SCCII.

 

•

For certain executives, the right to receive certain severance payments as defined in the applicable agreements, including upon a termination without “cause,” a resignation for “good reason” or a “change of control.” For Messrs. Conde, Ashton and Finders, these terms were consistent with the severance payments provided for under the change of control agreement with the Company in effect prior to the LBO. See “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control” below.

 

•

Certain restrictive covenants (noncompetition, confidentiality and nonsolicitation) that continue for applicable post-termination periods.

 

•

For certain executives, the right to receive a tax gross-up payment should any payment provided under the agreement be subject to the excise tax under section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Additionally, under the terms of Mr. Stern’s employment agreement, Mr. Stern (i) is eligible for equity in AS upon a spin-off of AS and cash compensation upon a sale or other disposition of all or some portion of AS

 

86

---

Table of Contents

prior to a spin-off or upon a spin-off followed by an initial public offering of common stock of the entity controlling AS; (ii) received a grant of time-based equity awards in June 2010 and is entitled to a subsequent additional grant of time-based equity awards on the earlier of June 1, 2012 or the date of a spin-off of AS; and (iii) received a performance award with vesting of earned cash or equity payments based on three financial performance measures of the AS business in the four trailing quarters prior to a monetization event. For this purpose, a monetization event means the sale of at least 20% of either the outstanding equity of the entity controlling AS or the AS assets, but excludes a spin-off of AS, a primary initial public offering or the incurrence of debt.

In addition, under the terms of the equity awards made to executives (except to Mr. Stern), full or partial acceleration of vesting of equity occurs if a change of control takes place or due to certain other termination events. These arrangements and potential post-employment termination compensation payments are described in more detail in the section entitled “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control” below.

Accounting and Tax Implications

The accounting and tax treatment of particular forms of compensation do not materially affect the Compensation Committee’s compensation decisions. However, we evaluate the effect of such accounting and tax treatment on an ongoing basis and will make appropriate modifications to compensation policies where appropriate.

Stock Ownership

The Company does not have a formal policy requiring stock ownership by management. Many senior managers, including certain named executives, who were employed by the Company at the time of the LBO, however, have committed significant personal capital to our Company in connection with the LBO. See “Beneficial Ownership” below.

Risk Considerations in Our Compensation Programs

In 2010, management conducted a risk assessment to evaluate risks associated with the Company’s compensation policies and practices. This evaluation was done with the assistance, in part, of Pearl Meyer and Partners, an independent consultant retained by management for this purpose.

The results of the review were shared with the Compensation Committee. After consideration of the review, the Compensation Committee concluded that the Company’s compensation programs and policies, considered as a whole, including applicable risk-mitigation features, are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company. Following are some of the features of our program designed to help us appropriately manage business risk:

 

•

Our compensation programs utilize different types of compensation providing a balance of short-term and long-tem incentives with fixed and variable components.

 

•

Our established performance goals are reasonable given past performance and market conditions. These performance measures balance annual and long-term components with emphasis on revenue as well as EBITA to prevent a focus on top line growth only.

 

•

As part of the review, caps on payments from the EIC bonus plan were instituted in 2010, which in conjunction with threshold performance hurdles ensure that incentive compensation is not overly emphasized.

 

•

Our equity compensation program provides a mix of performance and time based equity awards and has multiple-year performance criteria and vesting.

 

87

---

Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

The following table contains certain information about compensation earned in 2010, 2009 and 2008 by the named executives.

Table 1—Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position		Year				Salary ($)				Bonus ($)		Stock Awards ($)				Option Awards(1) ($)				Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compen- sation(2) ($)				Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compen- sation Earnings ($)				All Other Compen- sation(3) ($)				Total ($)
Cristóbal Conde			2010				950,000			—			—				—				1,847,471				—				58,767				2,856,238
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director			2009 2008				931,000 931,000			— —			— —				— —				2,168,428 1,946,000				— —				57,879 47,588				3,157,307 2,924,588
Robert F. Woods(4)			2010				500,000			—			5,016,599				129,108				698,037				—				31,763				6,375,507
Senior Vice President—Finance and Chief Financial Officer
James E. Ashton III(5) Former Division Chief Executive Officer, Financial Systems			2010 2009 2008				515,100 510,000 510,000			— — —			— 359,244 —				— 13,285 —				549,971 1,355,091 770,130				— — —				2,310,878 57,049 51,084				3,375,949 2,294,669 1,331,214
Harold C. Finders(6)			2010				599,077			100,000			—				—				584,176				—				279,677				1,562,930
Interim Group Chief Executive Officer, Financial Systems			2009 2008				571,089 522,532			— —			359,244 —				13,285 —				1,365,180 731,666				— —				119,963 71,505				2,428,761 1,325,703
Andrew A. Stern(7)			2010				306,250			—			2,994,457				87,120				407,235				—				15,976				3,811,037
Group Chief Executive Officer, Availability Services

 

(1)

Amounts shown are the aggregate grant date fair value of awards granted pursuant to the SunGard 2005 Management Incentive Plan computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 and include the incremental value, if any, of amendments made to performance based awards in 2010 (see the Compensation Discussion and Analysis above for a description of the amendments). For a discussion of the assumptions made in such valuation, see Note 9 to the Company’s 2010 financial statements. For more details on grants awarded in 2010, see Table 2—2010 Grants of Plan-Based Awards below.

 

(2)	The amounts in this column reflect the cash EIC awards payable under performance-based incentive compensation, which is discussed in further detail above in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis.

 

(3)	For Mr. Conde, amount includes health and welfare benefits, matching 401(k) savings plan contributions, car lease payments and related maintenance expenses, automobile tax gross-ups ($15,354 in 2010, $13,801 in 2009 and $12,341 in 2008), and annual sales incentive award trips.

 

For Mr. Woods, amount includes health and welfare benefits, matching 401(k) savings plan contributions and car allowance.

 

88

---

Table of Contents

For Mr. Ashton, amount includes separation payments made pursuant to Mr. Ashton’s employment agreement (as further described under Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control), which includes a tax gross-up ($28,278) for the portion of the separation payment related to health and welfare benefits. In addition for Mr. Ashton, amount also includes annual health and welfare benefits, matching 401(k) savings plan contributions, car lease payments and related maintenance expenses, automobile tax gross-ups ($10,615 in 2010, $9,317 in 2009 and $11,524 in 2008), and annual sales incentive award trips.

 

For Mr. Finders, amount includes health and welfare benefits, company defined contribution pension plan contributions, car lease payments and related fuel and maintenance expenses, annual sales incentive award trips, and, in 2010, a travel allowance of $90,694 and a related tax gross-up ($60,765).

 

For Mr. Stern, amount includes health and welfare benefits and matching 401(k) savings plan contributions.

 

(4)	Mr. Woods joined SunGard as of January 1, 2010 and therefore was not a named executive in 2009 or 2008.

 

(5)

Mr. Ashton’s employment with the Company terminated effective as of December 31, 2010. Mr. Ashton had been Division Chief Executive Officer, Financial Systems, since 2007. Mr. Ashton was Group Chief Executive Officer, SunGard Trading, Treasury & Risk Management from 2005 to 2007, Group Chief Executive Officer, SunGard Trading and Risk Systems from 1999 to 2005 and Group Chief Executive Officer, SunGard Treasury Systems from 2003 to 2005. From 1997 to 1999, he served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of a wealth management systems business that we acquired in 1997.

 

(6)

Mr. Finders’ compensation was paid in Swiss Francs (CHF). The effect of currency conversion of CHF into U.S. dollars for purposes of this Table indicates that Mr. Finders received larger salary increases than in fact occurred in CHF. Mr. Finders’ annual salary rate was CHF 634,125 in 2010 (a 1% increase over 2009 salary rate), and his annual salary rate was CHF 627,847 in both 2008 and 2009. All amounts have been converted into U.S. dollars at the currency exchange rates used for purposes of the Company’s annual operating budget and establishing compensation for the applicable year, as follows: 0.94473 in 2010; 0.909599 in 2009; and 0.832260 in 2008. In recognition of the extraordinary effort by Mr. Finders during the fourth quarter of 2010 after the announcement of Mr. Ashton’s termination of employment at year end, Mr. Finders received a one-time discretionary bonus of $100,000 in addition to his 2010 EIC bonus.

 

(7)	Mr. Stern joined SunGard as of June 1, 2010 and therefore was not a named executive in 2009 or 2008.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal Year 2010

To provide long-term equity incentives following the LBO, the SunGard 2005 Management Incentive Plan (“Plan”) was established. The Plan as amended authorizes the issuance of equity subject to awards made under the Plan for up to 70 million shares of Class A common stock and 7 million shares of Class L common stock of SCC and 2.5 million shares of preferred stock of SCCII.

Under the Plan, awards of time-based and performance-based options have been granted to purchase “Units” in the Parent Companies. Each “Unit” consists of 1.3 shares of Class A common stock and 0.1444 shares of Class L common stock of SCC and 0.05 shares of preferred stock of SCCII. The shares comprising a Unit are in the same proportion as the shares issued to all stockholders of the Parent Companies. The options are exercisable only for whole Units and cannot be separately exercised for the individual classes of stock. In 2010,

 

89

---

Table of Contents

grants under the Plan included hybrid awards and RSUs. All awards under the Plan are granted at fair market value on the date of grant. Performance-based awards were amended as described above in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis.

Time-based options vest over five years as follows: 25% one year after date of grant, and 1/48th of the remaining balance each month thereafter for 48 months. Time-based RSUs vest over five years as follows: 10% one year after date of grant, and 1/48th of the remaining balance each month thereafter for 48 months. Performance-based options and RSUs are earned for each of 2009 and 2010 based on the attainment of the Company’s enterprise-wide EBITA budget with 25% vesting at December 31 of the applicable calendar year and 75% vesting in 36 equal monthly installments beginning January 31. With respect to each of 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014, vesting will occur upon the attainment of certain annual or cumulative earnings goals based on Internal EBITA targets for the Company for each year.

For certain named executives, time-based and performance-based options can partly or fully vest upon a change of control and certain other termination events, subject to certain conditions, and expire ten years from the date of grant. Once vested, time-based and performance-based RSUs become payable in shares upon the first to occur of a change of control, separation from service without cause, or the date that is five years after the date of grant (or ten years after the date of grant for certain RSUs as amended in 2009).

The following table contains information concerning grants of plan-based awards to the named executives during 2010.

Table 2—2010 Grants of Plan-Based Awards

 

Name		Grant Type		Grant Date				Estimated Possible Payouts under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards(1) ($)				Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive  Plan Awards(2)												All Other Stock Awards: Number of Shares of Stock or Units(3) (#)				All Other Option Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Options(4) (#)				Exercise or Base Price of Option Awards ($/Sh)				Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards(5) ($)
												Threshold (#)				Target (#)				Maximum (#)
Cristóbal Conde		EIC			N/A				1,847,471				—				—				—				—				—				—				—
Robert F. Woods		EIC			N/A				698,037				—				—				—				—				—				—				—
		RSUs			01/01/10								11,608				58,038				138,384				76,881				—				—				2,698,262
		Options			01/01/10								29,232				146,159				348,500				—				193,612				0.28				95,132
		RSUs			05/12/10								4,643				23,215				55,354				30,752				—				—				1,167,803
		Options			05/12/10								11,693				58,464				139,400				—				77,445				0.25				33,976
		RSUs			11/18/10								4,643				23,215				55,354				30,752				—				—				1,150,534
James E. Ashton III		EIC			N/A				549,971				—				—				—				—				—				—				—
Harold C. Finders		EIC			N/A				584,176				—				—				—				—				—				—				—
Andrew A. Stern		EIC			N/A				407,235				—				—				—				—				—				—				—
		RSUs			06/21/10								—				—				—				138,376				—				—				2,994,457
		Options			06/21/10								—				—				—				—				348,479				0.25				87,120

 

(1)

Amounts reflect the cash EIC bonuses paid to the named executives under the performance-based incentive compensation, which is described in further detail above, including the threshold, mid-point, and on-target goals, in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis and reported in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of Table 1—Summary Compensation Table above.

 

(2)	Represents performance-based RSUs and Class A options.

 

90

---

Table of Contents

(3)	Represents time-based RSUs.

 

(4)	Represents time-based Class A options.

 

(5)

Amounts shown are the aggregate grant date fair value of awards granted pursuant to the SunGard 2005 Management Incentive Plan computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 and include the incremental value, if any, of amendments made to performance based awards in 2010 (see the Compensation Discussion and Analysis above for a description of the amendments). For a discussion of the assumptions made in such valuation, see Note 9 to the Company’s 2010 financial statements.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2010 Fiscal Year-End

The following table contains certain information with respect to options held as of December 31, 2010 by the named executives.

Table 3—Outstanding Equity Awards at 2010 Fiscal Year-End

 

		Option Awards																				Stock Awards
Name		Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable				Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable				Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options(1) (#)				Option Exercise Price ($)				Option Expiration Date				Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#)				Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested(2) ($)				Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested(1) (#)				Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested(2) ($)
Cristóbal Conde			1,771,994	(3)			—				—				18.00				08/11/2015
			833,109	(4)			233,475	(5)			—				18.00				08/11/2015
Robert F. Woods			—	(6)			193,612				—				.28				01/01/2020
			—	(6)			77,445				—				.25				05/12/2020
			5,186	(7)			15,557	(8)			123,927				.28				01/01/2020
			2,074	(7)			6,223	(8)			49,571				.25				05/12/2020
																							83,058	(9)			1,770,797				49,209				1,049,143
																							33,223	(9)			708,314				19,684				419,660
																							33,223	(9)			708,314				19,684				419,660
James E. Ashton III			203,888	(3)			—				—				18.00				08/11/2015
			170,653	(10)			—				—				18.00				08/11/2015
			11,496	(11)			—	(12)			—				0.44				09/14/2019
			10,171	(13)			—				—				0.44				09/14/2019
															0.44								—	(14)			—				—	(14)			—
Harold C. Finders			177,202	(3)			—				—				18.00				08/11/2015
			71,443	(15)			34,890				—				20.72				09/20/2017
			53,312	(4)			23,348	(5)			—				18.00				08/11/2015
			30,042	(16)			16,812	(5)			17,015				20.72				09/20/2017
			11,496	(11)			27,226				—				0.44				09/14/2019
			4,048	(17)			6,122	(5)			18,589				0.44				09/14/2019
																							15,404	(18)			328,413				7,381				157,373
Andrew A. Stern			—	(19)			348,479				—				0.25				06/21/2020
																							138,376	(20)		$	2,950,176				—				—

 

(1)	Represents anticipated achievement of performance goals in future years for unearned portions of performance-based awards.

 

91

---

Table of Contents

(2)	Based upon a fair market value of $21.32 per Unit as of December 31, 2010.

 

(3)	Represents fully vested time-based options granted on August 12, 2005 which vested over five years.

 

(4)

Represents performance-based options granted on August 12, 2005, which (i) vested upon the attainment of certain annual earnings goals for the Company during the six-year period beginning January 1, 2005 for calendar years 2005-2008 and (ii) were earned and vested for calendar years 2009 and 2010 pursuant to the awards amended in 2009; vesting of the remaining earned portion is described in note 5.

 

(5)	Represents the unvested portion of performance-based options earned for calendar years 2009 and 2010, which vests in 36 equal monthly installments beginning January 31, 2010 and January 31, 2011, respectively.

 

(6)	Represents the vested portion of time-based Class A options granted on January 1, 2010 or May 12, 2010, which vest over five years with 25% vesting one year from the date of grant, and 1/48th of the remaining balance vesting each month thereafter for 48 months.

 

(7)

Performance-based Class A options granted on January 1, 2010 or May 12, 2010, are earned upon the attainment of certain annual earnings goals for the Company during the five-year period beginning January 1, 2010. Represents performance-based Class A options earned and vested for calendar year 2010. Vesting of the remaining earned portion is described in note 8.

 

(8)	Represents the unvested portion of performance-based options earned for calendar year 2010, which vests in 36 equal monthly installments beginning January 31, 2011.

 

(9)

Represents the unvested portion of (i) time-based RSUs granted on January 1, 2010, May 12, 2010 or November 18, 2010, which vest over five years with 10% vesting on the first anniversary of the date of grant, and 1/48th of the remaining balance vesting each month thereafter for 48 months, and (ii) performance-based RSUs earned for calendar year 2010.

 

(10)

Represents performance-based options granted on August 12, 2005 which (i) vested upon the attainment of certain annual earnings goals for the Company during the six-year period beginning January 1, 2005 for calendar years 2005- 2008 and (ii) were earned for calendar years 2009 and 2010 pursuant to the awards amended in 2009 and which became fully vested upon Mr. Ashton’s termination on December 31, 2010.

 

(11)	Represents the vested portion of time-based Class A options granted on September 14, 2009, which vest over five years with 25% vesting one year from the date of grant, and 1/48th of the remaining balance vesting each month thereafter for 48 months.

 

(12)	Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Ashton’s equity agreement, all unvested time-based Class A options were forfeited upon his termination on December 31, 2010.

 

(13)

Performance-based Class A options granted on September 14, 2009 are earned upon the attainment of certain annual earnings goals for the Company during the five-year period beginning January 1, 2009. Represents performance-based Class A options earned for calendar years 2009 and 2010 which became fully vested upon Mr. Ashton’s termination on December 31, 2010.

 

(14)	Upon Mr. Ashton’s termination on December 31 2010, all earned performance based RSUs became fully vested and all unearned performance-based RSU’s and all unvested time-based RSUs were forfeited.

 

92

---

Table of Contents

(15)	Represents the vested portion of time-based options granted on September 21, 2007, which vest over five years with 25% vesting one year from the date of grant, and 1/48th of the remaining balance vesting each month thereafter for 48 months.

 

(16)

Represents performance-based options granted on September 21, 2007, which (i) vested upon the attainment of certain annual earnings goals for the Company during the five-year period beginning January 1, 2007 for calendar years 2007-2008 and (ii) were earned and vested for calendar years 2009 and 2010 pursuant to the 2009 amended awards; vesting of the remaining earned portion is described in note 5.

 

(17)

Performance-based Class A options granted on September 14, 2009 are earned upon the attainment of certain annual earnings goals for the Company during the five-year period beginning January 1, 2009. Represents performance-based Class A options earned and vested for calendar years 2009 and 2010. Vesting of the remaining earned portion is described in note 5.

 

(18)

Represents the unvested portion of (i) time-based RSUs granted on September 14, 2009, which vest over five years with 10% vesting on the first anniversary of the date of grant, and 1/48th of the remaining balance vesting each month thereafter for 48 months, and (ii) performance-based RSUs earned for calendar years 2009 and 2010.

 

(19)	Represents the vested portion of time-based Class A options granted on June 21, 2010, which vest over five years with 25% vesting one year from the date of grant, and 1/48th of the remaining balance vesting each month thereafter for 48 months.

 

(20)	Represents the unvested portion of time-based RSUs granted on June 21, 2010, which vest over five years with 10% vesting on the first anniversary of the date of grant, and 1/48th of the remaining balance vesting each month thereafter for 48 months.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

The following table contains certain information with respect to stock option exercises and the vesting of RSUs during 2010 for each of the named executives.

Table 4—2010 Option Exercises and Stock Vesting

 

		Option Awards								Stock Awards
Name		Number of Shares Acquired on Exercise (#)				Value Realized on Exercise ($)				Number of Shares Acquired on Vesting(1) (#)				Value Realized on Vesting(2) ($)
Cristóbal Conde			—				—				—				—
Robert F. Woods			—				—				3,706				79,022
James E. Ashton III			—				—				4,050				86,350
Harold C. Finders			—				—				2,815				60,010
Andrew A. Stern			—				—				—				—

 

(1)

For Mr. Woods, represents the vested portion of performance-based RSUs earned for calendar year 2010. For Messrs. Ashton and Finders, represents the vested portion of (i) time-based RSUs granted in 2009, which vest over five years with 10% vesting on the first anniversary of the date of grant, and 1/48th of the remaining balance vesting each month thereafter for 48 months, and (ii) performance-based RSUs earned for calendar year 2010 for Mr. Ashton and performance-based RSUs vested for calendar year 2010 for Mr. Finders. RSUs are not distributed until first to occur of a change of control, separation from service without cause or five years after date of grant.

 

93

---

Table of Contents

(2)	Based upon a fair market value of $21.32 per Unit as of December 31, 2010.

Pension Benefits

None of the named executives receive benefits under any defined benefit or actuarial pension plan.

Employment and Change of Control Agreements

As discussed above, the Company entered into a definitive employment agreement with each of the named executives. The terms of these agreements are described above under Compensation Discussion and Analysis.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control

Pursuant to the terms of the executive employment agreements and equity award agreements, set forth below is a description of the potential payments the named executives would receive if their employment was terminated on December 31, 2010.

The terms cause, good reason, change of control and sale of business are defined in the executive employment agreements. Forms of these agreements for Messrs. Conde, Ashton and Finders have been filed as exhibits to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005. Mr. Woods’ employment agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 16, 2009. Mr. Stern’s employment agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010.

Termination without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason; Certain Change in Control or Sale of Business Transactions.   If a named executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without cause, or a named executive terminates his employment in certain circumstances which constitute good reason, including for certain named executives, certain change of control and sale of business transactions, then:

 

•

the Company will pay the named executive the following:

 

•

a lump sum cash severance amount equal to the applicable multiplier multiplied by the sum of 2010 base salary and target incentive bonus;

 

•

a lump sum cash payment of all earned or accrued compensation (as may be defined in the agreement) as of December 31, 2010, including a pro rata payment of the named executive’s target incentive bonus for 2010;

 

•

a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to the applicable multiplier multiplied by the Company’s cost of the named executive’s medical, dental and vision coverage in effect on December 31, 2010, as increased by a tax gross-up payment equal to the income and FICA tax imposed on such payment;

 

•

with the exception of Messrs. Stern and Woods, a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to the applicable multiplier multiplied by $17,500, in lieu of retirement, life insurance and long term disability coverage, as increased by a tax gross-up payment equal to the income and FICA tax imposed on such payment; and

 

•

for certain named executives, an amount equal to any excise tax charged to the named executive as a result of the receipt of any change of control payments;

 

•

performance-based equity awards vest on a pro rata basis through the termination date, any unvested portion of performance-based equity awards earned for calendar years 2009 and 2010

 

94

---

Table of Contents

become fully vested at the termination date, time-based equity awards immediately stop vesting and all unvested time-based equity awards are forfeited;

 

•

with the exception of Mr. Stern, if a change of control occurs and employment is not offered, then all unvested performance-based equity awards vest on a return-on-equity basis and with the exception of Messrs. Stern and Woods, all unvested time-based equity awards become fully vested. For Mr. Woods, all unvested time-based equity vests if his employment is terminated without cause within six months following a change of control;

 

•

with the exception of Mr. Stern, if a sale of one of our four business segments occurs and the named executive works for that business segment but his employment agreement is not retained or assumed, then performance-based equity awards vest on a pro rata basis through the termination date, any unvested portion of performance-based equity awards earned for calendar years 2009 and 2010 become fully vested at the termination date, all unvested time-based equity awards become fully vested and all unvested performance-based equity awards are forfeited.

Resignation without Good Reason; Voluntary Retirement and Certain Change in Control Transactions.   If a named executive terminates his employment voluntarily without good reason, including for certain named executives, certain change of control transactions and retirements, then:

 

•

with the exception of certain voluntary retirements, the Company will pay the named executive only a lump sum cash payment of all accrued compensation with the exception of his 2010 pro rated target incentive bonus. Under the terms of Mr. Conde’s employment agreement, if a change of control occurs and Mr. Conde is offered employment but he resigns, his resignation is considered for good reason;

 

•

with the exception of Messrs. Stern and Woods, if the named executive voluntarily retires, provided he is at least 62 years of age, the Company will pay the named executive a lump sum cash payment of all accrued compensation and upon satisfying certain conditions, $10,000 per month for twelve months from the date of termination (“consulting period”), all performance-based equity awards stop vesting as of the date of termination, no performance-based equity awards are earned in the year of termination, all time-based equity awards continue to vest throughout the consulting period and all unvested performance-based equity awards are forfeited;

 

•

all performance-based equity awards stop vesting as of the date of termination, no performance-based equity awards are earned in the year of termination, all time-based equity awards immediately stop vesting, and all unvested time-based and performance-based equity awards are forfeited;

 

•

if a change of control occurs and employment is offered but the named executive resigns, then all amended unvested performance-based options on Units vest on a return-on-equity basis, performance-based RSUs and Class A performance-based options do not vest, no performance-based equity is earned in the year of termination and all unvested time-based equity awards become fully vested for those awards granted before January 2010 and all other time-based equity awards immediately stop vesting at the date of termination.

Termination for Cause.   If the Company terminates a named executive’s employment for cause, then:

 

•

the Company will pay the named executive only a lump sum cash payment of all accrued compensation with the exception of his 2010 pro rated target incentive bonus;

 

•

all vested and unvested time and performance equity awards are forfeited.

 

95

---

Table of Contents

Disability or Death.  If a named executive’s employment is terminated due to his disability or death, then:

 

•

the Company will pay the named executive (or his beneficiary in the event of death) a lump sum cash payment of all accrued compensation, including a pro rata payment of the named executive’s target incentive bonus for 2010;

 

•

in the event of disability, if the named executive elected to participate, he shall receive payments under an insurance policy offered through the Company until he reaches retirement age as defined by the 1983 Amended Social Security Normal Retirement Age or other applicable law;

 

•

in the event of death, the named executive’s beneficiary shall receive payments under an insurance policy offered through the Company; and

 

•

performance-based equity awards vest on a pro rata basis through the termination date, any unvested portion of performance-based equity awards earned for calendar years 2009 and 2010 become fully vested at the termination date, all time-based equity awards immediately stop vesting and all unvested time-based equity awards are forfeited.

In order to receive any of the above described severance benefits, the named executive is required to execute a release of all claims against the Company. In order to exercise stock options or receive distribution of RSU shares, the named executive must execute a certificate of compliance with respect to the restrictive covenants contained in his employment agreement and all other agreements with the Company.

With the exception of Mr. Ashton, the tables below reflect the amount of compensation payable to each of the named executives in the event of termination of such executive’s employment. The amounts shown assume that such termination was effective as of December 31, 2010, and thus includes amounts earned through such time and are estimates of the amounts which would be paid out to the named executives upon their termination. The actual amounts to be paid, if any, can only be determined at the time of such named executive’s separation from the Company. Mr. Ashton’s employment with the Company terminated effective as of December 31, 2010. The table for Mr. Ashton reflects the actual amount of compensation he is entitled to receive.

 

96

---

Table of Contents

Cristóbal Conde—Potential Termination Payments and Benefits

 

Executive Benefits and Payment Upon Termination		Termination Without Cause or Resignation For Good Reason				Termination For Cause; Resignation Without Good Reason				Termination Due to Change of Control				Termination Due to Disability				Termination Due to Death
Compensation:
Base Salary & Target Incentive Bonus(1)		$	8,805,000				—			$	8,805,000				—				—
Target Incentive Bonus of Year of Termination		$	1,985,000				—			$	1,985,000			$	1,985,000			$	1,985,000
Time-Based Equity(2)			—				—				—				—				—
Performance-Based Equity		$	775,136	(3)			—			$	7,823,362	(4)		$	775,136	(3)		$	775,136	(3)
Benefits & Perquisites:
Health and Welfare Benefits(5)		$	181,824				—			$	181,824				—				—
Disability Benefits(6)			—				—				—			$	962,110				—
Life Insurance Proceeds			—				—				—				—			$	1,000,000
Accrued Vacation Pay		$	18,269			$	18,269			$	18,269			$	18,269			$	18,269
Excise Tax & Gross-Up			—				—				—				—				—
Total:		$	11,765,229			$	18,269			$	18,813,455			$	3,740,515			$	3,778,405

 

(1)	Consists of three times the sum of (a) 2010 base salary of $950,000 and (b) 2010 target incentive bonus of $1,985,000.

 

(2)	Excludes the value of vested time-based equity.

 

(3)	Represents the value of the accelerated unvested portion of the performance-based equity earned for calendar years 2009 and 2010 based upon a fair market price of $21.32 per Unit as of December 31, 2010. Excludes the value of vested performance-based equity earned for calendar years 2009 and 2010.

 

(4)

Represents the value of accelerated unvested performance-based equity if the Sponsors receive an amount constituting at least 300% of their equity investment (“Investment”) and an internal rate of return (“IRR”) of 16% or higher. If the Sponsors receive less than 300% of their Investment or an amount constituting at least 300% of their Investment but less than 14% IRR, the performance-based equity will not accelerate. Excludes the value of vested performance-based equity.

 

(5)

Consists of three times the sum of (a) the Company’s cost of Mr. Conde’s medical, dental and vision coverage and (b) $17,500 in lieu of the Company’s retirement plan matching contribution, life insurance and long-term disability coverage. The health and welfare benefits have been increased by a tax gross-up equal to the estimated income and FICA tax that would be imposed on such payments.

 

(6)	Reflects the estimated lump-sum present value of all future payments which Mr. Conde would be entitled to receive under the Company’s fully insured disability program. Mr. Conde is entitled to receive such benefits until he reaches the age of 67.

 

97

---

Table of Contents

Robert F. Woods—Potential Termination Payments and Benefits

 

Executive Benefits and Payment Upon Termination		Termination Without Cause				Termination For Cause				Termination Due to Retirement or Resignation without Good Reason				Termination Due to Change of Control Employment Not Offered				Termination Due to Disability				Termination Due to Death
Compensation:
Base Salary & Target Incentive Bonus(1)		$	2,500,000				—				—			$	3,750,000				—				—
Target Incentive Bonus of Year of Termination		$	750,000				—				—			$	750,000			$	750,000			$	750,000
Time-Based Equity(2)			—				—				—			$	2,950,368				—				—
Performance-Based Equity		$	237,067	(3)			—				—			$	5,231,619	(4)		$	237,067	(3)		$	237,067	(3)
Benefits & Perquisites:
Health Benefits(5)		$	28,457				—				—			$	28,457				—				—
Disability Benefits(6)			—				—				—				—			$	771,185				—
Life Insurance Proceeds			—				—				—				—				—			$	1,000,000
Accrued Vacation Pay		$	9,615			$	9,615			$	9,615			$	9,615			$	9,615			$	9,615
Excise Tax & Gross-Up			—				—				—				—				—				—
Total:		$	3,525,139			$	9,615			$	9,615			$	12,720,059			$	1,767,867			$	1,996,682

 

(1)

With regard to (i) a termination without cause, consists of two times the sum of (a) 2010 base salary of $500,000 and (b) 2010 target incentive bonus of $750,000 and (ii) a termination due to a change of control, consists of three times the sum of (a) 2010 base salary of $500,000 and (b) 2010 target incentive bonus of $750,000.

 

(2)	Represents the value of accelerated unvested time-based equity based upon a fair market price of $21.32 per Unit as of December 31, 2010. Excludes the value of underwater time-based equity.

 

(3)	Represents the value of the accelerated unvested portion of the performance-based equity earned for calendar year 2010. Excludes the value of vested performance-based equity earned for calendar year 2010 and underwater performance-based equity.

 

(4)

Represents the value of accelerated unvested performance-based equity if the Sponsors receive an amount constituting at least 300% of their Investment and an IRR of 16% or higher. If the Sponsors receive less than 300% of their Investment or an amount constituting at least 300% of their Investment but less than 14% IRR, the performance-based equity will not accelerate. Excludes the value of vested and underwater performance-based equity.

 

(5)	Represents two times the Company’s cost of Mr. Woods’s medical, dental and vision coverage. The health benefits have been increased by a tax gross-up equal to the estimated income and FICA tax that would be imposed on such payments.

 

(6)	Reflects the estimated lump-sum present value of all future payments which Mr. Woods would be entitled to receive under the Company’s fully insured disability program. Mr. Woods is entitled to receive such benefits until he reaches the age of 66 years and 2 months.

 

98

---

Table of Contents

James E. Ashton III—Termination Payments and Benefits

 

Executive Benefits and Payment Upon Termination		Termination Without Cause or Resignation For Good Reason
Compensation:
Base Salary & Target Incentive Bonus(1)		$	2,158,000
Incentive Bonus of Year of Termination		$	549,971
Time-Based Equity Awards(2)			—
Performance-Based Equity Awards		$	175,853	(3)
Benefits & Perquisites:
Health and Welfare Benefits(4)		$	71,410
Accrued Vacation Pay		$	23,774
Excise Tax & Gross-Up			—
Total:		$	2,979,008

 

(1)	Consists of two times the sum of (a) 2010 base salary of $515,000 and (b) 2010 target incentive bonus of $564,000.

 

(2)	All unvested time-based equity awards were forfeited upon Mr. Ashton’s termination effective December 31 2010.

 

(3)	Represents the value of the accelerated unvested portion of the performance-based equity awards earned for calendar years 2009 and 2010. Excludes the value of vested performance-based equity earned for calendar years 2009 and 2010, and underwater performance-based equity.

 

(4)

Consists of (a) $17,500 in lieu of the Company’s retirement plan matching contribution, life insurance and long-term disability coverage and (b) two times the Company’s cost for Mr. Ashton’s medical, dental and vision coverage. The health and welfare benefits have been increased by a tax gross-up equal to the income and FICA tax imposed on such payments.

 

99

---

Table of Contents

Harold C. Finders—Potential Termination Payments and Benefits

 

Executive Benefits and Payment Upon Termination		Termination Without Cause or Resignation For Good Reason				Termination For Cause; Resignation Without Good Reason				Termination Due to Sale of Business Employment Not Offered				Termination Due to Change of Control Employment Not Offered				Termination Due to Change of Control Employment Offered but Resigns				Termination Due to Disability				Termination Due to Death
Compensation:
Base Salary & Target Incentive Bonus(1)		$	2,710,580				—			$	2,710,580			$	2,710,580				—				—				—
Target Incentive Bonus of Year of Termination		$	677,645				—			$	677,645			$	677,645				—			$	677,645			$	677,645
Time-Based Equity Awards(2)			—				—			$	297,521			$	297,521			$	297,521				—				—
Performance-Based Equity Awards		$	139,434	(3)			—			$	139,434	(3)		$	1,434,960	(4)		$	22,968	(5)		$	139,434	(3)		$	139,434	(3)
Benefits & Perquisites:
Health and Welfare Benefits(6)		$	107,491				—			$	107,491			$	107,491				—				—				—
Disability Benefits(7)			—				—				—				—				—			$	16,655,065				—
Death Benefits(8)			—				—				—				—				—				—			$	2,994,301
Accrued Vacation Pay			—				—				—				—				—				—				—
Excise Tax & Gross-Up			—				—				—				—				—				—				—
Total:		$	3,635,150				—			$	3,932,671			$	5,228,197			$	320,489			$	17,472,144			$	3,811,380

 

(1)

Consists of two times the sum of (a) 2010 base salary of $677,645 and (b) 2010 target incentive bonus of $677,645. Mr. Finders’ payments would be in Swiss Francs (CHF). All amounts reported in the table have been converted into U.S. dollars at the December 31, 2010 currency exchange rate of 1.06863.

 

(2)	Represents the value of accelerated unvested time-based equity awards based upon a fair market price of $21.32 per Unit as of December 31, 2010. Excludes the value of vested and underwater time-based equity.

 

(3)	Represents the value of the accelerated unvested portion of the performance-based equity awards earned for calendar years 2009 and 2010. Excludes the value of vested performance-based equity earned for calendar years 2009 and 2010, and underwater performance-based equity.

 

(4)

Represents the value of accelerated unvested performance-based equity if the Sponsors receive an amount constituting at least 300% of their Investment and an IRR of 16% or higher. If the Sponsors receive less than 300% of their Investment or an amount constituting at least 300% of their Investment but less than 14% IRR, the performance-based equity will not accelerate. Excludes the value of vested and underwater performance-based equity.

 

(5)	Represents the value of accelerated unvested performance-based equity if the Sponsors receive an amount constituting at least 200% of their Investment. If the Sponsors receive an amount

 

100

---

Table of Contents

constituting less than 200% of their Investment this performance-based equity will not accelerate. Excludes the value of vested and underwater performance-based equity.

 

(6)

Consists of two times the sum of (a) the Company’s cost for Mr. Finders’ medical benefits and (b) $17,500 in lieu of the Company’s defined contribution pension plan contribution, life insurance and long-term disability coverage. The health and welfare benefits have been increased by a tax gross-up equal to the estimated taxes that would be imposed on such payments.

 

(7)

Represents a lump sum payment upon disability due to an accident of $15,635,126 and the estimated present value of annual annuity payments to age 65. Upon disability due to sickness, Mr. Finders would receive $4,321,893, which represents the estimated present value of annual annuity payments to age 65. Each of Mr. Finders’ children would also receive an annual annuity payment of $52,021 until they reach the age of 25 (four and seven years remaining). Portions of the reported benefits payable upon Mr. Finders’ disability are financed by contributions made by Mr. Finders.

 

(8)

Represents a lump sum payment upon death due to an accident. Mr. Finders’ spouse would also receive an annual annuity for life of $53,859 and each of his children would receive an annual annuity of $20,197 until they reach the age of 25 (four and seven years remaining). Upon death due to sickness, Mr. Finders’ estate would receive a lump sum of $1,956,186 and Mr. Finders’ spouse would receive an annual annuity for life of $273,866 and each of his children would receive an annual annuity of $52,021 until they reach the age of 25 (four and seven years remaining). Portions of the reported benefits payable upon Mr. Finders’ death are financed by contributions made by Mr. Finders.

Andrew A. Stern—Termination Payments and Benefits

 

Executive Benefits and Payment Upon Termination		Termination Without Cause or Resignation For Good Reason				Termination For Cause				Termination Due to Retirement or Other Voluntary Termination				Termination Due to Disability				Termination Due to Death
Compensation:
Base Salary & Target Incentive Bonus(1)		$	2,550,000				—				—				—				—
Target Incentive Bonus of Year of Termination(2)		$	439,726				—				—			$	439,726			$	439,726
Time-Based Equity Awards			—				—				—				—				—
Performance-Based Equity Awards			—				—				—				—				—
Benefits & Perquisites:
Health and Welfare Benefits(3)		$	13,071				—				—				—				—
Disability Benefits(4)			—				—				—			$	1,302,683				—
Life Insurance Proceeds			—				—				—				—			$	1,000,000
Accrued Vacation Pay		$	24,879			$	24,879			$	24,879			$	24,879			$	24,879
Excise Tax & Gross-Up			—				—				—				—				—
Total:		$	3,027,676			$	24,879			$	24,879			$	1,767,288			$	1,464,605

 

(1)	Consists of two times the sum of (a) 2010 base salary of $525,000 and (b) 2010 target incentive bonus of $750,000.

 

(2)	Represents the pro rated 2010 target incentive bonus pursuant to the terms of Mr. Stern’s employment agreement.

 

101

---

Table of Contents

(3)	Consists of the sum of the Company’s cost for Mr. Stern’s medical, dental and vision coverage. The health and welfare benefits have been increased by a tax gross-up equal to the estimated income and FICA tax that would be imposed on such payments.

 

(4)	Reflects the estimated lump-sum present value of all future payments which Mr. Stern would be entitled to receive under the Company’s fully insured disability program. Mr. Stern is entitled to receive such benefits until he reaches the age of 66 years and 6 months.

Director Compensation

None of our directors except Mr. Mann receive compensation for serving as directors. Mr. Mann receives annual director equity awards; he does not receive any cash director fees. On September 15, 2010, Mr. Mann was granted a time-based equity grant consisting of an RSU for 1,868 Units and a Class A option for 4,704 shares at an exercise price of $0.21 per share. The RSU vests over five years as follows: 10% one year after date of grant, and 1/48th of the remaining balance each month thereafter for 48 months. Once vested, the RSUs become payable in shares upon the first to occur of a change of control, removal or resignation as a director, or the date that is five years after the date of grant. The option expires ten years from the date of grant and vests over five years as follows: 25% one year after date of grant and 1/48th of the remaining balance each month thereafter for 48 months. The following table contains for Mr. Mann compensation received during the year ended December 31, 2010 for serving as a director of the Company.

 

Name		Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($)		Stock Awards(1) ($)				Option Awards(1) ($)				Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)				Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings ($)				All Other Compensation ($)				Total ($)
James L. Mann(2)		—			39,826				988				—				—				—				40,814

 

(1)	The amount in this column reflects the fair value as of grant date, in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, of awards granted pursuant to the SunGard 2005 Management Incentive Plan. For a discussion of the assumptions made in such valuation, see Note 9 to the Company’s 2010 financial statements.

 

(2)

In addition to serving as a director, Mr. Mann is currently an employee of the Company and received in 2010 a base salary of $300,000 and health and welfare benefits, a matching 401(k) savings plan contribution, automobile benefits including reimbursement of fuel and maintenance expenses and an automobile tax gross-up ($3,785).

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Our Compensation Committee is currently comprised of Messrs. Connaughton, Greene and Marren, who were each appointed to the Compensation Committee in 2005 in connection with the LBO, and Ms. Richardson, who was appointed to the Compensation Committee in 2008. None of these individuals has been at any time an officer or employee of our Company. During 2010, we had no compensation committee “interlocks” — meaning that it was not the case that an executive officer of ours served as a director or member of the compensation committee of another entity and an executive officer of the other entity served as a director or member of our Compensation Committee.

 

102

---

Table of Contents

Equity Compensation Plan Information

There are no compensation plans under which our common stock is authorized for issuance. The following table contains certain information as of December 31, 2010 with respect to the SunGard 2005 Management Incentive Plan, as amended, under which equity in the Parent Companies is authorized for issuance.

 

Plan Category		Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding  Options, Warrants and Rights (A)												Weighted- Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights (B)				Number of Securities Remaining Available for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (excluding Securities Reflected in Column (A)) (C)
		Shares of Class A Common Stock				Shares of Class L Common Stock				Shares of Preferred Stock								Shares of Class A Common Stock				Shares of Class L Common Stock				Shares of Preferred Stock
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
Options for Units			34,041,401				3,781,214				1,309,285			$	16.54
Restricted Stock Units			8,318,890				924,037				319,957			$	21.59	*			11,292,284				1,854,850				718,438
Options for Class A Common Stock			12,383,780											$	1.58
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders			—				—				—				—				—				—				—
Total			54,744,071				4,705,251				1,629,242								11,292,284				1,854,850				718,438

 

*	Value of RSUs as of date of grant.

 

103

---

Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS

All of our outstanding stock is beneficially owned by SCC and SCCII through its wholly owned subsidiaries. The following table presents information regarding beneficial ownership of the equity securities of SCC and SCCII as of February 15, 2011 by each person who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of the equity securities of SCC and SCCII, by each of our directors, by each of the named executives, and by all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner		Number of Shares Beneficially Owned(1)												Percent of Classes(2)
		Class A Common				Class L Common				Preferred
Bain Funds(3)			34,849,657				3,872,184				1,340,371				13.65	%
Blackstone Funds(4)			34,849,657				3,872,184				1,340,371				13.65	%
GS Limited Partnerships(5)			28,393,651				3,154,850				1,092,063				11.12	%
KKR Funds(6)			34,849,657				3,872,184				1,340,371				13.65	%
Providence Equity Funds(7)			21,295,238				2,366,138				819,048				8.34	%
Silver Lake Funds(8)			34,488,546				3,832,061				1,326,483				13.51	%
TPG Funds(9)			34,849,657				3,872,184				1,340,371				13.65	%
James E. Ashton III(10) (named executive)			516,944				55,014				19,049				—
Chinh E. Chu(4)(11) (director)			34,849,657				3,872,184				1,340,371				13.65	%
Cristóbal Conde(10)(12) (director and named executive)			5,007,035				556,220				192,578				1.96	%
John Connaughton(13) (director)			—				—				—				—
Harold C. Finders(10) (named executive)			580,362				62,401				24,438				—
James H. Greene, Jr.(14) (director)			—				—				—				—
Glenn H. Hutchins(8)(15) (director)			34,488,546				3,832,061				1,326,483				13.51	%
James L. Mann(10) (director)			87,585				8,939				3,094				—
John Marren(16) (director)			—				—				—				—
Sanjeev Mehra(5)(17) (director)			28,393,651				3,154,850				1,092,063				11.12	%
Julie Richardson(7)(18) (director)			21,295,238				2,366,138				819,048				8.34	%
Andrew A. Stern(10) (named executive)			—				—				—				—
Robert F. Woods(10) (named executive)			88,194				2,404				832				—
All 20 directors and executive officers as a group(10)(11)(12) (13)(14)(15)(16)(17)(18)(19)			130,546,883				14,484,510				5,016,790				51.10	%

 

(1)

Includes shares held in the beneficial owner’s name or jointly with others, or in the name of a bank, nominee or trustee for the beneficial owner’s account. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to this table and subject to community property laws where applicable, we believe that each stockholder named in this table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares indicated as beneficially owned. Class A shares of common stock of SCC, Class L shares of common stock of SCC and preferred shares of SCCII are referred to in the notes to this table as, respectively, Class A shares, Class L shares and preferred shares.

 

(2)	Unless otherwise indicated, the beneficial ownership of any named person does not exceed, in the aggregate, one percent of the outstanding equity securities of SCC and SCCII Corp. II on February 15, 2011, as adjusted as required by applicable rules.

 

104

---

Table of Contents

(3)

Includes (i) 34,693,273 Class A shares, 3,801,832 Class L shares and 1,313,076 preferred shares held by Bain Capital Integral Investors, LLC (“Bain Integral”), whose administrative member is Bain Capital Investors, LLC (“BCI”); and (ii) 156,384 Class A shares, 70,352 Class L shares and 27,295 preferred shares held by BCIP TCV, LLC (“BCIP TCV” and, together with Bain Integral, the “Bain Funds”), whose administrative member is BCI. The address of each of the entities listed in this footnote is c/o Bain Capital, LLC, 111 Huntington Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts 02199.

 

(4)

Includes (i) 18,317,228 Class A shares, 2,035,248 Class L shares and 704,509 preferred shares held by Blackstone Capital Partners IV L.P. (“BCP IV”), whose general partner is Blackstone Management Associates IV L.L.C. (“BMA IV”); (ii) 289,253 Class A shares, 32,139 Class L shares and 11,125 preferred shares held by Blackstone Capital Partners IV-A L.P. (“BCP IV-A”), whose general partner is BMA IV; (iii) 810,541 Class A shares, 90,060 Class L shares and 31,175 preferred shares held by Blackstone Family Investment Partnership IV-A L.P. (“BFIP IV-A”), whose general partner is BMA IV; (iv) 66,204 Class A shares, 7,356 Class L shares and 2,546 preferred shares held by Blackstone Participation Partnership IV L.P. (“BPP IV”), whose general partner is BMA IV; (v) 14,444,444 Class A shares, 1,604,938 Class L shares and 555,556 preferred shares held by Blackstone GT Communications Partners L.P. (“BGTCP”), whose general partner is Blackstone Communications Management Associates I L.L.C. (“BCMA IV”); and (vi) 921,986 Class A shares, 102,443 Class L shares and 35,461 preferred shares held by Blackstone Family Communications Partnership L.P. (“BFCP” and, collectively with BCP IV, BCP IV-A, BFIP IV-A, BPP IV and BGTCP, the “Blackstone Funds”), whose general partner is BCMA IV. Messrs. Peter G. Peterson and Stephen A. Schwarzman are the founding members of BMA IV and BCMA IV and as such may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held or controlled by the Blackstone Funds. Each of BMA IV and BCMA IV and Messrs. Peterson and Schwarzman disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. The address of each of the entities listed in this footnote is c/o The Blackstone Group, L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.

 

(5)

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., which we refer to as GS Grup, Goldman, Sachs & Co., which we refer to as Goldman Sachs, and certain of their affiliates may be deemed to own beneficially and indirectly Class A shares, Class L shares and preferred shares which are owned directly or indirectly by investment partnerships of which affiliates of Goldman Sachs and GS Group are the general partner, managing limited partner or managing partner. We refer to these investment partnerships as the GS Limited Partnerships. Goldman Sachs is an affiliate of each of, and investment manager for certain of, the GS Limited Partnerships. GS Group, Goldman, Sachs and the GS Limited Partnerships share voting power and investment power with certain of their respective affiliates. The GS Limited Partnerships and their respective beneficial ownership of shares of SCC and SCC II include: (i) 8,034,125 Class A shares, 892,681 Class L shares and 309,005 preferred shares held by GS Capital Partners 2000, L.P.; (ii) 2,552,674 Class A shares, 283,630 Class L shares and 98,180 preferred shares held by GS Capital Partners 2000 Employee Fund, L.P.; (iii) 2,919,293 Class A shares, 324,366 Class L shares and preferred 112,281 held by GS Capital Partners 2000 Offshore, L.P.; (iv) 354,921 Class A shares, 39,436 Class L shares and 13,651 preferred shares held by Goldman Sachs Direct Investment Fund 2000, L.P.; (v) 335,812 Class A shares, 37,312 Class L shares and 12,916 preferred shares held by GS Capital Partners 2000 GmbH & Co. Beteiligungs KG; (vi) 7,475,480 Class A shares, 830,609 Class L shares and 287,518 preferred shares held by GS Capital Partners V Fund, L.P.; (vii) 3,861,537 Class A shares, 429,060 Class L shares and 148,521 preferred shares held by GS Capital Partners V Offshore Fund, L.P.; (viii) 296,373 Class A shares, 32,930 Class L shares and 11,399 preferred shares held by GS Capital Partners V GmbH & Co. KG; and (ix) 2,563,436 Class A shares,

 

105

---

Table of Contents

284,826 Class L shares and 98,594 preferred shares held by GS Capital Partners V Institutional, L.P. Each of Goldman Sachs and GS Group disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned directly and indirectly by the GS Limited Partnerships, except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein, if any. The address for GS Group, Goldman Sachs and the GS Limited Partnerships is 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282.

 

(6)

Includes (i) 33,937,852 Class A shares, 3,770,872 Class L shares and 1,305,302 preferred shares held by KKR Millennium Fund L.P. (“KKR Millennium Fund”), whose general partner is KKR Associates Millennium L.P., whose general partner is KKR Millennium GP LLC; and (ii) 911,806 Class A shares, 101,312 Class L shares and 35,069 preferred shares held by KKR Partners III, L.P. (“KKR III” and, together with KKR Millennium Fund, the “KKR Funds”), whose general partner is KKR III GP LLC. The address of each of the entities listed in this footnote is c/o Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., 9 West 57th Street, New York, New York 10019.

 

(7)

Includes (i) 18,390,397 Class A shares, 2,043,377 Class L shares and 707,323 preferred shares held by Providence Equity Partners V LP (“PEP V”), whose general partner is Providence Equity GP V LP, whose general partner is Providence Equity Partners V L.L.C. (“PEP V LLC”); and (ii) 2,904,841 Class A shares, 322,760 Class L shares and 111,725 preferred shares held by Providence Equity Partners V-A LP (“PEP V-A” and, together with PEP V, the “Providence Equity Funds”), whose general partner is Providence Equity GP V LP, whose general partner is PEP V LLC. PEP V LLC may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares owned by PEP V and PEP V-A. PEP V LLC disclaims this beneficial ownership. Messrs. Angelakis, Creamer, Masiello, Mathieu, Nelson, Pelson and Salem are members of PEP V LLC and may also be deemed to possess indirect beneficial ownership of the securities owned by the Providence Equity Funds, but disclaim such beneficial ownership. The address of each of the entities listed in this footnote is c/o Providence Equity Partners Inc., 50 Kennedy Plaza, 18th Floor, Providence, Rhode Island 02903.

 

(8)

Includes (i) 34,440,889 Class A shares, 3,826,765 Class L shares and 1,324,650 preferred shares held by Silver Lake Partners II, L.P. (“SLP II”), whose general partner is Silver Lake Technology Associates II, L.L.C. (“SLTA II”); and (ii) 47,657 Class A shares, 5,295 Class L shares and 1,833 preferred shares held by Silver Lake Technology Investors II, L.P. (“SLTI II” and, together with SLP II, the “Silver Lake Funds”), whose general partner is SLTA II. The address of each of the entities listed in this footnote is c/o Silver Lake, 9 West 57th Street, 32nd Floor, New York, New York 10019.

 

(9)

Includes (i) 20,745,833 Class A shares, 2,305,093 Class L shares and 797,917 preferred shares held by TPG Partners IV, L.P. (“TPG IV”), whose general partner is TPG GenPar IV, L.P. (“TPG GenPar IV”), whose general partner is TPG Advisors IV, Inc. (“TPG Advisors IV”); (ii) 2,349,389 Class A shares, 261,043 Class L shares and 90,361 preferred shares held by T3 Partners II, L.P. (“T3 Partners II”), whose general partner is T3 GenPar II, L.P. (“T3 GenPar II”), whose general partner is T3 Advisors II, Inc. (“T3 Advisors II”); (iii) 377,000 Class A shares, 41,889 Class L shares and 14,500 preferred shares held by T3 Parallel II, L.P. (“T3 Parallel II”), whose general partner is T3 GenPar II, whose general partner is T3 Advisors II; (iv) 5,416,667 Class A shares, 601,852 Class L shares and 208,333 preferred shares held by TPG Solar III LLC (“TPG Solar III”), whose managing member is TPG Partners III, L.P. (“TPG Partners III”), whose general partner is TPG GenPar III, L.P. (“TPG GenPar III”), whose general partner is TPG Advisors III, Inc. (“TPG Advisors III”); and (v) 5,960,768 Class A shares, 662,308 Class L shares and 229,260 preferred shares held by TPG Solar Co-Invest LLC (“TPG Solar Co-Invest” and, collectively with TPG IV, T3 Partners II, T3 Parallel II and TPG Solar III, the “TPG Funds”),

 

106

---

Table of Contents

whose managing member is TPG GenPar IV, whose general partner is TPG Advisors IV. Messrs. David Bonderman and James G. Coulter are directors, officers and sole shareholders of each of TPG Advisors IV, T3 Advisors II and TPG Advisors III. Because of these relationships, each of Messrs. Bonderman and Coulter and TPG Advisors IV, T3 Advisors II and TPG Advisors III may be deemed to have investment powers and beneficial ownership with respect to the shares directly held by the TPG Funds. The address of each of the entities and persons identified in this footnote is c/o TPG Capital, L.P., 301 Commerce Street, Fort Worth, Texas 76102.

 

(10)	Includes the following shares which the beneficial owner has the right to acquire within 60 days after February 15, 2011 by exercising stock options:

 

Beneficial Owner		Shares of Class A Common Stock				Shares of Class L Common Stock				Shares of Preferred Stock
James E. Ashton III			516,944				55,014				19,049
Cristóbal Conde			3,418,146				379,677				131,467
Harold C. Finders			469,140				50,045				17,328
James L. Mann			15,363				915				317
Andrew A. Stern			—				—				—
Robert F. Woods			88,194				2,404				832
All 20 directors and officers as a group			7,444,663				806,501				279,257

 

 

(11)

Mr. Chu, a director of the Parent Companies and SunGard, is a member of BMA IV and BCMA IV and a senior managing director of The Blackstone Group, L.P. Amounts disclosed for Mr. Chu are also included above in the amounts disclosed in the table next to “Blackstone Funds.” Mr. Chu disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by the Blackstone Funds, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. Mr. Chu does not have sole voting or investment power with respect to the shares owned by the Blackstone Funds.

 

(12)	In connection with a loan, Mr. Conde pledged the following shares as security: 361,111.11 Class A shares, 40,123.46 Class L shares and 13,888.89 preferred shares.

 

(13)

BCI is controlled by an Investment Committee comprised of the following Managing Directors of Bain Capital: Andrew Balson, Steven Barnes, Joshua Bekenstein, John Connaughton, Todd Cook, Paul Edgerley, Christopher Gordon, Blair Hendrix, Jordan Hitch, Matthew Levin, Ian Loring, Philip Loughlin, Mark Nunnelly, Stephen Pagliuca, Ian Reynolds, Mark Verdi, Michael Ward and Stephen Zide. Because investment and voting decisions at BCI are made jointly by Managing Directors of the entity, no individual Managing Director of BCI is the beneficial owner of the securities, except with respect to the shares in which such member holds a pecuniary interest. Mr. Connaughton, a director of the Parent Companies and SunGard, is a member and Managing Director of BCI and may therefore be deemed to beneficially own the amounts disclosed in the table next to “Bain Funds.” Mr. Connaughton disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by the Bain Funds, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

 

(14)

Mr. Greene, a director of the Parent Companies and SunGard, is an executive of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. and/or one or more of its affiliates. Mr. Greene disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by the KKR Funds, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

 

(15)	Mr. Hutchins, a director of the Parent Companies and SunGard, is a managing director of SLTA II. Amounts disclosed for Mr. Hutchins are also included above in the amounts disclosed in the table next to “Silver Lake Funds.” Mr. Hutchins disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares

 

107

---

Table of Contents

owned directly or indirectly by the Silver Lake Funds, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

 

(16)	Mr. Marren, a director of the Parent Companies and SunGard, is a senior partner of TPG Capital, L.P., an affiliate of the TPG Funds.

 

(17)

Mr. Mehra, a director of the Parent Companies and SunGard, is a managing director of Goldman Sachs. Amounts disclosed for Mr. Mehra are also included above in the amounts disclosed in the table next to “GS Limited Partnerships.” Mr. Mehra disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by the GS Limited Partnerships, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

 

(18)

Ms. Richardson, a director of the Parent Companies and SunGard, is a managing director of Providence Equity Partners, Inc., an affiliate of the Providence Equity Funds. Amounts disclosed for Ms. Richardson are also included above in the amounts disclosed in the table next to “Providence Equity Funds.” Ms. Richardson disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by the Providence Equity Funds, except to the extent of her pecuniary interest therein.

 

(19)

Excluding shares beneficially owned by Ms. Richardson and Messrs. Chu, Hutchins and Mehra and by Mr. Ashton, who is no longer an executive officer, the number of shares beneficially owned by all directors and executive officers as a group is as follows: Class A shares—11,519,791; Class L shares—1,259,277; preferred shares—438,825; percent of classes—4.47%.

 

108

---

Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Pursuant to our Global Business Conduct and Compliance Program, all employees and directors (including our named executives) who have, or whose immediate family members have, any financial interests in other entities where such involvement is or may appear to cause a conflict of interest situation are required to report to us the conflict. If the conflict involves a director or executive officer or is considered material, the situation will be reviewed by the Compliance Committee. The Compliance Committee will then consult with the Audit Committee and determine whether a conflict exists or will exist, and if so, what action should be taken to resolve the conflict or potential conflict. In other cases, conflicts are reviewed and resolved by the Compliance Committee. Additionally, in connection with the LBO, the Company’s four parent companies and the Sponsors entered into a principal investor agreement which requires affiliated party transactions involving the Sponsors to be approved by the majority of Sponsors not involved in the affiliated party transaction.

Other than as described under this heading, the Company has not adopted any formal policies or procedures for the review, approval or ratification of certain related-party transactions that may be required to be reported under the SEC disclosure rules. Such transactions, if and when they are proposed or have occurred, have traditionally been (and will continue to be) reviewed by the Audit Committee (other than the committee members involved, if any) on a case-by-case basis.

On August 11, 2005, upon completion of the LBO, the Company and its four parent companies entered into a management agreement with affiliates of each of the Sponsors pursuant to which such entities or their affiliates will provide management consultant services, including financial, managerial and operational advice and implementation of strategies for improving the operating, marketing and financial performance of the Company and its subsidiaries. Under the management agreement, affiliates of the Sponsors receive quarterly annual management fees equal to 1% of the Company’s quarterly “EBITDA,” as defined in the Indenture dated August 11, 2005 governing the senior notes due 2013 (but assuming the management fee had not been paid for purposes of such calculation), and reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them or their affiliates in connection with the provision of management consulting services pursuant to the agreement. During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, the Company recorded $23 million, $15 million and $17 million respectively relating to management fees.

In the event that the management agreement is terminated, the Sponsors will receive a lump sum payment equal to the present value of the annual management fees that would have been payable for the remainder of the term of the management agreement. The initial term of the management agreement is ten years, and it extends annually for one year unless the Sponsors or the Company and its parent companies provide notice to the other. Finally, the management agreement provides that affiliates of the Sponsors will be entitled to receive a fee equal to 1% of the gross transaction value in connection with certain subsequent financing, acquisition, disposition and change of control transactions in excess of a threshold amount.

In addition to serving as a director, Mr. Mann is currently an employee of the Company and accordingly in 2010 received salary and benefits. See note 2 to the table under “Director Compensation.”

Our Sponsors and/or their respective affiliates have from time to time entered into, and may continue to enter into, arrangements with us to use our products and services, or for us to use the Sponsors affiliates’ products and services, in the ordinary course of business, which often result in revenues or costs to SunGard in excess of $120,000 annually.

In November 2010, Goldman Sachs & Co. received $10 million in fees in connection with the early retirement of our senior unsecured notes due 2013 and the issuance of senior unsecured notes due 2018 and 2020.

Effective February 16, 2007, we entered into a three-year participation agreement with one-year renewal terms (“participation agreement”) with Core Trust Purchasing Group, a division of HealthTrust Purchasing Corporation (“CPG”), designating CPG as our exclusive “group purchasing organization” for the purchase of

 

109

---

Table of Contents

certain products and services from third party vendors. CPG secures from vendors pricing terms for goods and services that are believed to be more favorable than participants in the group purchasing organization could obtain for themselves on an individual basis. Under the participation agreement, we must purchase 80% of the requirements of our participating locations for core categories of specified products and services, from vendors participating in the group purchasing arrangement with CPG or CPG may terminate the contract. In connection with purchases by its participants (including us), CPG receives a commission from the vendors in respect of such purchases. Although CPG is not affiliated with Blackstone, in consideration for Blackstone’s facilitating our participation in CPG and monitoring the services CPG provides to us, CPG remits a portion of the commissions received from vendors in respect of our purchases under the participation agreement to an affiliate of Blackstone, with whom Chinh E. Chu, a member of our Boards of Directors, is affiliated and in which he may have an indirect pecuniary interest.

 

110

---

Table of Contents

DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

SCC, SCCII and SunGard are privately-held corporations. Our Sponsor Directors are not independent because of their affiliations with funds which hold more than 5% equity interests in the Parent Companies. Messrs. Conde and Mann are not independent directors because they are currently employed by the Company.

 

111

---

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

Overview

On June 9, 2009, we amended and restated our existing senior secured credit agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent and collateral agent (the “senior secured credit agreement”).

As of December 31, 2010, our senior secured credit facilities under the senior secured credit agreement consisted of:

 

•

a $1,386 million U.S. dollar-denominated tranche A term loan facility;

 

•

a $2,407 million U.S. dollar-denominated tranche B term loan facility;

 

•

a $62 million pound sterling-denominated tranche A term loan B facility;

 

•

a $60 million pound sterling-denominated tranche B term loan B facility;

 

•

a $479 million U.S. dollar-denominated incremental term loan facility;

 

•

a revolving credit facility of approximately $580 million maturing on May 11, 2013; and

 

•

a revolving credit facility of approximately $249 million maturing on August 11, 2011.

On January 31, 2011, we entered into the First Refinancing Amendment to incur addition term loans in an aggregate principal amount of up to $479,220,000, the entire proceeds of which were used to repay all incremental term loans then outstanding. On March 11, 2011, we entered into the Second Refinancing and Incremental Amendment (the “Second Amendment”) to obtain new revolving credit commitments in an aggregate principal amount equal to $300,000,000 that will terminate on May 11, 2013. Pursuant to the Second Amendment, we also repaid all revolving credit loans then outstanding on March 10, 2011.

SunGard is the primary borrower under the senior secured credit facilities, except that SunGard UK Holdings limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of SunGard organized under the laws of the United Kingdom, is the borrower under the sterling tranche B term loan facilities. We also have the ability to designate one or more of our other U.K. subsidiaries as borrowers under the revolving credit facilities. The revolving credit facilities include borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for borrowings on same-day notice referred to as the swingline loans and are available in U.S. dollars, euros and pound sterling.

As of December 31, 2010, we had $796 million available under the revolving credit facilities, after giving effect to certain letters of credit.

Term Loan Maturities and Amortization

We are required to repay installments on the loans under the term loan facilities in quarterly principal amounts of 0.25% of the outstanding principal amount of the tranche A term loan and tranche B term loan facilities as of February 2007 and 0.25% of the original principal amount of the incremental term loan facility, with any remaining outstanding amounts payable at maturity of the relevant term loan facility.

Our tranche A term loan and incremental term loan facilities mature on February 28, 2014.

Our tranche B term loan facilities mature on February 28, 2016; provided that such maturity will be reset to May 15, 2015 if our senior subordinated notes have not been refinanced prior to such date.

 

112

---

Table of Contents

Interest Rate and Fees

Borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, either (a) a base rate that is the higher of (1) the prime rate of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and (2) the federal funds rate plus 1/2 of 1% or (b) LIBOR based on the costs of funds for deposits in the currency of such borrowing for either one, two, three or six months. With respect to the incremental term loan facility, the base rate may not be less than 2.50%.

The applicable margin for borrowings under the revolving credit facilities and the tranche A term loan facility may be increased or reduced subject to attaining certain leverage ratios. As of December 31, 2010, the applicable margin for LIBOR-based borrowings under our tranche A term loan facility was 1.75% per annum, under our revolving credit facility maturing in 2013 was 3.25%.

The applicable margin for LIBOR-based borrowings under the various tranche B term loan facilities is 3.625% per annum.

The applicable margin for LIBOR-based borrowings under the incremental term loan facility is 3.75% per annum.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the senior secured credit facilities, we pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facilities in respect of the unutilized commitments, which may be increased or reduced subject to attaining certain leverage ratios. As of December 31, 2010, the commitment fee rate for the revolving credit facility maturing in 2013 was 0.75% per annum.

Prepayments

The senior secured credit agreement requires us to prepay outstanding term loans, subject to certain exceptions, with:

 

•

50% (which percentage is reduced to 0% if our total leverage ratio is less than 5.00 to 1.00) of our annual excess cash flow;

 

•

100% of the Net Cash Proceeds (as defined in our senior secured credit agreement) of all nonordinary course asset sales or other dispositions of property by SunGard Holdco LLC and its subsidiaries (including insurance and condemnation proceeds), other than the sale of receivables in connection with the Receivables Facility (as defined below), if we do not commit to reinvest those proceeds in assets to be used in our business or to make certain other permitted investments within 15 months as long as such reinvestment is completed within 180 days;

 

•

100% of the Net Cash Proceeds of any incurrence of debt, other than proceeds from the Receivables Facility and other debt permitted under the senior secured credit agreement; and

 

•

100% of the Net Cash Proceeds of financings under the Receivables Facility in excess of $750 million, including increases in the amount of the Receivables Facility.

The foregoing mandatory prepayments are applied pro rata to the term loan facilities and to installments of the term loan facilities in direct order of maturity.

We may voluntarily repay outstanding loans under the senior secured credit facilities at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans.

 

113

---

Table of Contents

Guarantee and Security

All obligations under the senior secured credit agreement are jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guaranteed by SunGard Holdco LLC and, subject to certain exceptions, each of our existing and future domestic wholly owned subsidiaries, referred to, collectively, as U.S. Guarantors. In addition, if our U.K. subsidiary borrowers borrow under the revolving credit facility, those borrowings are required to be unconditionally guaranteed by certain of our wholly owned U.K. subsidiaries.

All obligations under the senior secured credit facilities, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured by substantially all the following assets of SunGard Holdco LLC, us and each U.S. Guarantor, subject to certain exceptions:

 

•

a pledge of 100% of the capital stock of SunGard Data Systems Inc., 100% of the capital stock of each U.S. Guarantor and 65% of the capital stock of each of our wholly owned foreign subsidiaries that are directly owned by us or one of the U.S. Guarantors; and

 

•

a security interest in, and mortgages on, substantially all tangible and intangible assets of SunGard Holdco LLC, SunGard Data Systems Inc. and each U.S. Guarantor.

In addition, any obligations of U.K. borrowers under the revolving credit facility, and any U.K. guarantees of such obligations, are required to be secured by the following (subject to certain exceptions and only to the extent that the granting of such security interests does not give rise to the requirement that the senior secured notes described under “—Senior secured notes” below be equally and ratably secured by such assets):

 

•

a pledge of the capital stock of each U.K. borrower and each U.K. guarantor; and

 

•

a lien on substantially all tangible and intangible assets of each U.K. borrower and each U.K. guarantor.

Certain Covenants and Events of Default

The senior secured credit agreement contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, our ability to:

 

•

incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock;

 

•

create liens on assets;

 

•

enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

 

•

engage in mergers or consolidations;

 

•

sell assets;

 

•

pay dividends and distributions or repurchase our capital stock;

 

•

make investments, loans or advances;

 

•

make capital expenditures;

 

•

repay subordinated indebtedness (including the senior subordinated notes);

 

•

make certain acquisitions;

 

114

---

Table of Contents

•

engage in certain transactions with affiliates;

 

•

amend material agreements governing our subordinated indebtedness (including the senior subordinated notes);

 

•

change our lines of business; and

 

•

change the status of SunGard Holdco LLC as a passive holding company.

In addition, the senior secured credit agreement requires us to maintain the following financial covenants:

 

•

a maximum total leverage ratio; and

 

•

a minimum interest coverage ratio.

The senior secured credit agreement also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

Senior Secured Notes

On January 15, 2004, we issued $250 million aggregate principal amount of 4.875% senior unsecured notes due 2014. Upon consummation of the LBO, the senior unsecured notes became secured on an equal and ratable basis with loans under the senior secured credit facilities to the extent required by the indenture governing the senior secured notes and are guaranteed by all our subsidiaries that guarantee the notes. The terms of the indenture governing the senior secured notes provide that, in addition to customary events of default, a payment default or other default resulting in acceleration of payment obligations under any other indebtedness of SunGard or its subsidiaries aggregating more than $75 million, including the notes, constitute an event of default under the indenture governing the senior secured notes.

Receivables Facility

On March 27, 2009, SunGard AR Financing LLC, a newly-formed wholly-owned, bankruptcy-remote, special purpose financing subsidiary (“Financing”) of SunGard Data Systems Inc. entered into a syndicated receivables facility with each of the financial institutions signatory thereto from time to time, as the lenders and General Electric Capital Corporation, as a lender, as the Swing Line Lender and as administrative agent (the “Receivables Facility”). The initial maximum commitment under the Receivables Facility was $317 million of which approximately $136 million was on a revolving basis and the balance was a term loan. On September 30, 2010, we refinanced the Receivables Facility. As of December 31, 2010, our Receivables Facility had a facility limit of $350 million, consisting of a term loan commitment of $200 million and a revolving commitment of $150 million. Subject to obtaining the commitment of additional lenders, and the satisfaction of other customary conditions, the Receivables Facility may be increased up to a maximum amount of $500 million. The Receivables Facility terminates in September 2014.

Subsidiaries of the Company that participate in the Receivables Facility (“Sellers”) transfer their receivables as a true sale to Financing pursuant to the Receivables Sale Agreement dated as of March 27, 2009 (the “Receivables Sale Agreement”) and without recourse except for recourse for breaches of customary representations and warranties related to the receivables. Additional subsidiaries of the Company may become parties to the Receivables Facility, subject to the satisfaction of specified conditions. Upon becoming parties, receivables originated by these subsidiaries will be included in the receivables balance eligible for funding under the Receivables Facility and will be included in the calculation of available funding thereunder.

 

115

---

Table of Contents

Availability of funding under the Receivables Facility depends primarily upon the outstanding trade accounts receivable balance of the Sellers. Aggregate availability is determined by using a formula that reduces the gross receivables balance by factors that take into account historical default and dilution rates, excessive concentrations and average days outstanding and the costs of the facility.

Interest Rates and Fees

Under the Receivables Facility, Financing is generally required to pay interest on the amount of each advance at the one month LIBOR rate, adjusted for statutory reserves, plus 3.50% per annum. Financing is required to pay a fee on the unused portion of the Receivables Facility of 0.75% per annum, payable monthly in arrears. In addition, the Company, acting as the initial receivables servicer, services, administers and collects receivables transferred pursuant to the Receivables Facility. Under the Receivables Facility, the Company receives a monthly servicing fee of 1.00% per annum of the daily average outstanding balance of the receivables under such facility, payable monthly in arrears by Financing.

The Receivables Facility may be terminated for material breaches of representations and warranties, bankruptcies of any Seller, the collection agent or Financing, a default by any Seller or Financing in the performance of any payment required to be made under the transaction documents, a merger or similar transaction involving Financing, cross acceleration under our other facilities, a change of control affecting the Company, and a failure to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, among other reasons.

Guaranty and Security

The Company unconditionally guarantees the performance of the Sellers’ obligations under the Receivables Sale Agreement. All obligations under the Receivables Facility are secured by the receivables purchased by Financing under the Receivables Sale Agreement.

Senior Notes due 2015 and Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015

The senior notes due 2015 are senior unsecured obligations that rank senior in right of payment to future debt and other obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the senior notes, including the senior subordinated notes. The senior notes (i) rank equally in right of payment to all existing and future senior debt and other obligations that are not, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the senior notes, (ii) are effectively subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future secured debt to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, and (iii) are structurally subordinated to all obligations of each subsidiary that is not a guarantor of the senior notes. All obligations under the senior notes are jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guaranteed, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all of our domestic, wholly owned subsidiaries.

The senior subordinated notes due 2015 are unsecured senior subordinated obligations that are subordinated in right of payment to the existing and future senior debt, including the senior secured credit facilities, the senior secured notes due 2014, the senior notes due 2015 and the exchange notes. The senior subordinated notes (i) rank equally in right of payment to all future senior subordinated debt, (ii) are effectively subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future secured debt to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, (iii) are structurally subordinated to all obligations of each subsidiary that is not a guarantor of the senior subordinated notes, and (iv) rank senior in right of payment to all future debt and other obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the senior subordinated notes.

The senior notes due 2015 and senior subordinated notes due 2015 are redeemable in whole or in part, at our option, at any time at varying redemption prices that generally include premiums, which are defined in the applicable indentures. In addition, upon a change of control, we are required to make an offer to redeem all of the senior notes and senior subordinated notes at a redemption price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest.

 

116

---

Table of Contents

The indentures governing the senior notes due 2015 and senior subordinated notes due 2015 contain a number of covenants that restrict, subject to certain exceptions, our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares, pay dividends on or make other distributions in respect of its capital stock or make other restricted payments, make certain investments, enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates, create liens securing certain debt without securing the senior notes due 2015 or senior subordinated notes due 2015, as applicable, sell certain assets, consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets and designate our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

 

117

---

Table of Contents

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer

SunGard and the guarantors of the notes have entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the outstanding notes in which they agreed, under certain circumstances, to use their reasonable best efforts to file a registration statement relating to offer to exchange the outstanding notes for exchange notes and thereafter cause the registration statement to become effective under the Securities Act no later than 360 days following the closing date of the issuance of the outstanding notes. The exchange notes will have terms identical in all material respects to the outstanding notes, except that the exchange notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions, registration rights and additional interest for failure to observe certain obligations in the registration rights agreement. The outstanding notes were issued on November 16, 2010.

Under the circumstances set forth below, SunGard and the guarantors will use their reasonable best efforts to cause the SEC to declare effective a shelf registration statement with respect to the resale of the outstanding notes within the time periods specified in the registration rights agreement and keep the statement effective for up to two years after the effective date of the shelf registration statement. These circumstances include:

 

•

if any changes in law, SEC rules or regulations or applicable interpretations thereof by the SEC do not permit us to effect the exchange offer as contemplated by the registration rights agreement;

 

•

if the exchange offer is not consummated within 360 days after the date of issuance of the outstanding notes;

 

•

if any initial purchaser so requests with respect to the outstanding notes not eligible to be exchanged for the exchange notes and held by it within 30 days after the consummation of the exchange offer; or

 

•

if any holder that participates in the exchange offer does not receive freely transferable exchange notes in exchange for tendered outstanding notes.

Under the registration rights agreement, if SunGard fails to complete the exchange offer (other than in the event we file a shelf registration statement) or the shelf registration statement, if required thereby, is not declared effective, in either case on or prior to 360 days after the issue date (the “target registration date”), the interest rate on the outstanding notes will be increased by (x) 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following the target registration date and (y) an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period, in each case, until the exchange offer is completed or the shelf registration statement, if required, is declared effective by the SEC or the outstanding notes cease to constitute transfer restricted notes, up to a maximum of 1.00% per annum of additional interest.

If you wish to exchange your outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer, you will be required to make the following written representations:

 

•

you are not our affiliate or an affiliate of any guarantor within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Securities Act;

 

•

you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the exchange notes in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act;

 

•

you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of the exchange notes; and

 

•

you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business.

 

118

---

Table of Contents

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes, where the broker-dealer acquired the outstanding notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. Please see “Plan of Distribution.”

Resale of Exchange Notes

Based on interpretations by the SEC set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that you may resell or otherwise transfer exchange notes issued in the exchange offer without complying with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, if:

 

•

you are not our affiliate or an affiliate of any guarantor within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

 

•

you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes;

 

•

you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of the exchange notes; and

 

•

you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business.

If you are our affiliate or an affiliate of any guarantor, or are engaging in, or intend to engage in, or have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the exchange notes, or are not acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business:

 

•

You cannot rely on the position of the SEC set forth in Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the SEC’s letter to Shearman & Sterling, dated July 2, 1993, or similar no-action letters; and

 

•

in the absence of an exception from the position stated immediately above, you must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes.

This prospectus may be used for an offer to resell, resale or other transfer of exchange notes only as specifically set forth in this prospectus. With regard to broker-dealers, only broker-dealers that acquired the outstanding notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities may participate in the exchange offer. Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes, where such outstanding notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. Please read “Plan of Distribution” for more details regarding the transfer of exchange notes.

Terms of the Exchange Offer

On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal, SunGard will accept for exchange in the exchange offer any outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration date. Outstanding notes may only be tendered in a minimum denomination of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. SunGard will issue exchange notes in principal amounts identical to the outstanding notes surrendered in the exchange offer.

The form and terms of the exchange notes will be identical in all material respects to the form and terms of the outstanding notes except the exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act, will not bear legends restricting their transfer and will not provide for any additional interest upon our failure to fulfill our

 

119

---

Table of Contents

obligations under the registration rights agreement to complete the exchange offer, or file, and cause to be effective, a shelf registration statement, if required thereby, within the specified time period. The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the outstanding notes. The exchange notes will be issued under and entitled to the benefits of the same indenture that authorized the issuance of the outstanding notes. For a description of the indentures, see “Description of 2018 Notes” and “Description of 2020 Notes.”

The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes being tendered for exchange.

As of the date of this prospectus, $900 million aggregate principal amount of the 7 ³/8% Senior Notes due 2018 and $700 million aggregate principal amount of the 7 ⁵/8% Senior Notes due 2020 are outstanding. This prospectus and the letter of transmittal are being sent to all registered holders of outstanding notes. There will be no fixed record date for determining registered holders of outstanding notes entitled to participate in the exchange offer. SunGard intends to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the provisions of the registration rights agreement, the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and the rules and regulations of the SEC. Outstanding notes that are not tendered for exchange in the exchange offer will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest and will be entitled to the rights and benefits such holders have under the indenture relating to such holders’ series of outstanding notes and the registration rights agreement except we will not have any further obligation to you to provide for the registration of the outstanding notes under the registration rights agreement.

SunGard will be deemed to have accepted for exchange properly tendered outstanding notes when it has given oral or written notice of the acceptance to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purposes of receiving the exchange notes from us and delivering exchange notes to holders. Subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement, SunGard expressly reserves the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer and to refuse to accept the occurrence of any of the conditions specified below under “—Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”

If you tender your outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of outstanding notes. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than certain applicable taxes described below in connection with the exchange offer. It is important that you read “—Fees and Expenses” below for more details regarding fees and expenses incurred in the exchange offer.

Expiration Date; Extensions, Amendments

As used in this prospectus, the term “expiration date” means 12:00 a.m. midnight, New York City time, on May 13, 2011. However, if we, in our sole discretion, extend the period of time for which the exchange offer is open, the term “expiration date” will mean the latest time and date to which we shall have extended the expiration of such exchange offer.

To extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open, we will notify the exchange agent of any extension by oral or written notice, followed by notification by press release or other public announcement to the registered holders of the outstanding notes no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

SunGard reserves the right, in its sole discretion:

 

•

to delay accepting for exchange any outstanding notes (if we amend or extend the exchange offer);

 

•

to extend the exchange offer or to terminate the exchange offer if any of the conditions set forth below under “—Conditions to the Exchange Offer” have not been satisfied, by giving oral or written notice of such delay, extension or termination to the exchange agent; and

 

120

---

Table of Contents

•

subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement, to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner.

Any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by oral or written notice to the registered holders of the outstanding notes. If SunGard amends the exchange offer in a manner that we determine to constitute a material change, including the waiver of a material condition, it will promptly disclose the amendment in a manner reasonably calculated to inform the holders of the outstanding notes of that amendment and extend the exchange offer period if necessary so that at least five business days remain in the offer following notice of the material change.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

Despite any other term of the exchange offer, SunGard will not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue exchange notes in exchange for, any outstanding notes and it may terminate or amend any of the exchange offer as provided in this prospectus prior to the expiration date if in its reasonable judgment:

 

•

the exchange offer or the making of any exchange by a holder violates any applicable law or interpretation of the SEC; or

 

•

any action or proceeding has been instituted or threatened in any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the exchange offer that, in our judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer.

In addition, SunGard will not be obligated to accept for exchange the outstanding notes of any holder that has not made to us:

 

•

the representations described under “—Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer,” “—Procedures for Tendering” and “Plan of Distribution;” or

 

•

any other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules, regulations, or interpretations to make available to us an appropriate form for registration of the exchange notes under the Securities Act.

SunGard expressly reserves the right at any time or at various times to extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open. Consequently, SunGard may delay acceptance of any outstanding notes by giving oral or written notice of such extension to their holders. SunGard will return any outstanding notes that it does not accept for exchange for any reason without expense to their tendering holder promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

SunGard expressly reserves the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer and to reject for exchange any outstanding notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions of the exchange offer specified above. SunGard will give oral or written notice of any extension, amendment, non-acceptance or termination to the holders of the outstanding notes as promptly as practicable. In the case of any extension, such notice will be issued no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

These conditions are for our sole benefit and SunGard may assert them regardless of the circumstances that may give rise to them or waive them in whole or in part at any or at various times prior to the expiration date in our sole discretion. If SunGard fails at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights, this failure will not constitute a waiver of such right. Each such right will be deemed an ongoing right that it may assert at any time or at various times prior to the expiration date.

 

121

---

Table of Contents

In addition, SunGard will not accept for exchange any outstanding notes tendered, and will not issue exchange notes in exchange for any such outstanding notes, if at such time any stop order is threatened or in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of the indentures under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “TIA”).

Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes

To tender your outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you must comply with either of the following:

 

•

complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal, have the signature(s) on the letter of transmittal guaranteed if required by the letter of transmittal and mail or deliver such letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof to the exchange agent at the address set forth below under “—Exchange Agent—Notes” prior to the expiration date; or

 

•

comply with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program procedures described below.

In addition, either:

 

•

the exchange agent must receive certificates for outstanding notes along with the letter of transmittal prior to the expiration date;

 

•

the exchange agent must receive a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC according to the procedures for book-entry transfer described below or a properly transmitted agent’s message prior to the expiration date; or

 

•

you must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

Your tender, if not withdrawn prior to the expiration date, constitutes an agreement between us and you upon the terms and subject to the conditions described in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal.

The method of delivery of outstanding notes, the letter of transmittal, and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at your election and risk. We recommend that instead of delivery by mail, you use an overnight or hand delivery service, properly insured. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to assure timely delivery to the exchange agent before the expiration date. You should not send the letter of transmittal or certificates representing outstanding notes to us. You may request that your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or nominee effect the above transactions for you.

If you are a beneficial owner whose outstanding notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or other nominee and you wish to tender your outstanding notes, you should promptly contact the registered holder and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. If you wish to tender the outstanding notes yourself, you must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your outstanding notes, either:

 

•

make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the outstanding notes in your name; or

 

•

obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder of outstanding notes.

The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time and may not be able to be completed prior to the expiration date.

 

122

---

Table of Contents

Signatures on the letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or another “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17A(d)-15 under the Exchange Act unless the outstanding notes surrendered for exchange are tendered:

 

•

by a registered holder of the outstanding notes who has not completed the box entitled “Special Registration Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on the letter of transmittal; or

 

•

for the account of an eligible guarantor institution.

If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of any outstanding notes listed on the outstanding notes, such outstanding notes must be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power. The bond power must be signed by the registered holder as the registered holder’s name appears on the outstanding notes and an eligible guarantor institution must guarantee the signature on the bond power.

If the letter of transmittal or any certificates representing outstanding notes, or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations, or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, those persons should also indicate when signing and, unless waived by us, they should also submit evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act.

The exchange agent and DTC have confirmed that any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s system may use DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program to tender. Participants in the program may, instead of physically completing and signing the letter of transmittal and delivering it to the exchange agent, electronically transmit their acceptance of the exchange by causing DTC to transfer the outstanding notes to the exchange agent in accordance with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program procedures for transfer. DTC will then send an agent’s message to the exchange agent. The term “agent’s message” means a message transmitted by DTC, received by the exchange agent and forming part of the book-entry confirmation, which states that:

 

•

DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant in its Automated Tender Offer Program that is tendering outstanding notes that are the subject of the book-entry confirmation;

 

•

the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal, or in the case of an agent’s message relating to guaranteed delivery, that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the notice of guaranteed delivery; and

 

•

we may enforce that agreement against such participant.

DTC is referred to herein as a “book-entry transfer facility.”

Acceptance of Exchange Notes

In all cases, SunGard will promptly issue exchange notes for outstanding notes that it has accepted for exchange under the exchange offer only after the exchange agent timely receives:

 

•

outstanding notes or a timely book-entry confirmation of such outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility; and

 

•

a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents or a properly transmitted agent’s message.

 

123

---

Table of Contents

By tendering outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer, you will represent to us that, among other things:

 

•

you are not our affiliate or an affiliate of any guarantor within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

 

•

you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person or entity to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes; and

 

•

you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business.

In addition, each broker-dealer that is to receive exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes must represent that such outstanding notes were acquired by that broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus that meets the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. See “Plan of Distribution.”

SunGard will interpret the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, including the letter of transmittal and the instructions to the letter of transmittal, and will resolve all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt, and acceptance of outstanding notes tendered for exchange. Our determinations in this regard will be final and binding on all parties. SunGard reserves the absolute right to reject any and all tenders of any particular outstanding notes not properly tendered or to not accept any particular outstanding notes if the acceptance might, in its or its counsel’s judgment, be unlawful. We also reserve the absolute right to waive any defects or irregularities as to any particular outstanding notes prior to the expiration date.

Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of outstanding notes for exchange must be cured within such reasonable period of time as we determine. Neither SunGard, the exchange agent, nor any other person will be under any duty to give notification of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of outstanding notes for exchange, nor will any of them incur any liability for any failure to give notification. Any outstanding notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the exchange agent to the tendering holder, unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal, promptly after the expiration date.

Book-Entry Delivery Procedures

Promptly after the date of this prospectus, the exchange agent will establish an account with respect to the outstanding notes at DTC and, as the book-entry transfer facility, for purposes of the exchange offer. Any financial institution that is a participant in the book-entry transfer facility’s system may make book-entry delivery of the outstanding notes by causing the book-entry transfer facility to transfer those outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at the facility in accordance with the facility’s procedures for such transfer. To be timely, book-entry delivery of outstanding notes requires receipt of a confirmation of a book-entry transfer, a “book-entry confirmation,” prior to the expiration date. In addition, although delivery of outstanding notes may be effected through book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility, the letter of transmittal or a manually signed facsimile thereof, together with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, or an “agent’s message,” as defined below, in connection with a book-entry transfer, must, in any case, be delivered or transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at its address set forth on the cover page of the letter of transmittal prior to the expiration date to receive exchange notes for tendered outstanding notes, or the guaranteed delivery procedure described below must be complied with. Tender will not be deemed made until such documents are received by the exchange agent. Delivery of documents to the book-entry transfer facility does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.

 

124

---

Table of Contents

Holders of outstanding notes who are unable to deliver confirmation of the book-entry tender of their outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility or all other documents required by the letter of transmittal to the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration date must tender their outstanding notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

If you wish to tender your outstanding notes but your outstanding notes are not immediately available or you cannot deliver your outstanding notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents to the exchange agent or comply with the procedures under DTC’s Automatic Tender Offer Program in the case of outstanding notes, prior to the expiration date, you may still tender if:

 

•

the tender is made through an eligible guarantor institution;

 

•

prior to the expiration date, the exchange agent receives from such eligible guarantor institution either a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery, by facsimile transmission, mail, or hand delivery or a properly transmitted agent’s message and notice of guaranteed delivery, that (1) sets forth your name and address, the certificate number(s) of such outstanding notes and the principal amount of outstanding notes tendered; (2) states that the tender is being made thereby; and (3) guarantees that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date, the letter of transmittal, or facsimile thereof, together with the outstanding notes or a book-entry confirmation, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal, will be deposited by the eligible guarantor institution with the exchange agent; and

 

•

the exchange agent receives the properly completed and executed letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof, as well as certificate(s) representing all tendered outstanding notes in proper form for transfer or a book-entry confirmation of transfer of the outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC all other documents required by the letter of transmittal within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date.

Upon request, the exchange agent will send to you a notice of guaranteed delivery if you wish to tender your outstanding notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures.

Withdrawal Rights

Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw your tender of outstanding notes at any time prior to 12:00 a.m. midnight, New York City time, on the expiration date.

For a withdrawal to be effective:

 

•

the exchange agent must receive a written notice, which may be by telegram, telex, facsimile or letter, of withdrawal at its address set forth below under “—Exchange Agent”; or

 

•

you must comply with the appropriate procedures of DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program system.

Any notice of withdrawal must:

 

•

specify the name of the person who tendered the outstanding notes to be withdrawn;

 

•

identify the outstanding notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate numbers and principal amount of the outstanding notes; and

 

•

where certificates for outstanding notes have been transmitted, specify the name in which such outstanding notes were registered, if different from that of the withdrawing holder.

 

125

---

Table of Contents

If certificates for outstanding notes have been delivered or otherwise identified to the exchange agent, then, prior to the release of such certificates, you must also submit:

 

•

the serial numbers of the particular certificates to be withdrawn; and

 

•

a signed notice of withdrawal with signatures guaranteed by an eligible institution unless your are an eligible guarantor institution.

If outstanding notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the book-entry transfer facility to be credited with the withdrawn outstanding notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of the facility. We will determine all questions as to the validity, form, and eligibility, including time of receipt of notices of withdrawal and our determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any outstanding notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the exchange offer. Any outstanding notes that have been tendered for exchange but that are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to their holder, without cost to the holder, or, in the case of book-entry transfer, the outstanding notes will be credited to an account at the book-entry transfer facility, promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. Properly withdrawn outstanding notes may be retendered by following the procedures described under “—Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes” above at any time on or prior to the expiration date.

Exchange Agent

The Bank of New York Mellon has been appointed as the exchange agent for the exchange offer. The Bank of New York Mellon also acts as trustee under the indenture governing the notes. You should direct the executed letter of transmittal and all questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letter of transmittal, and requests for the notice of guaranteed delivery to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

 

By Registered or Certified Mail:		By Facsimile Transmission: (212) 298-1915		By Overnight Courier or Hand Delivery:
The Bank of New York Mellon Corporate Trust-Reorganization Unit 480 Washington Blvd. – 27th Floor Jersey City, NJ 07310 Attn: Diane Amoros Telephone: (212) 815-2742		To Confirm by Telephone: (212) 815-2742		The Bank of New York Mellon Corporate Trust-Reorganization Unit 480 Washington Blvd. – 27th Floor Jersey City, NJ 07310 Attn: Diane Amoros Telephone: (212) 815-2742

If you deliver the letter of transmittal to an address other than the one set forth above or transmit instructions via facsimile other than the one set forth above, that delivery or those instructions will not be effective.

Fees and Expenses

The registration rights agreement provides that we will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of our obligations relating to the registration of the exchange notes and the conduct of the exchange offer. These expenses include registration and filing fees, accounting and legal fees and printing costs, among others. We will pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. We will also reimburse brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries for customary mailing and handling expenses incurred by them in forwarding this prospectus and related documents to their clients that are holders of outstanding notes and for handling or tendering for such clients.

 

126

---

Table of Contents

We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange offer and will not pay any fee or commission to any broker, dealer, nominee or other person, other than the exchange agent, for soliciting tenders of outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer.

Transfer Taxes

We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchanges of outstanding notes under the exchange offer. The tendering holder, however, will be required to pay any transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person, if:

 

•

certificates representing outstanding notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of outstanding notes tendered;

 

•

tendered outstanding notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the letter of transmittal; or

 

•

a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of outstanding notes under the exchange offer.

If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes is not submitted with the letter of transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed to that tendering holder.

Holders who tender their outstanding notes for exchange will not be required to pay any transfer taxes. However, holders who instruct us to register exchange notes in the name of, or request that outstanding notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering holder will be required to pay any applicable transfer tax.

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

If you do not exchange your outstanding notes for exchange notes under the exchange offer, your outstanding notes will remain subject to the restrictions on transfer of such outstanding notes:

 

•

as set forth in the legend printed on the outstanding notes as a consequence of the issuance of the outstanding notes pursuant to the exemptions from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws; and

 

•

as otherwise set forth in the offering circular distributed in connection with the private offerings of the outstanding notes.

In general, you may not offer or sell your outstanding notes unless they are registered under the Securities Act or if the offer or sale is exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Except as required by the registration rights agreement, we do not intend to register resales of the outstanding notes under the Securities Act.

Other

Participating in the exchange offer is voluntary, and you should carefully consider whether to accept. You are urged to consult your financial and tax advisors in making your own decision on what action to take.

We may in the future seek to acquire untendered outstanding notes in open market or privately negotiated transactions, through subsequent exchange offers or otherwise. We have no present plans to acquire any outstanding notes that are not tendered in the exchange offer or to file a registration statement to permit resales of any untendered outstanding notes.

 

127

---

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF 2018 NOTES

General

Certain terms used in this description are defined under the subheading “Certain Definitions.” In this description, (i) the terms “we,” “our” and “us” each refer to SunGard Data Systems Inc. (“SunGard”) and its consolidated Subsidiaries and (ii) the term “Issuer” refers only to SunGard and not any of its Subsidiaries.

The Issuer expects to issue up to $900,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7 ³/8% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) under an indenture dated November 16, 2010 (the “Indenture”) among the Issuer, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (the “Trustee”) in exchange for up to $900,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the currently outstanding 7 ³/8% Senior Notes due 2018 issued on November 16, 2010. The currently outstanding 7 ³/8% Senior Notes due 2018 were issued in a private transaction that was not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Except as set forth herein, the terms of the Notes will be substantially identical and include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act.

The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture and does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of that agreement, including the definitions therein of certain terms used below. We urge you to read the Indenture because it, not this description, define your rights as Holders of the Notes. You may request copies of the Indenture at our address set forth under the heading “Summary—Corporate Information.”

Brief Description of Notes

The Notes are:

 

•

unsecured senior obligations of the Issuer;

 

•

pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Indebtedness (including the Senior Credit Facilities and Existing Senior Notes) of the Issuer;

 

•

effectively subordinated to all secured Indebtedness of the Issuer (including the Senior Credit Facilities and the Existing Senior Secured Notes) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness; and will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future Indebtedness, claims of holders of Preferred Stock and other liabilities of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries that are not guaranteeing the Notes;

 

•

senior in right of payment to any future Subordinated Indebtedness (including the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes) of the Issuer;

 

•

initially guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by each Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees the Senior Credit Facilities; and

 

•

subject to registration with the SEC pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Guarantees

The Guarantors, as primary obligors and not merely as sureties, jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guarantee, on an unsecured senior basis, the performance and full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes, whether for payment of principal of or interest on or Additional Interest in respect of the Notes, expenses, indemnification or otherwise, on the terms set forth in the Indenture by executing the Indenture.

 

128

---

Table of Contents

The Restricted Subsidiaries (other than as detailed below) guarantee the Notes. Each of the Guarantees of the Notes is a general unsecured senior obligation of each Guarantor and is pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of each such entity, is effectively subordinated to all secured Indebtedness of each such entity and is senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness (including the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes) of each such entity. The Notes are structurally subordinated to Indebtedness of Subsidiaries of the Issuer that do not Guarantee the Notes.

Not all of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries guarantee the Notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of these non-guarantor Subsidiaries, the non-guarantor Subsidiaries pay the holders of their debt and their trade creditors before they are able to distribute any of their assets to the Issuer. None of our Foreign Subsidiaries, broker-dealer subsidiaries, non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries (subject to certain limited exceptions) or any Receivables Subsidiary guarantee the Notes.

The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantees are limited as necessary to prevent the Guarantees from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law.

Any entity that makes a payment under its Guarantee is entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under the Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

If a Guarantee was rendered voidable, it could be subordinated by a court to all other indebtedness (including guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of such indebtedness, a Guarantor’s liability on its Guarantee could be reduced to zero. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes—Federal and State Fraudulent Transfer Laws May Permit a Court to Void the Guarantees, and, if that Occurs, You May Not Receive any Payments on the Notes.”

A Guarantee by a Guarantor provides by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon: (1) (a) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture; (b) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Guarantor of the Senior Credit Facilities or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee; (c) the proper designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or (d) the Issuer exercising its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and (2) such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

Ranking

The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the payment of any Guarantee rank pari passu in right of payment to all Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor, as the case may be, including the obligations of the Issuer and such Guarantor under the Senior Credit Facilities and the Existing Senior Notes.

The Notes are effectively subordinated in right of payment to all of the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ existing and future secured Indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness. As of December 31, 2010, we had $4,632 million of secured Indebtedness, consisting entirely of secured Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities and the Existing Senior Secured Notes (which have a face amount of $250 million, but are recorded at $238 million).

 

129

---

Table of Contents

Although the Indenture will contain limitations on the amount of additional Indebtedness that the Issuer and the Guarantors may incur, under certain circumstances the amount of such Indebtedness could be substantial and, in any case, such Indebtedness may be Senior Indebtedness. See “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”

Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes

The Issuer maintains one or more paying agents for the Notes in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York. The initial paying agent for the Notes is the Trustee.

The Issuer also maintains a registrar with offices in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York. The initial registrar is the Trustee. The registrar maintains a register reflecting ownership of the Notes outstanding from time to time and makes payments on and facilitate transfer of Notes on behalf of the Issuer.

The Issuer may change the paying agents or the registrars without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as a paying agent or registrar.

Transfer and Exchange

A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of Notes. Holders will be required to pay all taxes due on transfer. The Issuer is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuer is not required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

The Issuer issued $900,000,000 of Notes in this offering. The Notes mature on November 15, 2018. Subject to compliance with the covenant described below under the caption “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” the Issuer may issue additional Notes from time to time after this offering under the Indenture (“Additional Notes”). The Notes offered by the Issuer and any Additional Notes subsequently issued under the Indenture are treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “Notes” for all purposes of the Indenture and this “Description of 2018 Notes” include any Additional Notes that are actually issued.

Interest on the Notes accrues at the rate of 7 ³/8% per annum and is payable semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15, commencing on May 15, 2011, to Holders of record on the immediately preceding May 1 and November 1. Interest on the Notes accrues from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including the Issue Date. Interest on the Notes is computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. Additional Interest may accrue on the Notes in certain circumstances pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. All references in the Indenture and this “Description of 2018 Notes,” in any context, to any interest or other amount payable on or with respect to the Notes shall be deemed to include any Additional Interest pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes is payable at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose within the City and State of New York or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of or held by DTC or its nominee is made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Issuer, the Issuer’s office or agency in New York will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.

 

130

---

Table of Contents

Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases

The Issuer is not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Issuer may be required to offer to purchase Notes as described under the caption “Repurchase at the Option of Holders.” We may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise.

Optional Redemption

Except as set forth below, the Issuer is not entitled to redeem the Notes at its option prior to November 15, 2013.

At any time prior to November 15, 2013, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to the registered address of each Holder of Notes, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

On and after November 15, 2013, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as described under the heading “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Selection and Notice,” at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 15, of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year		Percentage
2013			105.531	%
2014			103.688	%
2015			101.844	%
2016 and thereafter			100.000	%

In addition, until November 15, 2013, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes at a redemption price equal to 107.375% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture and any Additional Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be prior to the redemption thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, may be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering.

The Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed in the manner described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Selection and Notice.”

 

131

---

Table of Contents

Repurchase at the Option of Holders

Change of Control

The Notes provide that if a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under “Optional Redemption,” the Issuer will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register with a copy to the Trustee or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with the following information:

 

(1)

that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to the covenant entitled “Change of Control,” and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuer;

 

(2)

the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);

 

(3)

that any Senior Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

 

(4)

that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(5)

that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(6)

that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes, provided that the paying agent receives, not later than the close of business on the expiration date of the Change of Control Offer, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;

 

(7)

that if the Issuer is redeeming less than all of the Notes, the Holders of the remaining Notes will be issued new Notes and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple thereof;

 

(8)

the other instructions, as determined by us, consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must follow; and

 

(9)

if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional upon the occurrence of such Change of Control.

 

132

---

Table of Contents

The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent permitted by law,

 

(1)

accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,

 

(2)

deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered, and

 

(3)

deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.

The Senior Credit Facilities and future Credit Facilities or other agreements relating to Senior Indebtedness to which the Issuer becomes a party may, provide that certain change of control events with respect to the Issuer would constitute a default thereunder (including a Change of Control under the Indenture). If we experience a change of control that triggers a default under our Senior Credit Facilities, we could seek a waiver of such default or seek to refinance our Senior Credit Facilities. In the event we do not obtain such a waiver or refinance the Senior Credit Facilities, such default could result in amounts outstanding under our Senior Credit Facilities being declared due and payable and cause a Receivables Facility to be wound-down.

Our ability to pay cash to the Holders of Notes following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by our then-existing financial resources. Therefore, sufficient funds may not be available when necessary to make any required repurchases.

The Change of Control purchase feature of the Notes may in certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of us and, thus, the removal of incumbent management. The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the Initial Purchasers and us. After the Issue Date, we have no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that we could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, we could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect our capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on our ability to incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “Certain Covenants—Liens.” Such restrictions in the Indenture can be waived only with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such covenants, however, the Indenture will not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford Holders of the Notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction.

We will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by us and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

 

133

---

Table of Contents

The definition of “Change of Control” includes a disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer to any Person. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of “all or substantially all” of the assets of the Issuer. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a Holder of Notes may require the Issuer to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as described above.

The provisions under the Indenture relative to the Issuer’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes.

Asset Sales

The Indenture provides that the Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to consummate an Asset Sale, unless:

 

(1)

the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

 

(2)

except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

 

(a)

any liabilities (as reflected in the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto, or if incurred or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto if such incurrence or accrual had taken place on the date of such balance sheet) of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Issuer and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing,

 

(b)

any securities, notes or other similar obligations received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and

 

(c)

any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.

Within 450 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale,

 

134

---

Table of Contents

(1)

to permanently reduce:

 

(a)

Obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

 

(b)

Obligations under Senior Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien, which Lien is permitted by the Indenture, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

 

(c)

Obligations under other Senior Indebtedness (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto), provided that, to the extent the Issuer reduces Obligations under such Senior Indebtedness, the Issuer shall reduce (or offer to reduce, as applicable) Obligations under the Notes on a pro rata basis as provided under “Optional redemption,” through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or offer to purchase Notes by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or

 

(d)

Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)

to make (a) an Investment in any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) capital expenditures or (c) acquisitions of other assets, in each of (a), (b) and (c), used or useful in a Similar Business, or

 

(3)

to make an investment in (a) any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) properties or (c) acquisitions of other assets that, in each of (a), (b) and (c), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;

provided that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Issuer, or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “Acceptable Commitment”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “Second Commitment”) within 180 days of such cancellation or termination; provided further that if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds.

Any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the first sentence of the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $100.0 million, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes (“Pari Passu Indebtedness”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “Asset Sale Offer”), to purchase the

 

135

---

Table of Contents

maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is an integral multiple of $2,000 that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. The Issuer will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $100.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee.

To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this covenant, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by the Indenture.

The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

Selection and Notice

If the Issuer is redeeming less than all of the Notes issued by it at any time, the Trustee will select the Notes to be redeemed (a) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed, (b) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable or (c) by lot or such other similar method in accordance with the procedures of DTC. No Notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part.

Notices of purchase or redemption shall be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date to each Holder of Notes at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that (a) redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture and (b) redemption notices need not be mailed more than one Business Day before the redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a special mandatory redemption. If any Note is to be purchased or redeemed in part only, any notice of purchase or redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased or redeemed.

The Issuer will issue a new Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.

 

136

---

Table of Contents

Certain Covenants

Set forth below are summaries of certain covenants contained in the Indenture. If on any date following the date of the Issue Date (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture then, beginning on that day and continuing at all times thereafter regardless of any subsequent changes in the rating of the Notes, the covenants specifically listed under the following captions in this “Description of 2018 Notes” section of this prospectus will no longer be applicable to the Notes:

 

(1)

“Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”;

 

(2)

“—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

 

(3)

“—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

 

(4)

clause (4) of the first paragraph of “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of all or Substantially all Assets”;

 

(5)

“—Transactions with Affiliates”;

 

(6)

“—Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries”; and

 

(7)

“—Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries.”

In addition, during any period of time that: (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event”), the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” (the “Suspended Covenant”). In the event that the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenant under the Indenture for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) one or both of the Rating Agencies (a) withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating and/or (b) the Issuer or any of its Affiliates enter into an agreement to effect a transaction that would result in a Change of Control and one or more of the Rating Agencies indicate that if consummated, such transaction (alone or together with any related recapitalization or refinancing transactions) would cause such Rating Agency to withdraw its Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the ratings assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenant under the Indenture with respect to future events, including, without limitation, a proposed transaction described in clause (b) above.

There can be no assurance that the Notes will ever achieve or maintain Investment Grade Ratings.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

 

(I)

declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of the Issuer’s, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than:

 

(a)

dividends or distributions by the Issuer payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer; or

 

137

---

Table of Contents

(b)

dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

 

(II)

purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

 

(III)

make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than:

 

(a)

Indebtedness permitted under clauses (7) and (8) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; or

 

(b)

the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or

 

(IV)

make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above (other than any exception thereto) being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

 

(1)

no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

 

(2)

immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the provisions of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; and

 

(3)

such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after August 11, 2005 (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) pursuant to clause (b) thereof only), (6)(c), (9) and (14) of the next succeeding paragraph, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum of (without duplication):

 

(a)

50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning July 1, 2005, to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus

 

(b)

100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property received by the Issuer since immediately after August 11, 2005 (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified

 

138

---

Table of Contents

Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) from the issue or sale of:

 

(i)(A)

Equity Interests of the Issuer, including Treasury Capital Stock (as defined below), but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of: (x) Equity Interests to employees, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer and the Issuer’s Subsidiaries after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph; and (y) Designated Preferred Stock; and

 

(B)

to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph); or

 

(ii)

debt securities of the Issuer that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Issuer;

provided, however, that this clause (b) shall not include the proceeds from (W) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below), (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Issuer sold to a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus

 

(c)

100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Issuer following August 11, 2005 (other than (i) net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”, (ii) contributions from a Restricted Subsidiary or (iii) any Excluded Contributions); plus

 

(d)

100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary by means of:

 

(i)

the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after August 11, 2005; or

 

(ii)

the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted

 

139

---

Table of Contents

Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) after August 11, 2005; plus

 

(e)

in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after August 11, 2005, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Issuer in good faith or if, in the case of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such fair market value may exceed $150.0 million, in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor, at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment.

As of December 31, 2010, the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (3) was $928 million.

The foregoing provisions will not prohibit:

 

(1)

the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture;

 

(2)

(a) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“Treasury Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent contributed to the Issuer (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) and (b) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6) of this paragraph, the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

 

(3)

the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” so long as:

 

(a)

the principal amount of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any reasonable premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;

 

140

---

Table of Contents

(b)

such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for value;

 

(c)

such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired; and

 

(d)

such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired;

 

(4)

a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $25.0 million (which shall increase to $50.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Issuer) (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $50.0 million in any calendar year (which shall increase to $100.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Issuer)); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

 

(a)

the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer and, to the extent contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3) of the preceding paragraph; plus

 

(b)

the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less

 

(c)

the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4);

and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer from members of management of the Issuer, any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of the Indenture;

 

(5)

the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with the covenant

 

141

---

Table of Contents

described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges”;

 

(6)(a)

the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Issuer after the Issue Date;

 

(b)

the declaration and payment of dividends to a direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent corporation issued after the Issue Date, provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Issuer from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or

 

(c)

the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph;

provided, however, in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (6), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;

 

(7)

Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities, not to exceed 2.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

(8)

repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

 

(9)

the declaration and payment of dividends on the Issuer’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent entity to fund a payment of dividends on such entity’s common stock), following the first public offering of the Issuer’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s common stock registered on Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;

 

(10)

Restricted Payments in an amount that does not in the aggregate exceed all Excluded Contributions made since the Issue Date;

 

(11)

other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (11) not to exceed the greater of (x) $525.0 million or (y) 1.875% of Total Assets at the time made;

 

(12)

distributions or payments of Receivables Fees;

 

142

---

Table of Contents

(13)

any Restricted Payment used to fund the Transaction and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by the covenant described under “Transactions with Affiliates”;

 

(14)

the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness in accordance with the provisions similar to those described under the captions “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” and “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”; provided that all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

 

(15)

the declaration and payment of dividends by the Issuer to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies to pay, in each case without duplication,

 

(a)

franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses, in each case to the extent required to maintain their corporate existence;

 

(b)

federal, state, foreign and local income taxes, to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, state, foreign and local taxes for such fiscal year were the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such parent entity;

 

(c)

customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(d)

general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

(e)

fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Issuer related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such parent entity; and

 

(16)

the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);

provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (11) and (16), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

As of the Issue Date, all of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid)

 

143

---

Table of Contents

in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investment.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant or under clause (7), (10), (11) or (16) of the second paragraph of this covenant, or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in the Indenture.

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “incur” and collectively, an “incurrence”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuer will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Issuer may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

The foregoing limitations will not apply to:

 

(1)

the incurrence of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount of $5,750.0 million outstanding at any one time, less up to $1,000.0 million in the aggregate of mandatory principal payments actually made by the borrower thereunder in respect of Indebtedness thereunder with Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale or series of related Asset Sales that constitutes the sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of a segment (as defined under GAAP) of the Issuer (other than any segment predominantly composed of assets acquired by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries subsequent to the Issue Date);

 

(2)

the incurrence by the Issuer and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (including any Guarantee) (other than any Additional Notes) and the 2020 Notes;

 

(3)

Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2)) after giving effect to the use of proceeds set forth in this prospectus;

 

(4)

Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (other than software) that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets;

 

144

---

Table of Contents

(5)

Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

 

(6)

Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Issuer, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (6)).

 

(7)

Indebtedness of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in the Restricted Subsidiary holding such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness;

 

(8)

Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of the Notes of such Guarantor; provided further that any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause;

 

(9)

shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary, provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause;

 

(10)

Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;

 

(11)

obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(12)(a)

Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary equal to 200.0% of the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer or cash contributed to the capital of the Issuer (in each case, other

 

145

---

Table of Contents

than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (3)(b) and (3)(c) of the first paragraph of “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to such clauses or pursuant to the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1) and (3) of the definition thereof) and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Issuer and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $600.0 million (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (12)(b) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (12)(b));

 

(13)

the incurrence or issuance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to refund, refinance, replace, renew, extend or defease any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred as permitted under the first paragraph of this covenant and clauses (2), (3) and (12)(a) above, this clause (13) and clause (14) below or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so refund, refinance, replace, renew, extend or defease such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock including additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

 

(a)

has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded, refinanced, replaced, renewed, extended or defeased,

 

(b)

to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and

 

(c)

shall not include:

 

(i)

Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Guarantor;

 

(ii)

Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Issuer, that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Guarantor; or

 

146

---

Table of Contents

(iii)

Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

and provided further that subclause (a) of this clause (13) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Indebtedness outstanding under any Secured Indebtedness;

(14) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; provided that either

(i) such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock:

(a) is not Secured Indebtedness and is subordinated to the Notes on terms no less favorable to the Holders thereof than the subordination terms set forth in the indenture governing the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes as in effect on the Issue Date;

(b) is not incurred while a Default exists and no Default shall result therefrom;

(c) matures and does not require any payment of principal prior to the final maturity of the Notes (other than in a manner consistent with the terms of the Indenture); and

(d) in the case of clause (y), is not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition or merger; or

(ii) after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either

(a) the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first sentence of this covenant, or

(b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries is equal to or greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;

 

(15)

Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;

 

(16)

Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

 

(17)

(a) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of the Indenture, or

 

(b)

any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuer, provided that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with the covenant described below under “—Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries”;

 

147

---

Table of Contents

(18)

Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer incurred not to exceed at any one time outstanding and together with any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (18) 5.0% of the Total Assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (18) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (18) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (18));

 

(19)

Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance or assumed in connection with an acquisition in a principal amount not to exceed $200.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding together with all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock issued under this clause (19) (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (19) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (19) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (19));

 

(20)

Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(21)

Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent described in clause (4) of the second paragraph under the caption “—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:

 

(1)

in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (21) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, will classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities on the Issue Date will be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (1) of the preceding paragraph; and

 

(2)

at the time of incurrence, the Issuer will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the first and second paragraphs above.

Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness and the payment of dividends in the form of additional Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, will in each case not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant.

 

148

---

Table of Contents

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.

The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

The Indenture provides that the Issuer will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be.

The Indenture will not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) Senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

Liens

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related Guarantee, on any asset or property of the Issuer or any Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:

 

(1)

in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or

 

(2)

in all other cases, the Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured, except that the foregoing shall not apply to (a) Liens securing the Notes and the related Guarantees, (b) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph under “—Limitation on incurrence of indebtedness and issuance of disqualified stock and preferred stock” and (c) Liens incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenant described above under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that, with respect to Liens securing Obligations permitted under this subclause (c), at the time of incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 4.0 to 1.0.

 

149

---

Table of Contents

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of all or Substantially all Assets

The Issuer may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

(1)

the Issuer is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Issuer or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”);

 

(2)

the Successor Company, if other than the Issuer, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

(3)

immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

 

(4)

immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,

 

(a)

the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first sentence of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” or

 

(b)

the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than such Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

 

(5)

each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (b) of the second succeeding paragraph shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under the Indenture, the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement; and

 

(6)

the Issuer (or, if applicable, the Successor Company) shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture.

The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for the Issuer, as the case may be, under the Indenture, the Guarantees and the Notes, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (3) and (4),

 

(1)

any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer, and

 

(2)

the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer, as the case may be, solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in any state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

 

150

---

Table of Contents

Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture governing release of a Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a guarantor, no Guarantor will, and the Issuer will not permit any Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer or Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

(1)

(a) such Guarantor is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Person”);

 

(b)

the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under the Indenture and such Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

(c)

immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

 

(d)

the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; or

 

(2)

the transaction is made in compliance with the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.”

Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under the Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may (i) merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer, (ii) merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating or reorganizing the Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby, or (iii) convert into a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, in each case without regard to the requirements set forth in the preceding paragraph.

Transactions with Affiliates

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $20.0 million, unless:

 

(1)

such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and

 

(2)

the Issuer delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $50.0

 

151

---

Table of Contents

million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of the Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above.

The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:

 

(1)

transactions between or among the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(2)

Restricted Payments permitted by the provisions of the Indenture described above under the covenant “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” and the definition of “Permitted Investments”;

 

(3)

the payment of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses to the Investors pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed 1% of EBITDA for such fiscal year (calculated, solely for the purpose of this clause (3), assuming (a) that such fees and related expenses had not been paid, when calculating Net Income, and (b) without giving effect to clause (h) of the definition of EBITDA) (plus any unpaid management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses within such amount accrued in any prior year) and the termination fees pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement not to exceed the amount set forth in the Sponsor Management Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;

 

(4)

the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnities provided for the benefit of, former, current or future officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(5)

transactions in which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that such terms are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;

 

(6)

any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);

 

(7)

the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement or the equivalent (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole;

 

(8)

[Reserved];

 

(9)

transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture which are fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

 

152

---

Table of Contents

(10)

the issuance or transfer of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to any Permitted Holder or to any director, officer, employee or consultant (or their respective estates, investment funds, investment vehicles, spouses or former spouses) of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies of any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(11)

sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

 

(12)

payments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Issuer in good faith;

 

(13)

payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by the Issuer in good faith; and

 

(14)

investments by the Investors in securities of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities.

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

(1)

(a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or

 

(b)

pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(2)

make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

 

(3)

sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(a)

contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Senior Credit Facilities and related Hedging Obligations and the related documentation and pursuant to the indentures governing the Existing Senior Notes, the Existing Senior Secured Notes and the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes and the related documentation;

 

(b)

the Indenture and the Notes;

 

(c)

purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) above on the property so acquired;

 

(d)

applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

153

---

Table of Contents

(e)

any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired;

 

(f)

contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

 

(g)

Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “—Liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

 

(h)

restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(i)

other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

 

(j)

customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements relating solely to such joint venture;

 

(k)

customary provisions contained in leases or licenses of intellectual property and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(l)

any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (k) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and

 

(m)

restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility.

 

154

---

Table of Contents

Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries

The Issuer will not permit any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities), other than a Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any other Guarantor unless:

 

(1)

such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to the Indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor:

(a) if the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee are subordinated in right of payment to such Indebtedness, the Guarantee under the supplemental indenture shall be subordinated to such Restricted Subsidiary’s guarantee with respect to such Indebtedness substantially to the same extent as the Notes are subordinated to such Indebtedness; and

 

(b)

if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes;

 

(2)

such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee; and

 

(3)

such Restricted Subsidiary shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that:

 

(a)

such Guarantee has been duly executed and authorized; and

 

(b)

such Guarantee constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary, except insofar as enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) and except insofar as enforcement thereof is subject to general principles of equity;

provided that this covenant shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.

Reports and Other Information

Notwithstanding that the Issuer may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Indenture will require the Issuer to file with the SEC (and make available to the Trustee and Holders of the Notes (without exhibits), without cost to any Holder, within 15 days after it files them with the SEC) from and after the Issue Date,

 

(1)

within 90 days (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-K by a non-accelerated filer) after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained therein, or required in such successor or comparable form;

 

155

---

Table of Contents

(2)

within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all quarterly information that would be required to be contained in Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form;

 

(3)

promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, such other reports on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form; and

 

(4)

any other information, documents and other reports which the Issuer would be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form; provided that the Issuer shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Issuer will make available such information to prospective purchasers of Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, in each case within 15 days after the time the Issuer would be required to file such information with the SEC, if it were subject to Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Issuer will agree that, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, it will furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer becomes a guarantor of the Notes, the Indenture will permit the Issuer to satisfy its obligations in this covenant with respect to financial information relating to the Issuer by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

Events of Default and Remedies

The Indenture provides that each of the following is an Event of Default:

 

(1)

default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

 

(2)

default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest or Additional Interest on or with respect to the Notes;

 

(3)

failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less 30% in principal amount of the Notes to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above) contained in the Indenture or the Notes;

 

(4)

default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both:

 

(a)

such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and

 

156

---

Table of Contents

(b)

the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $100.0 million or more at any one time outstanding;

 

(5)

failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $100.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;

 

(6)

certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary; or

 

(7)

the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, as the case may be, denies that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of the Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with the Indenture.

If any Event of Default (other than of a type specified in clause (6) above) occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately.

Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) of the first paragraph of this section, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. The Indenture provides that the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. In addition, the Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if in the best judgment of the Trustee acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the Notes.

The Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture (except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any Note held by a non-consenting Holder) and rescind any acceleration and its consequences with respect to the Notes, provided such rescission would not conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:

 

(1)

the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or

 

(2)

holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

 

(3)

the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee thereunder, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless the Holders have

 

157

---

Table of Contents

offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless:

 

(1)

such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

(2)

Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(3)

Holders of the Notes have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;

 

(4)

the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

 

(5)

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

Subject to certain restrictions, under the Indenture the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Senior Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

The Indenture provides that the Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required, within five Business Days, upon becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, as the case may be, will terminate (other than certain obligations) and will be released upon payment in full of all of the Notes. The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its obligations discharged with respect to the Notes and have the Issuer and each Guarantor’s obligation discharged with respect to its Guarantee (“Legal Defeasance”) and cure all then existing Events of Default except for:

 

(1)

the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to the Indenture;

 

(2)

the Issuer’s obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

 

158

---

Table of Contents

(3)

the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and

 

(4)

the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.

In addition, the Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and those of each Guarantor released with respect to certain covenants that are described in the Indenture (“Covenant Defeasance”) and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default with respect to the Notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events pertaining to the Issuer) described under “Events of Default and Remedies” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes:

 

(1)

the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes and the Issuer must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

 

(2)

in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

 

(a)

the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

 

(b)

since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(3)

in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(4)

no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

 

(5)

such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities, the Existing Senior Notes, the Existing Senior Secured Notes, the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes or the indentures pursuant to which the Existing Senior Notes, the Existing Senior Secured Notes and the Existing Senior

 

159

---

Table of Contents

Subordinated Notes were issued or any other material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which, the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting, with respect to any Indebtedness being defeased, from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to such Indebtedness, and the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

 

(6)

the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of Title 11 of the United States Code;

 

(7)

the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and

 

(8)

the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

Satisfaction and Discharge

The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when either:

 

(1)

all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(2)

(a) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

 

(b)

no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to the Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities, Senior Subordinated Notes (or the indenture under which the Senior Subordinated Notes are issued) or any other material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

 

160

---

Table of Contents

(c)

the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the Indenture; and

 

(d)

the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture, any Guarantee and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes issued thereunder may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, other than Notes beneficially owned by the Issuer or its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes).

The Indenture provides that, without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:

 

(1)

reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

(2)

reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under the caption “Repurchase at the option of holders”);

 

(3)

reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

 

(4)

waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in the Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders;

 

(5)

make any Note payable in money other than that stated therein;

 

(6)

make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes;

 

(7)

make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions;

 

(8)

impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

 

(9)

make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or

 

(10)

except as expressly permitted by the Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Subsidiary in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes.

 

161

---

Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee or the Indenture to which it is a party) and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture and any Guarantee or Notes without the consent of any Holder;

 

(1)

to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

 

(2)

to provide for uncertificated Notes of such series in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

 

(3)

to comply with the covenant relating to mergers, consolidations and sales of assets;

 

(4)

to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders;

 

(5)

to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder;

 

(6)

to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;

 

(7)

to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

 

(8)

to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;

 

(9)

to provide for the issuance of exchange notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to exchange notes except that they are not freely transferable;

 

(10)

to add a guarantor under the Indenture;

 

(11)

to conform the text of the Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of this “Description of 2018 notes” to the extent that such provision in this “Description of 2018 Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, Guarantee or Notes; or

 

(12)

to make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by the Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes.

The consent of the Holders is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

Notices

Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing.

Concerning the Trustee

The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee thereunder, should it become a creditor of the Issuer, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee is permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue or resign.

 

162

---

Table of Contents

The Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee is be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Holder of the Notes, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Governing Law

The Indenture, the Notes and any Guarantee is governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

Certain Definitions

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. For purposes of the Indenture, unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.

“2020 Notes” means the $700,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 7 ⁵/8% senior notes due 2020 issued on the Issue Date.

“Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person,

 

(1)

Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

 

(2)

Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

“Additional Interest” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

 

(1)

1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and

 

(2)

the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at November 15, 2013 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under the caption “Optional redemption”), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through November 15, 2013 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the principal amount of such Note.

 

163

---

Table of Contents

“Asset Sale” means:

 

(1)

the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or

 

(2)

the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;

in each case, other than:

 

(a)

any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)

the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described above under “Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of all or Substantially all Assets” or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to the Indenture;

 

(c)

the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under the covenant described above under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

 

(d)

any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $50.0 million;

 

(e)

any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to another Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;

 

(f)

to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any comparable or successor provision, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

 

(g)

the lease, assignment or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

 

(h)

any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(i)

foreclosures, condemnation or any similar action on assets;

 

(j)

sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

 

(k)

any financing transaction with respect to the acquisition or construction of property by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by the Indenture; and

 

(l)

any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contractual rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business.

 

164

---

Table of Contents

“Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

“Capital Stock” means:

 

(1)

in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

 

(2)

in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

(3)

in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

 

(4)

any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

“Capitalized Software Expenditures” shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Cash Equivalents” means:

 

(1)

United States dollars;

 

(2)

(a)          euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or

 

(b)

in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

 

(3)

securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

(4)

certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

 

(5)

repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

 

(6)

commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

 

165

---

Table of Contents

(7)

marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

 

(8)

investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above;

 

(9)

readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

(10)

Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and

 

(11)

Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(1)

the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder; or

 

(2)

the Issuer becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies holding directly or indirectly 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer.

“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and Capitalized Software Expenditures of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

 

(1)

consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net

 

166

---

Table of Contents

Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount or premium resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than or greater than par, as applicable (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (t) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, (u) interest expense attributable to Indebtedness of a parent entity resulting from push-down accounting to the extent such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not liable for the payment of such Indebtedness, (v) any expense resulting from the discounting of any outstanding Indebtedness in connection with the application of purchase accounting in connection with any acquisition, (w) any Additional Interest and any comparable “additional interest” with respect to other securities, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility); plus

 

(2)

consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

 

(3)

interest income for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that, without duplication,

 

(1)

any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the Transaction to the extent incurred on or prior June 30, 2006), severance, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans shall be excluded,

 

(2)

the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period,

 

(3)

any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

 

(4)

any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, shall be excluded,

 

(5)

the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,

 

167

---

Table of Contents

(6)

solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(a) of the first paragraph of “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination wholly permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived, provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

 

(7)

effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in the property and equipment, software and other intangible assets, deferred revenue and debt line items in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transaction or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

 

(8)

any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded,

 

(9)

any impairment charge or asset write-off, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

 

(10)

any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights shall be excluded,

 

(11)

any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded,

 

(12)

accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after August 11, 2005 that are so required to be established as a result of the Transaction in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded, and

 

(13)

to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), losses and expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” only (other than clause (3)(d) of the first paragraph thereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted

 

168

---

Table of Contents

Investments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (3)(d) thereof.

“Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio” as of any date of determination means, the ratio of (1) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is secured by Liens as of the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur to (2) the Issuer’s EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

“Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Obligations in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes and similar instruments (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, all obligations relating to Receivables Facilities) and (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and all Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and maximum fixed repurchase prices, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to the Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Issuer.

“Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

 

(1)

to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

 

(2)

to advance or supply funds

 

(a)

for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or

 

(b)

to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or

 

(3)

to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

“Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of

 

169

---

Table of Contents

credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

“Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any parent corporation thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer or the applicable parent corporation thereof, as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph of the “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant.

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

“EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period

 

(1)

increased (without duplication) by:

 

(a)

provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including, without limitation, federal, state, foreign, franchise and similar taxes (such as the Pennsylvania capital tax) and foreign withholding taxes (including penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from tax examinations) of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(b)

Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities,

 

170

---

Table of Contents

in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges), together with items excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses 1(t) through 1(z) thereof, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(c)

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(d)

any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes and (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(e)

the amount of any restructuring charge or reserve deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities; plus

 

(f)

any other non-cash charges, including any write offs or write downs, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

 

(g)

the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(h)

the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid in such period to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under “Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates”; plus

 

(i)

the amount of net cost savings projected by the Issuer in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken during such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (x) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (y) such actions are taken within 36 months after the Issue Date and (z) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed $100.0 million for any four consecutive quarter period (which adjustments may be incremental to pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the second paragraph of the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”); plus

 

(j)

the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility; plus

 

171

---

Table of Contents

(k)

any costs or expense incurred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

 

(2)

decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period, and

 

(3)

increased or decreased by (without duplication):

 

(a)

any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Financial Accounting Standards Codification No. 815—Derivatives and Hedging; plus or minus, as applicable, and

 

(b)

any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk and revaluations of intercompany balances).

“EMU” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

“Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

 

(1)

public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s or any direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-8;

 

(2)

issuances to any Subsidiary of the Issuer; and

 

(3)

any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

“euro” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

“Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Issuer from

 

(1)

contributions to its common equity capital, and

 

(2)

the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer,

 

172

---

Table of Contents

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an officer’s certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

“Existing 9 1/8% Notes” means any of the Issuer’s 9 1/8% senior notes due 2013 issued on August 1, 2005 and outstanding on the Issue Date after giving effect to the use of proceeds of the Notes as described in this prospectus.

“Existing 10.625% Notes” means the $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 10.625% senior notes due 2015 issued on September 29, 2008 and outstanding on the Issue Date.

“Existing Senior Notes” means (a) the Existing 9 1/8% Notes and (b) the Existing 10.625% Notes.

“Existing Senior Secured Notes” means the $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 4.875% senior notes due 2014 issued on January 15, 2004 and outstanding on the Issue Date.

“Existing Senior Subordinated Notes” means $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 10 1/4% senior subordinated notes due 2015 issued on August 11, 2005 and outstanding on the Issue Date.

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably

 

173

---

Table of Contents

determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate.

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:

 

(1)

Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;

 

(2)

all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock during such period; and

 

(3)

all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on August 11, 2005.

“Government Securities” means securities that are:

 

(1)

direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

 

(2)

obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

“guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

“Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Indenture.

“Guarantor” means, each Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

174

---

Table of Contents

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

“Holder” means the Person in whose name a Senior Note is registered on the registrar’s books.

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

 

(1)

any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

 

(a)

in respect of borrowed money;

 

(b)

evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

 

(c)

representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligations until, after 30 days of becoming due and payable, has not been paid and such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or

 

(d)

representing any Hedging Obligations;

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

 

(2)

to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(3)

to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;

provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or (b) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities.

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

“Initial Purchasers” means J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.

 

175

---

Table of Contents

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

“Investment Grade Securities” means:

 

(1)

securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

 

(2)

debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

 

(3)

investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

 

(4)

corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of the Issuer in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”:

 

(1)

“Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

 

(a)

the Issuer “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less

 

(b)

the portion (proportionate to the Issuer equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

 

(2)

any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Issuer.

“Investors” means Silver Lake Partners, Bain Capital Partners, The Blackstone Group, Goldman Sachs Capital Partners, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., Providence Equity Partners, Inc., Texas Pacific Group and each of their respective Affiliates but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.

“Issue Date” means November 16, 2010.

“Issuer” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph under “General”; provided that when used in the context of determining the fair market value of an asset or liability under the Indenture, “Issuer” shall be deemed to mean the board of directors of the Issuer when the fair market value is equal to or in excess of $250.0 million (unless otherwise expressly stated).

 

176

---

Table of Contents

“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

“Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Senior Indebtedness required (other than required by clause (1) of the second paragraph of “Repurchase at the option of holders—Asset sales”) to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

“Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer or a Guarantor, as applicable.

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer or on behalf of a Guarantor by an Officer of such Guarantor, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, that meets the requirements set forth in the Indenture.

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee.

 

177

---

Table of Contents

“Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided, that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with the “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” covenant.

“Permitted Holders” means each of the Investors and members of management of the Issuer (or its direct parent) who are holders of Equity Interests of the Issuer (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) on the Issue Date and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided, that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies. Any Person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of the Indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

“Permitted Investments” means:

 

(1)

any Investment in the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(2)

any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

 

(3)

any Investment by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:

 

(a)

such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(b)

such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided, that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

 

(4)

any Investment in securities or other assets, including earnouts, not constituting cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

 

(5)

any Investment existing on the Issue Date;

 

(6)

any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:

 

(a)

in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or

 

(b)

as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

(7)

Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (10) of the covenant described in “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

 

178

---

Table of Contents

(8)

any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (8) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

(9)

Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer, or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph under the covenant described in “Certain Covenants—Limitations on Restricted Payments”;

 

(10)

guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under the covenant described in “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

 

(11)

any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates” (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5) and (9) of such paragraph);

 

(12)

Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;

 

(13)

additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (x) $750.0 million or (y) 3.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

(14)

Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer are necessary or advisable to effect any Receivables Facility;

 

(15)

advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $15.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate; and

 

(16)

loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company thereof.

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(1)

pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

179

---

Table of Contents

(2)

Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

(3)

Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

(4)

Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

 

(5)

minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

(6)

Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (4), (12)(b), (18) or (19) of the second paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (18) extend only to the assets of Foreign Subsidiaries and Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (19) are solely on acquired property or the assets of the acquired entity, as the case may be;

 

(7)

Liens existing on the Issue Date;

 

(8)

Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(9)

Liens on property at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(10)

Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

 

180

---

Table of Contents

(11)

customary Liens securing Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(12)

Liens on specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(13)

leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;

 

(14)

Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(15)

Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;

 

(16)

Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to the Issuer’s clients;

 

(17)

Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility;

 

(18)

Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8), (9) and (27); provided, however, that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8), (9) and (27) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under the Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

 

(19)

deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

 

(20)

other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed $50.0 million at any one time outstanding;

 

(21)

Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) under the caption “Events of Default and Remedies” so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

 

(22)

Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

 

(23)

Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code, or any comparable or successor provision, on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

 

181

---

Table of Contents

(24)

Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

 

(25)

Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

(26)

Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(27)

Liens to secure the Existing Senior Secured Notes.

For purposes of this definition and subclauses (2)(b) and (c) under “Certain Covenants—Liens,” the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

“Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

“Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Issuer in good faith.

“Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

“Receivables Facility” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the Obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

“Receivables Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

“Receivables Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.

 

182

---

Table of Contents

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement related to the Notes dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers.

“Related Business Assets” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business, provided that any assets received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

“Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

“Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

“Senior Credit Facilities” means the Credit Facility under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 11, 2005, as amended and restated as of June 9, 2009, by and among SunGard Holdco LLC, the Issuer, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” above).

“Senior Indebtedness” means:

 

(1)

all Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities, the Existing Senior Secured Notes, the Existing Senior Notes or Notes and related Guarantees (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or similar proceeding or for reorganization of the Issuer or any Guarantor (at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings)), and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations, indemnification amounts, penalties, and other amounts (whether existing on the Issue Date or thereafter created or incurred) and all obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments;

 

183

---

Table of Contents

(2)

all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) owing to a Lender (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities) or any Affiliate of such Lender (or any Person that was a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender at the time the applicable agreement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation was entered into), provided that such Hedging Obligations are permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Indenture;

 

(3)

any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Subordinated Notes or any related Guarantee; and

 

(4)

all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1), (2) and (3);

provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

 

(a)

any obligation of such Person to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(b)

any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;

 

(c)

any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(d)

any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or

 

(e)

that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of the Indenture.

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

“Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

“Sponsor Management Agreement” means the management agreement between certain of the management companies associated with the Investors and SunGard as in effect on the Issue Date.

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to the Notes,

 

(1)

any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and

 

(2)

any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Notes.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(1)

any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof or is consolidated under GAAP with such Person at such time; and

 

184

---

Table of Contents

(2)

any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which

 

(x)

more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and

 

(y)

such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

“Total Assets” means the total assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Issuer or such other Person as may be expressly stated.

“Transaction” means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, the issuance of the Existing 9 1/8% Notes and the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes, the granting of Liens on the Existing Senior Secured Notes, fundings under any Receivables Facility and borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on or since August 11, 2005.

“Transaction Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 27, 2005 between Solar Capital Corp. and SunGard as amended from time to time prior to August 11, 2005.

“Treasury Rate” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to November 15, 2013; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to November 15, 2013 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

 

(1)

any Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Issuer, as provided below); and

 

(2)

any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that

 

(1)

any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer;

 

(2)

such designation complies with the covenants described under “Certain covenants—Limitation on restricted payments”; and

 

185

---

Table of Contents

(3)

each of:

 

(a)

the Subsidiary to be so designated; and

 

(b)

its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.

The Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:

 

(1)

the Issuer could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; or

 

(2)

the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation,

in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

Any such designation by the Issuer shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Issuer or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

 

(1)

the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

 

(2)

the sum of all such payments.

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

186

---

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF 2020 NOTES

General

Certain terms used in this description are defined under the subheading “Certain Definitions.” In this description, (i) the terms “we,” “our” and “us” each refer to SunGard Data Systems Inc. (“SunGard”) and its consolidated Subsidiaries and (ii) the term “Issuer” refers only to SunGard and not any of its Subsidiaries.

The Issuer expects to issue up to $700,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7 ⁵/8% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Notes”) under an indenture dated November 16, 2010 (the “Indenture”) among the Issuer, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (the “Trustee”) in exchange for up to $700,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the currently outstanding 7 ⁵/8% Senior Notes due 2020 issued on November 16, 2010. The currently outstanding 7 ⁵/8% Senior Notes due 2020 were issued in a private transaction that was not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Except as set forth herein, the terms of the Notes are substantially identical and include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act.

The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture and does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of that agreement, including the definitions therein of certain terms used below. We urge you to read the Indenture because it, not this description, define your rights as Holders of the Notes. You may request copies of the Indenture at our address set forth under the heading “Summary—Corporate Information.”

Brief Description of Notes

The Notes are:

 

•

unsecured senior obligations of the Issuer;

 

•

pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Indebtedness (including the Senior Credit Facilities and Existing Senior Notes) of the Issuer;

 

•

effectively subordinated to all secured Indebtedness of the Issuer (including the Senior Credit Facilities and the Existing Senior Secured Notes) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness; and will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future Indebtedness, claims of holders of Preferred Stock and other liabilities of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries that are not guaranteeing the Notes;

 

•

senior in right of payment to any future Subordinated Indebtedness (including the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes) of the Issuer;

 

•

initially guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by each Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees the Senior Credit Facilities; and

 

•

subject to registration with the SEC pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Guarantees

The Guarantors, as primary obligors and not merely as sureties, jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guarantee, on an unsecured senior basis, the performance and full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes, whether for payment of principal of or interest on or Additional Interest in respect of the Notes, expenses, indemnification or otherwise, on the terms set forth in the Indenture by executing the Indenture.

 

187

---

Table of Contents

The Restricted Subsidiaries (other than as detailed below) guarantee the Notes. Each of the Guarantees of the Notes is a general unsecured senior obligation of each Guarantor and is pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of each such entity, is effectively subordinated to all secured Indebtedness of each such entity and is senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness (including the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes) of each such entity. The Notes are structurally subordinated to Indebtedness of Subsidiaries of the Issuer that do not Guarantee the Notes.

Not all of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries guarantee the Notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of these non-guarantor Subsidiaries, the non-guarantor Subsidiaries will pay the holders of their debt and their trade creditors before they will be able to distribute any of their assets to the Issuer. None of our Foreign Subsidiaries, broker-dealer subsidiaries, non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries (subject to certain limited exceptions) or any Receivables Subsidiary guarantee the Notes.

The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantees are limited as necessary to prevent the Guarantees from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law.

Any entity that makes a payment under its Guarantee is entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under the Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

If a Guarantee was rendered voidable, it could be subordinated by a court to all other indebtedness (including guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of such indebtedness, a Guarantor’s liability on its Guarantee could be reduced to zero. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes—Federal and State Fraudulent Transfer Laws May Permit a Court to Void the Guarantees, and, if that Occurs, You May Not Receive any Payments on the Notes.”

A Guarantee by a Guarantor provides by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

 

(1)

(a) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

 

(b)

the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Guarantor of the Senior Credit Facilities or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;

 

(c)

the proper designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

 

(d)

the Issuer exercising its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and

 

(2)

such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

 

188

---

Table of Contents

Ranking

The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the payment of any Guarantee rank pari passu in right of payment to all Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor, as the case may be, including the obligations of the Issuer and such Guarantor under the Senior Credit Facilities and the Existing Senior Notes.

The Notes are effectively subordinated in right of payment to all of the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ existing and future secured Indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness. As of December 31, 2010, we had $4,632 million of secured Indebtedness, consisting entirely of secured Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities and the Existing Senior Secured Notes (which have a face amount of $250 million, but are recorded at $238 million).

Although the Indenture will contain limitations on the amount of additional Indebtedness that the Issuer and the Guarantors may incur, under certain circumstances the amount of such Indebtedness could be substantial and, in any case, such Indebtedness may be Senior Indebtedness. See “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”

Paying agent and Registrar for the Notes

The Issuer maintains one or more paying agents for the Notes in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York. The initial paying agent for the Notes is the Trustee.

The Issuer also maintains a registrar with offices in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York. The initial registrar is the Trustee. The registrar maintains a register reflecting ownership of the Notes outstanding from time to time and makes payments on and facilitate transfer of Notes on behalf of the Issuer.

The Issuer may change the paying agents or the registrars without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as a paying agent or registrar.

Transfer and Exchange

A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of Notes. Holders will be required to pay all taxes due on transfer. The Issuer is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuer is not required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

The Issuer issued $700,000,000 of Notes in this offering. The Notes mature on November 15, 2020. Subject to compliance with the covenant described below under the caption “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” the Issuer may issue additional Notes from time to time after this offering under the Indenture (“Additional Notes”). The Notes offered by the Issuer and any Additional Notes subsequently issued under the Indenture are treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “Notes” for all purposes of the Indenture and this “Description of 2020 Notes” include any Additional Notes that are actually issued.

Interest on the Notes accrues at the rate of 7 ⁵/8% per annum and is payable semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15, commencing on May 15, 2011, to Holders of record on the immediately preceding May 1 and November 1. Interest on the Notes accrues from the most recent date to which interest has been paid

 

189

---

Table of Contents

or, if no interest has been paid, from and including the Issue Date. Interest on the Notes is computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. Additional Interest may accrue on the Notes in certain circumstances pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. All references in the Indenture and this “Description of 2020 Notes,” in any context, to any interest or other amount payable on or with respect to the Notes shall be deemed to include any Additional Interest pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose within the City and State of New York or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of or held by DTC or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Issuer, the Issuer’s office or agency in New York will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.

Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases

The Issuer is not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Issuer may be required to offer to purchase Notes as described under the caption “Repurchase at the Option of Holders.” We may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise.

Optional Redemption

Except as set forth below, the Issuer is not entitled to redeem the Notes at its option prior to November 15, 2015.

At any time prior to November 15, 2015, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to the registered address of each Holder of Notes, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

On and after November 15, 2015, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as described under the heading “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Selection and Notice,” at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 15, of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year		Percentage
2015			103.813	%
2016			102.542	%
2017			101.271	%
2018 and thereafter			100.000	%

In addition, until November 15, 2013, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes at a redemption price equal to 107.625% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant record date to

 

190

---

Table of Contents

receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture and any Additional Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be prior to the redemption thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, may be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering.

The Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed in the manner described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Selection and Notice.”

Repurchase at the Option of Holders

Change of Control

The Notes provide that if a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under “Optional Redemption,” the Issuer will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register with a copy to the Trustee or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with the following information:

 

(1)

that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to the covenant entitled “Change of Control,” and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuer;

 

(2)

the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);

 

(3)

that any Senior Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

 

(4)

that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(5)

that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(6)

that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes, provided that the paying agent receives, not later than the close of business on the expiration date of the Change of Control Offer, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;

 

191

---

Table of Contents

(7)

that if the Issuer is redeeming less than all of the Notes, the Holders of the remaining Notes will be issued new Notes and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple thereof;

 

(8)

the other instructions, as determined by us, consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must follow; and

 

(9)

if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional upon the occurrence of such Change of Control.

The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent permitted by law,

 

(1)

accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,

 

(2)

deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered, and

 

(3)

deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.

The Senior Credit Facilities and future Credit Facilities or other agreements relating to Senior Indebtedness to which the Issuer becomes a party may, provide that certain change of control events with respect to the Issuer would constitute a default thereunder (including a Change of Control under the Indenture). If we experience a change of control that triggers a default under our Senior Credit Facilities, we could seek a waiver of such default or seek to refinance our Senior Credit Facilities. In the event we do not obtain such a waiver or refinance the Senior Credit Facilities, such default could result in amounts outstanding under our Senior Credit Facilities being declared due and payable and cause a Receivables Facility to be wound-down.

Our ability to pay cash to the Holders of Notes following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by our then-existing financial resources. Therefore, sufficient funds may not be available when necessary to make any required repurchases.

The Change of Control purchase feature of the Notes may in certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of us and, thus, the removal of incumbent management. The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the Initial Purchasers and us. After the Issue Date, we have no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that we could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, we could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect our capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on our ability to incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of

 

192

---

Table of Contents

Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “Certain Covenants—Liens.” Such restrictions in the Indenture can be waived only with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such covenants, however, the Indenture will not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford Holders of the Notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction.

We will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by us and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

The definition of “Change of Control” includes a disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer to any Person. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of “all or substantially all” of the assets of the Issuer. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a Holder of Notes may require the Issuer to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as described above.

The provisions under the Indenture relative to the Issuer’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes.

Asset Sales

The Indenture provides that the Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to consummate an Asset Sale, unless:

 

(1)

the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

 

(2)

except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

 

(a)

any liabilities (as reflected in the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto, or if incurred or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto if such incurrence or accrual had taken place on the date of such balance sheet) of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Issuer and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing,

 

(b)

any securities, notes or other similar obligations received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and

 

193

---

Table of Contents

(c)

any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.

Within 450 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale,

(1) to permanently reduce:

 

(a)

Obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

 

(b)

Obligations under Senior Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien, which Lien is permitted by the Indenture, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

 

(c)

Obligations under other Senior Indebtedness (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto), provided that, to the extent the Issuer reduces Obligations under such Senior Indebtedness, the Issuer shall reduce (or offer to reduce, as applicable) Obligations under the Notes on a pro rata basis as provided under “Optional redemption,” through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or offer to purchase Notes by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or

 

(d)

Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)

to make (a) an Investment in any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) capital expenditures or (c) acquisitions of other assets, in each of (a), (b) and (c), used or useful in a Similar Business; or

 

(3)

to make an investment in (a) any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) properties or (c) acquisitions of other assets that, in each of (a), (b) and (c), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;

provided that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Issuer, or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to

 

194

---

Table of Contents

satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “Acceptable Commitment”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “Second Commitment”) within 180 days of such cancellation or termination; provided further that if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds.

Any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the first sentence of the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $100.0 million, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes (“Pari Passu Indebtedness”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “Asset Sale Offer”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is an integral multiple of $2,000 that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. The Issuer will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $100.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee.

To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this covenant, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by the Indenture.

The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

Selection and Notice

If the Issuer is redeeming less than all of the Notes issued by it at any time, the Trustee will select the Notes to be redeemed (a) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed, (b) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable or (c) by lot or such other similar method in accordance with the procedures of DTC. No Notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part.

Notices of purchase or redemption shall be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date to each Holder of Notes at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that (a) redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a

 

195

---

Table of Contents

defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture and (b) redemption notices need not be mailed more than one Business Day before the redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a special mandatory redemption. If any Note is to be purchased or redeemed in part only, any notice of purchase or redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased or redeemed.

The Issuer will issue a new Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.

Certain Covenants

Set forth below are summaries of certain covenants contained in the Indenture. If on any date following the date of the Issue Date (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture then, beginning on that day and continuing at all times thereafter regardless of any subsequent changes in the rating of the Notes, the covenants specifically listed under the following captions in this “Description of 2020 Notes” section of this prospectus will no longer be applicable to the Notes:

(1) “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”;

(2) “—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

(3) “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(4) clause (4) of the first paragraph of “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of all or Substantially all Assets”;

(5) “—Transactions with Affiliates”;

(6) “—Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries”; and

(7) “—Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries.”

In addition, during any period of time that: (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event”), the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” (the “Suspended Covenant”). In the event that the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenant under the Indenture for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) one or both of the Rating Agencies (a) withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating and/or (b) the Issuer or any of its Affiliates enter into an agreement to effect a transaction that would result in a Change of Control and one or more of the Rating Agencies indicate that if consummated, such transaction (alone or together with any related recapitalization or refinancing transactions) would cause such Rating Agency to withdraw its Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the ratings assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenant under the Indenture with respect to future events, including, without limitation, a proposed transaction described in clause (b) above.

 

196

---

Table of Contents

There can be no assurance that the Notes will ever achieve or maintain Investment Grade Ratings.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

 

(I)

declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of the Issuer’s, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than:

 

(a)

dividends or distributions by the Issuer payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer; or

 

(b)

dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

 

(II)

purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

 

(III)

make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than:

 

(a)

Indebtedness permitted under clauses (7) and (8) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; or

 

(b)

the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or

 

(IV)

make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above (other than any exception thereto) being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

 

(1)

no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

 

(2)

immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the provisions of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; and

 

(3)

such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after August 11, 2005 (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding

 

197

---

Table of Contents

Capital Stock (as defined below) pursuant to clause (b) thereof only), (6)(c), (9) and (14) of the next succeeding paragraph, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum of (without duplication):

 

(a)

50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning July 1, 2005, to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus

 

(b)

100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property received by the Issuer since immediately after August 11, 2005 (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) from the issue or sale of:

 

(i)

(A) Equity Interests of the Issuer, including Treasury Capital Stock (as defined below), but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of: (x) Equity Interests to employees, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer and the Issuer’s Subsidiaries after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph; and (y) Designated Preferred Stock; and

 

(B)

to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph); or

 

(ii)

debt securities of the Issuer that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Issuer;

provided, however, that this clause (b) shall not include the proceeds from (W) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below), (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Issuer sold to a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus

 

(c)

100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Issuer following August 11, 2005 (other than (i) net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”, (ii) contributions from a Restricted Subsidiary or (iii) any Excluded Contributions); plus

 

198

---

Table of Contents

(d)

100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary by means of:

 

(i)

the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after August 11, 2005; or

 

(ii)

the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) after August 11, 2005; plus

 

(e)

in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after August 11, 2005, the fair market ‘value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Issuer in good faith or if, in the case of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such fair market value may exceed $150.0 million, in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor, at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment.

As of December 31, 2010, the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (3) was $928 million.

The foregoing provisions will not prohibit:

 

(1)

the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture;

 

(2)(a)

the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“Treasury Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent contributed to the Issuer (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) and (b) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6) of this paragraph, the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

 

199

---

Table of Contents

(3)

the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” so long as:

 

(a)

the principal amount of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any reasonable premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;

 

(b)

such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for value;

 

(c)

such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired; and

 

(d)

such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired;

 

(4)

a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $25.0 million (which shall increase to $50.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Issuer) (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $50.0 million in any calendar year (which shall increase to $100.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Issuer)); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

 

(a)

the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer and, to the extent contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3) of the preceding paragraph; plus

 

(b)

the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less

 

200

---

Table of Contents

(c)

the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4);

and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer from members of management of the Issuer, any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of the Indenture;

 

(5)

the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges”;

 

(6)

(a) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Issuer after the Issue Date;

 

(b)

the declaration and payment of dividends to a direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent corporation issued after the Issue Date, provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Issuer from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or

 

(c)

the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph;

provided, however, in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (6), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;

 

(7)

Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities, not to exceed 2.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

(8)

repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

 

(9)

the declaration and payment of dividends on the Issuer’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent entity to fund a payment of dividends on such entity’s common stock), following the first public offering of the Issuer’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s common stock registered on Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;

 

201

---

Table of Contents

(10)

restricted Payments in an amount that does not in the aggregate exceed all Excluded Contributions made since the Issue Date;

 

(11)

other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (11) novuice malt to exceed the greater of (x) $525.0 million or (y) 1.875% of Total Assets at the time made;

 

(12)

and payment of dividends by the Issuer to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies to pay, in each case without duplication,

 

(a)

franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses, in each case to the extent required to maintain their corporate existence;

 

(b)

Federal, state, foreign and local income taxes, to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, state, foreign and local taxes for such fiscal year were the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such parent entity;

 

(c)

customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(d)

general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

(e)

fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Issuer related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such parent entity; and

 

(16)

the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);

provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (11) and (16), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

As of the Issue Date, all of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investment.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant or under clause (7), (10), (11) or (16) of the second paragraph of this covenant, or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in the Indenture.

 

202

---

Table of Contents

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “incur” and collectively, an “incurrence”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuer will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Issuer may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

The foregoing limitations will not apply to:

 

(1)

the incurrence of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount of $5,750.0 million outstanding at any one time, less up to $1,000.0 million in the aggregate of mandatory principal payments actually made by the borrower thereunder in respect of Indebtedness thereunder with Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale or series of related Asset Sales that constitutes the sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of a segment (as defined under GAAP) of the Issuer (other than any segment predominantly composed of assets acquired by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries subsequent to the Issue Date);

 

(2)

the incurrence by the Issuer and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (including any Guarantee) (other than any Additional Notes) and the 2018 Notes;

 

(3)

Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2)) after giving effect to the use of proceeds set forth in this prospectus;

 

(4)

Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (other than software) that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets;

 

(5)

Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

 

203

---

Table of Contents

(6)

Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Issuer, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (6)).

 

(7)

Indebtedness of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in the Restricted Subsidiary holding such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness;

 

(8)

Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of the Notes of such Guarantor; provided further that any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause;

 

(9)

shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary, provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause;

 

(10)

Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;

 

(11)

obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(12)

(a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary equal to 200.0% of the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer or cash contributed to the capital of the Issuer (in each case, other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (3)(b) and (3)(c) of the first paragraph of “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to such clauses or pursuant to the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1) and (3) of the definition thereof) and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Issuer and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in

 

204

---

Table of Contents

an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $600.0 million (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (12)(b) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (12)(b));

 

(13)

the incurrence or issuance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to refund, refinance, replace, renew, extend or defease any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred as permitted under the first paragraph of this covenant and clauses (2), (3) and (12)(a) above, this clause (13) and clause (14) below or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so refund, refinance, replace, renew, extend or defease such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock including additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

 

(a)

has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded, refinanced, replaced, renewed, extended or defeased,

 

(b)

to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and

 

(c)

shall not include:

 

(i)

Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Guarantor;

 

(ii)

Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Issuer, that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Guarantor; or

 

(iii)

Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

and provided further that subclause (a) of this clause (13) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Indebtedness outstanding under any Secured Indebtedness;

 

(14)

Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; provided that either

 

205

---

Table of Contents

(i)

such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock:

 

(a)

is not Secured Indebtedness and is subordinated to the Notes on terms no less favorable to the Holders thereof than the subordination terms set forth in the indenture governing the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes as in effect on the Issue Date;

 

(b)

is not incurred while a Default exists and no Default shall result therefrom;

 

(c)

matures and does not require any payment of principal prior to the final maturity of the Notes (other than in a manner consistent with the terms of the Indenture); and

 

(d)

in the case of clause (y), is not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition or merger; or

 

(ii)

after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either

 

(a)

the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first sentence of this covenant, or

 

(b)

the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries is equal to or greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;

 

(15)

Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;

 

(16)

Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

 

(17)

(a) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of the Indenture; or

 

(b)

any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuer, provided that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with the covenant described below under “—Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries”;

 

(18)

Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer incurred not to exceed at any one time outstanding and together with any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (18) 5.0% of the Total Assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (18) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (18) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (18));

 

(19)

Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance or assumed in connection with an acquisition in a principal amount not to exceed $200.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding together with all other

 

206

---

Table of Contents

Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock issued under this clause (19) (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (19) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (19) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (19));

 

(20)

Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(21)

Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent described in clause (4) of the second paragraph under the caption “—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:

 

(1)

in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (21) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, will classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities on the Issue Date will be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (1) of the preceding paragraph; and

 

(2)

at the time of incurrence, the Issuer will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the first and second paragraphs above.

Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness and the payment of dividends in the form of additional Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, will in each case not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.

The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

 

207

---

Table of Contents

The Indenture provides that the Issuer will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be.

The Indenture will not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) Senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

Liens

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related Guarantee, on any asset or property of the Issuer or any Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:

 

(1)

in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or

 

(2)

in all other cases, the Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured, except that the foregoing shall not apply to (a) Liens securing the Notes and the related Guarantees, (b) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and (c) Liens incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenant described above under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that, with respect to Liens securing Obligations permitted under this subclause (c), at the time of incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 4.0 to 1.0.

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of all or Substantially all Assets

The Issuer may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

(1)

the Issuer is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Issuer or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”);

 

(2)

the Successor Company, if other than the Issuer, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

(3)

immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

 

208

---

Table of Contents

(4)

immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,

 

(a)

the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first sentence of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” or

 

(b)

the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than such Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

 

(5)

each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (b) of the second succeeding paragraph shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under the Indenture, the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement; and

 

(6)

the Issuer (or, if applicable, the Successor Company) shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture.

The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for the Issuer, as the case may be, under the Indenture, the Guarantees and the Notes, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (3) and (4),

 

(1)

any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer, and

 

(2)

the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer, as the case may be, solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in any state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture governing release of a Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a guarantor, no Guarantor will, and the Issuer will not permit any Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer or Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

(1)

(a)          such Guarantor is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Person”);

 

(b)

the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under the Indenture and such Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

(c)

immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

 

209

---

Table of Contents

(d)

the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; or

 

(2)

the transaction is made in compliance with the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.”

Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under the Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may (i) merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer, (ii) merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating or reorganizing the Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby, or (iii) convert into a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, in each case without regard to the requirements set forth in the preceding paragraph.

Transactions with Affiliates

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $20.0 million, unless:

 

(1)

such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and

 

(2)

the Issuer delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $50.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of the Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above.

The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:

 

(1)

transactions between or among the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(2)

Restricted Payments permitted by the provisions of the Indenture described above under the covenant “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” and the definition of “Permitted Investments”;

 

(3)

the payment of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses to the Investors pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed 1% of EBITDA for such fiscal year (calculated, solely for the purpose of this clause (3), assuming (a) that such fees and related expenses had not been paid, when calculating Net Income, and (b) without giving effect to clause (h) of the definition of EBITDA) (plus any unpaid management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses within such amount accrued in any prior year) and the termination fees pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement not to exceed the amount set forth in the Sponsor Management Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;

 

210

---

Table of Contents

(4)

the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnities provided for the benefit of, former, current or future officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(5)

transactions in which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that such terms are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;

 

(6)

any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);

 

(7)

the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement or the equivalent (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole;

 

(8)

[Reserved];

 

(9)

transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture which are fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

 

(10)

the issuance or transfer of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to any Permitted Holder or to any director, officer, employee or consultant (or their respective estates, investment funds, investment vehicles, spouses or former spouses) of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies of any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(11)

sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

 

(12)

payments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Issuer in good faith;

 

(13)

payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by the Issuer in good faith; and

 

211

---

Table of Contents

(14)

investments by the Investors in securities of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities.

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

(1)

(a)          pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits; or

 

(b)

pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(2)

make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

 

(3)

sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,

except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(a)

contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Senior Credit Facilities and related Hedging Obligations and the related documentation and pursuant to the indentures governing the Existing Senior Notes, the Existing Senior Secured Notes and the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes and the related documentation;

 

(b)

the Indenture and the Notes;

 

(c)

purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) above on the property so acquired;

 

(d)

applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

(e)

any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired;

 

(f)

contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

 

(g)

Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “—Liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

 

212

---

Table of Contents

(h)

restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(i)

other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

 

(j)

customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements relating solely to such joint venture;

 

(k)

customary provisions contained in leases or licenses of intellectual property and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(l)

any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (k) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and

 

(m)

restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility.

Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries

The Issuer will not permit any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities), other than a Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any other Guarantor unless:

 

(1)

such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to the Indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor:

 

(a)

if the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee are subordinated in right of payment to such Indebtedness, the Guarantee under the supplemental indenture shall be subordinated to such Restricted Subsidiary’s guarantee with respect to such Indebtedness substantially to the same extent as the Notes are subordinated to such Indebtedness; and

 

(b)

if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes;

 

213

---

Table of Contents

(2)

such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee; and

 

(3)

such Restricted Subsidiary shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that:

 

(a)

such Guarantee has been duly executed and authorized; and

 

(b)

such Guarantee constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary, except insofar as enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) and except insofar as enforcement thereof is subject to general principles of equity;

provided that this covenant shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.

Reports and Other Information

Notwithstanding that the Issuer may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Indenture will require the Issuer to file with the SEC (and make available to the Trustee and Holders of the Notes (without exhibits), without cost to any Holder, within 15 days after it files them with the SEC) from and after the Issue Date,

 

(1)

within 90 days (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-K by a non-accelerated filer) after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained therein, or required in such successor or comparable form;

 

(2)

within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all quarterly information that would be required to be contained in Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form;

 

(3)

promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, such other reports on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form; and

 

(4)

any other information, documents and other reports which the Issuer would be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form; provided that the Issuer shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Issuer will make available such information to prospective purchasers of Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, in each case within 15 days after the time the Issuer would be required to file such information with the SEC, if it were subject to Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Issuer will agree that, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, it will furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

214

---

Table of Contents

In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer becomes a guarantor of the Notes, the Indenture will permit the Issuer to satisfy its obligations in this covenant with respect to financial information relating to the Issuer by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

Events of Default and Remedies

The Indenture provides that each of the following is an Event of Default:

 

(1)

default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

 

(2)

default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest or Additional Interest on or with respect to the Notes;

 

(3)

failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less 30% in principal amount of the Notes to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above) contained in the Indenture or the Notes;

 

(4)

default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both:

 

(a)

such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and

 

(b)

the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $100.0 million or more at any one time outstanding;

 

(5)

failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $100.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;

 

(6)

certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary; or

 

(7)

the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, as the case may be, denies that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of the Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with the Indenture.

 

215

---

Table of Contents

If any Event of Default (other than of a type specified in clause (6) above) occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately.

Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) of the first paragraph of this section, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. The Indenture provides that the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. In addition, the Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if in the best judgment of the Trustee acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the Notes.

The Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture (except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any Note held by a non-consenting Holder) and rescind any acceleration and its consequences with respect to the Notes, provided such rescission would not conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:

 

(1)

the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or

 

(2)

holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

 

(3)

the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee thereunder, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless:

 

(1)

such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

(2)

Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(3)

Holders of the Notes have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;

 

(4)

the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

 

(5)

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

 

216

---

Table of Contents

Subject to certain restrictions, under the Indenture the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Senior Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

The Indenture provides that the Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required, within five Business Days, upon becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, as the case may be, will terminate (other than certain obligations) and will be released upon payment in full of all of the Notes. The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its obligations discharged with respect to the Notes and have the Issuer and each Guarantor’s obligation discharged with respect to its Guarantee (“Legal Defeasance”) and cure all then existing Events of Default except for:

 

(1)

the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to the Indenture;

 

(2)

the Issuer’s obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

 

(3)

the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and

 

(4)

the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.

In addition, the Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and those of each Guarantor released with respect to certain covenants that are described in the Indenture (“Covenant Defeasance”) and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default with respect to the Notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events pertaining to the Issuer) described under “Events of Default and Remedies” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes:

 

(1)

the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent

 

217

---

Table of Contents

public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes and the Issuer must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

 

(2)

in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

 

(a)

the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

 

(b)

since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(3)

in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(4)

no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

 

(5)

such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities, the Existing Senior Notes, the Existing Senior Secured Notes, the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes or the indentures pursuant to which the Existing Senior Notes, the Existing Senior Secured Notes and the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes were issued or any other material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which, the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting, with respect to any Indebtedness being defeased, from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to such Indebtedness, and the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

 

(6)

the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of Title 11 of the United States Code;

 

(7)

the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and

 

218

---

Table of Contents

(8)

the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

Satisfaction and Discharge

The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when either:

 

(1)

all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(2)

(a)          all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

 

(b)

no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to the Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities, Senior Subordinated Notes (or the indenture under which the Senior Subordinated Notes are issued) or any other material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

 

(c)

the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the Indenture; and

 

(d)

the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture, any Guarantee and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or

 

219

---

Table of Contents

exchange offer for, Notes, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes issued thereunder may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, other than Notes beneficially owned by the Issuer or its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes).

The Indenture provides that, without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:

 

(1)

reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

(2)

reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under the caption “Repurchase at the Option of Holders”);

 

(3)

reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

 

(4)

waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in the Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders;

 

(5)

make any Note payable in money other than that stated therein;

 

(6)

make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes;

 

(7)

make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions;

 

(8)

impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

 

(9)

make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or

 

(10)

except as expressly permitted by the Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Subsidiary in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee or the Indenture to which it is a party) and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture and any Guarantee or Notes without the consent of any Holder; (i) to securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes.

The consent of the Holders is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

Notices

Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing.

 

220

---

Table of Contents

Concerning the Trustee

The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee thereunder, should it become a creditor of the Issuer, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee is permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue or resign.

The Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Holder of the Notes, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Governing Law

The Indenture, the Notes and any Guarantee is governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

Certain Definitions

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. For purposes of the Indenture, unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.

“2018 Notes” means the $900,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 7 ³/8% senior notes due 2018 issued on the Issue Date.

“Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person,

 

(1)

Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

 

(2)

Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

“Additional Interest” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

 

(1)

1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and

 

221

---

Table of Contents

(2)

the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at November 15, 2015 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under the caption “Optional redemption”), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through November 15, 2015 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the principal amount of such Note.

“Asset Sale” means:

 

(1)

the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or

 

(2)

the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;

in each case, other than:

 

(a)

any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)

the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described above under “Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of all or Substantially all Assets” or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to the Indenture;

 

(c)

the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under the covenant described above under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

 

(d)

any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $50.0 million;

 

(e)

any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to another Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;

 

(f)

to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any comparable or successor provision, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

 

(g)

the lease, assignment or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

 

(h)

any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(i)

foreclosures, condemnation or any similar action on assets;

 

222

---

Table of Contents

(j)

sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

 

(k)

any financing transaction with respect to the acquisition or construction of property by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by the Indenture; and

 

(l)

any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contractual rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business.

“Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

“Capital Stock” means:

 

(1)

in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

 

(2)

in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

(3)

in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

 

(4)

any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

“Capitalized Software Expenditures” shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Cash Equivalents” means:

 

(1)

United States dollars;

 

(2)

(a)          euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or

 

(b)

in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

 

(3)

securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

(4)

certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

 

223

---

Table of Contents

(5)

repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

 

(6)

commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

 

(7)

marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

 

(8)

investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above;

 

(9)

readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

(10)

Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and

 

(11)

Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(1)

the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder; or

 

(2)

the Issuer becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies holding directly or indirectly 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer.

 

224

---

Table of Contents

“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and Capitalized Software Expenditures of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

 

(1)

consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount or premium resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than or greater than par, as applicable (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (t) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, (u) interest expense attributable to Indebtedness of a parent entity resulting from push-down accounting to the extent such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not liable for the payment of such Indebtedness, (v) any expense resulting from the discounting of any outstanding Indebtedness in connection with the application of purchase accounting in connection with any acquisition, (w) any Additional Interest and any comparable “additional interest” with respect to other securities, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility); plus

 

(2)

consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

 

(3)

interest income for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that, without duplication,

 

(1)

any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the Transaction to the extent incurred on or prior June 30, 2006), severance, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans shall be excluded,

 

(2)

the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period,

 

(3)

any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

 

225

---

Table of Contents

(4)

any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, shall be excluded,

 

(5)

the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,

 

(6)

solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(a) of the first paragraph of “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination wholly permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived, provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

 

(7)

effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in the property and equipment, software and other intangible assets, deferred revenue and debt line items in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transaction or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

 

(8)

any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded,

 

(9)

any impairment charge or asset write-off, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

 

(10)

any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights shall be excluded,

 

(11)

any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded,

 

(12)

accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after August 11, 2005 that are so required to be established as a result of the Transaction in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded, and

 

226

---

Table of Contents

(13)

to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), losses and expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” only (other than clause (3)(d) of the first paragraph thereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (3)(d) thereof.

“Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio” as of any date of determination means, the ratio of (1) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is secured by Liens as of the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur to (2) the Issuer’s EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

“Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Obligations in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes and similar instruments (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, all obligations relating to Receivables Facilities) and (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and all Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and maximum fixed repurchase prices, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to the Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Issuer.

“Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

 

(1)

to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

 

(2)

to advance or supply funds

 

227

---

Table of Contents

(a)

for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or

 

(b)

to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or

 

(3)

to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

“Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

“Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any parent corporation thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer or the applicable parent corporation thereof, as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph of the “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant.

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

“EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period

 

228

---

Table of Contents

(1)

increased (without duplication) by:

 

(a)

provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including, without limitation, federal, state, foreign, franchise and similar taxes (such as the Pennsylvania capital tax) and foreign withholding taxes (including penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from tax examinations) of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(b)

Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges), together with items excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses 1(t) through 1(z) thereof, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(c)

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(d)

any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes and (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(e)

the amount of any restructuring charge or reserve deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities; plus

 

(f)

any other non-cash charges, including any write offs or write downs, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

 

(g)

the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(h)

the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid in such period to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under “Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates”; plus

 

(i)

the amount of net cost savings projected by the Issuer in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken during such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the

 

229

---

Table of Contents

amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (x) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (y) such actions are taken within 36 months after the Issue Date and (z) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed $100.0 million for any four consecutive quarter period (which adjustments may be incremental to pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the second paragraph of the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”); plus

 

(j)

the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility; plus

 

(k)

any costs or expense incurred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

 

(2)

decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period, and

 

(3)

increased or decreased by (without duplication):

 

(a)

any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Financial Accounting Standards Codification No. 815—Derivatives and Hedging; plus or minus, as applicable, and

 

(b)

any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk and revaluations of intercompany balances).

“EMU” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

“Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

 

(1)

public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s or any direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-8;

 

(2)

issuances to any Subsidiary of the Issuer; and

 

(3)

any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

“euro” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

230

---

Table of Contents

“Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Issuer from

 

(1)

contributions to its common equity capital, and

 

(2)

the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer,

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an officer’s certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

“Existing 9 1/8% Notes” means any of the Issuer’s 9 1/8% senior notes due 2013 issued on August 1, 2005 and outstanding on the Issue Date after giving effect to the use of proceeds of the Notes as described in this prospectus.

“Existing 10.625% Notes” means the $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 10.625% senior notes due 2015 issued on September 29, 2008 and outstanding on the Issue Date.

“Existing Senior Notes” means (a) the Existing 9 1/8% Notes and (b) the Existing 10.625% Notes.

“Existing Senior Secured Notes” means the $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 4.875% senior notes due 2014 issued on January 15, 2004 and outstanding on the Issue Date.

“Existing Senior Subordinated Notes” means $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 10 1/4% senior subordinated notes due 2015 issued on August 11, 2005 and outstanding on the Issue Date.

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

 

231

---

Table of Contents

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate.

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:

 

(1)

Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;

 

(2)

all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock during such period; and

 

(3)

all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on August 11, 2005.

“Government Securities” means securities that are:

 

(1)

direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

 

(2)

obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

“guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

 

232

---

Table of Contents

“Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Indenture.

“Guarantor” means, each Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

“Holder” means the Person in whose name a Senior Note is registered on the registrar’s books.

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

 

(1)

any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

 

(a)

in respect of borrowed money;

 

(b)

evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

 

(c)

representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligations until, after 30 days of becoming due and payable, has not been paid and such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or

 

(d)

representing any Hedging Obligations;

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

 

(2)

to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(3)

to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;

provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or (b) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities.

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

 

233

---

Table of Contents

“Initial Purchasers” means J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

“Investment Grade Securities” means:

 

(1)

securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

 

(2)

debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

 

(3)

investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

 

(4)

corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of the Issuer in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”:

 

(1)

“Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

 

(a)

The Issuer “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less

 

(b)

the portion (proportionate to the Issuer equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

 

(2)

any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Issuer.

“Investors” means Silver Lake Partners, Bain Capital Partners, The Blackstone Group, Goldman Sachs Capital Partners, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., Providence Equity Partners, Inc., Texas Pacific Group and each of their respective Affiliates but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.

“Issue Date” means November 16, 2010.

 

234

---

Table of Contents

“Issuer” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph under “General”; provided that when used in the context of determining the fair market value of an asset or liability under the Indenture, “Issuer” shall be deemed to mean the board of directors of the Issuer when the fair market value is equal to or in excess of $250.0 million (unless otherwise expressly stated).

“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

“Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Senior Indebtedness required (other than required by clause (1) of the second paragraph of “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”) to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

“Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer or a Guarantor, as applicable.

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer or on behalf of a Guarantor by an Officer of such Guarantor, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, that meets the requirements set forth in the Indenture.

 

235

---

Table of Contents

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee.

“Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided, that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with the “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” covenant.

“Permitted Holders” means each of the Investors and members of management of the Issuer (or its direct parent) who are holders of Equity Interests of the Issuer (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) on the Issue Date and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided, that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies. Any Person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of the Indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

“Permitted Investments” means:

 

(1)

any Investment in the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(2)

any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

 

(3)

any Investment by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:

 

(a)

such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(b)

such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided, that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

 

(4)

any Investment in securities or other assets, including earnouts, not constituting cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

 

(5)

any Investment existing on the Issue Date;

 

(6)

any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:

 

(a)

in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or

 

(b)

as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

236

---

Table of Contents

(7)

Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (10) of the covenant described in “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

 

(8)

any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (8) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

(9)

Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer, or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph under the covenant described in “Certain Covenants—Limitations on Restricted Payments”;

 

(10)

guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under the covenant described in “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

 

(11)

any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates” (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5) and (9) of such paragraph);

 

(12)

Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;

 

(13)

additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (x) $750.0 million or (y) 3.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

(14)

Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer are necessary or advisable to effect any Receivables Facility;

 

(15)

advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $15.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate; and

 

(16)

loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company thereof.

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(1)

pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a

 

237

---

Table of Contents

party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(2)

Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

(3)

Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

(4)

Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

 

(5)

minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

(6)

Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (4), (12)(b), (18) or (19) of the second paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (18) extend only to the assets of Foreign Subsidiaries and Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (19) are solely on acquired property or the assets of the acquired entity, as the case may be;

 

(7)

Liens existing on the Issue Date;

 

(8)

Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(9)

Liens on property at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

238

---

Table of Contents

(10)

Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

 

(11)

customary Liens securing Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(12)

Liens on specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(13)

leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;

 

(14)

Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(15)

Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;

 

(16)

Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to the Issuer’s clients;

 

(17)

Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility;

 

(18)

Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8), (9) and (27); provided, however, that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8), (9) and (27) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under the Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

 

(19)

deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

 

(20)

other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed $50.0 million at any one time outstanding;

 

(21)

Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) under the caption “Events of default and remedies” so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

 

(22)

Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

 

239

---

Table of Contents

(23)

Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code, or any comparable or successor provision, on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

 

(24)

Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

 

(25)

Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

(26)

Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(27)

Liens to secure the Existing Senior Secured Notes.

For purposes of this definition and subclauses (2)(b) and (c) under “Certain Covenants—Liens,” the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

“Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

“Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Issuer in good faith.

“Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

“Receivables Facility” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the Obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

240

---

Table of Contents

“Receivables Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

“Receivables Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement related to the Notes dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers.

“Related Business Assets” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business, provided that any assets received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

“Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

“Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

“Senior Credit Facilities” means the Credit Facility under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 11, 2005, as amended and restated as of June 9, 2009, by and among SunGard Holdco LLC, the Issuer, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” above).

“Senior Indebtedness” means:

 

(1)

all Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities, the Existing Senior Secured Notes, the Existing Senior Notes or Notes and related Guarantees (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or similar

 

241

---

Table of Contents

proceeding or for reorganization of the Issuer or any Guarantor (at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings)), and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations, indemnification amounts, penalties, and other amounts (whether existing on the Issue Date or thereafter created or incurred) and all obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments;

 

(2)

all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) owing to a Lender (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities) or any Affiliate of such Lender (or any Person that was a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender at the time the applicable agreement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation was entered into), provided that such Hedging Obligations are permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Indenture;

 

(3)

any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Subordinated Notes or any related Guarantee; and

 

(4)

all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1), (2) and (3);

provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

 

(a)

any obligation of such Person to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(b)

any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;

 

(c)

any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(d)

any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or

 

(e)

that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of the Indenture.

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

“Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

“Sponsor Management Agreement” means the management agreement between certain of the management companies associated with the Investors and SunGard as in effect on the Issue Date.

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to the Notes,

 

(1)

any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and

 

(2)

any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Notes.

 

242

---

Table of Contents

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(1)

any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof or is consolidated under GAAP with such Person at such time; and

 

(2)

any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which

 

(x)

more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and

 

(y)

such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

“Total Assets” means the total assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Issuer or such other Person as may be expressly stated.

“Transaction” means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, the issuance of the Existing 9 1/8% Notes and the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes, the granting of Liens on the Existing Senior Secured Notes, fundings under any Receivables Facility and borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on or since August 11, 2005.

“Transaction Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 27, 2005 between Solar Capital Corp. and SunGard as amended from time to time prior to August 11, 2005.

“Treasury Rate” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to November 15, 2015; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to November 15, 2015 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

 

(1)

any Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Issuer, as provided below); and

 

(2)

any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

243

---

Table of Contents

The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that

 

(1)

any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer;

 

(2)

such designation complies with the covenants described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”; and

 

(3)

each of:

 

(a)

the Subsidiary to be so designated; and

 

(b)

its Subsidiaries

has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.

The Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:

 

(1)

the Issuer could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; or

 

(2)

the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation,

in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

Any such designation by the Issuer shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Issuer or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

 

(1)

the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

 

(2)

the sum of all such payments.

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

244

---

Table of Contents

CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL

INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

The exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will not constitute a taxable event to holders for United States federal income tax purposes. Consequently, no gain or loss will be recognized by a holder upon receipt of an exchange note, the holding period of the exchange note will include the holding period of the outstanding note exchanged therefor and the basis of the exchange note will be the same as the basis of the outstanding note immediately before the exchange.

In any event, persons considering the exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes should consult their own tax advisors concerning the United States federal income tax consequences in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

 

245

---

Table of Contents

CERTAIN ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a summary of certain considerations associated with the purchase and holding of the notes and the exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes by employee benefit plans that are subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), plans, individual retirement accounts and other arrangements that are subject to Section 4975 of the Code or provisions under any other federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other laws, rules or regulations that are similar to such provisions of ERISA or the Code (collectively, “Similar Laws”), and entities whose underlying assets are considered to include “plan assets” (within the meaning of ERISA) of any such plan, account or arrangement (each, a “Plan”).

General Fiduciary Matters

ERISA and the Code impose certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries of a Plan subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (an “ERISA Plan”) and prohibit certain transactions involving the assets of an ERISA Plan and its fiduciaries or other interested parties. Under ERISA and the Code, any person who exercises any discretionary authority or control over the administration of such an ERISA Plan or the management or disposition of the assets of such an ERISA Plan, or who renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation to such an ERISA Plan, is generally considered to be a fiduciary of the ERISA Plan.

In considering an investment in the notes of a portion of the assets of any Plan, a fiduciary should determine whether the investment is in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan and the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code or any Similar Law relating to a fiduciary’s duties to the Plan including, without limitation, the prudence, diversification, delegation of control and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA, the Code and any other applicable Similar Laws.

Prohibited Transaction Issues

Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit ERISA Plans from engaging in specified transactions involving “plan assets” with persons or entities who are “parties in interest,” within the meaning of ERISA, or “disqualified persons,” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, unless an exemption is available. A party in interest or disqualified person who engaged in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and/or the Code. In addition, the fiduciary of the ERISA Plan that engaged in such a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. The acquisition and/or holding of notes (including the exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes) by an ERISA Plan with respect to which we are considered a party in interest or disqualified person may constitute or result in a direct or indirect prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code, unless the investment is acquired and is held in accordance with an applicable statutory, class or individual prohibited transaction exemption. In this regard, the United States Department of Labor has issued prohibited transaction class exemptions (“PTCEs”) that may apply to the acquisition and holding of the notes. These class exemptions include, without limitation, PTCE 84-14, respecting transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers, PTCE 90-1, respecting insurance company pooled separate accounts, PTCE 91-38, respecting bank collective investment funds, PTCE 95-60, respecting life insurance company general accounts and PTCE 96-23, respecting transactions determined by in-house asset managers. In addition, Section 408(17) of ERISA and Section 4975(d)(20) of the Code provide relief from the prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code for certain transactions, provided that neither the issuer of the securities nor any of its affiliates (directly or indirectly) have or exercise any discretionary authority or control or render any investment advice with respect to the assets of any ERISA Plan involved in the transaction and provided further that the ERISA Plan pays no more than adequate consideration in connection with the transaction. There can be no assurance that all of the conditions of any such exemptions will be satisfied.

Because of the foregoing, the notes should not be purchased or held by any person investing “plan assets” of any Plan, unless such purchase and holding will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA and the Code or similar violation of any applicable Similar Laws.

 

246

---

Table of Contents

Representation

Accordingly, by acceptance of a note (including an exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes), each purchaser and subsequent transferee will be deemed to have represented and warranted that either (i) no portion of the assets used by such purchaser or transferee to acquire or hold the notes constitutes assets of any Plan or (ii) the purchase and holding of the notes by such purchaser or transferee will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or any similar violation under any applicable Similar Laws.

The foregoing discussion is general in nature and is not intended to be all-inclusive. Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties that may be imposed upon persons involved in non-exempt prohibited transactions, it is particularly important that fiduciaries or other persons considering purchasing the notes (and holding or disposing the notes) on behalf of, or with the assets of, any Plan, consult with their counsel regarding the potential applicability of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code and any Similar Laws to such transactions and whether an exemption would be applicable to the purchase, holding and disposition of the notes.

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for outstanding notes where such outstanding notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the consummation of the exchange offer, they will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, all dealers effecting transactions in the exchange notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such exchange notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit of any such resale of exchange notes and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

For a period of 180 days after the consummation of the registered exchange offer we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendments or supplements to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the holders of the outstanding notes) other than commissions or concessions of any broker-dealers and will indemnify you (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity and enforceability of the exchange notes and the related guarantees have been passed upon for us by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York. An investment vehicle comprised of several

 

247

---

Table of Contents

partners of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, members of their families, related persons and others own interests representing less than 1% of the capital commitments of funds affiliated with three of the Sponsors, Blackstone, KKR and Silver Lake.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 and management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting (which is included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting) as of December 31, 2010 included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We and our guarantor subsidiaries have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act with respect to the exchange notes being offered hereby. This prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information with respect to us, our guarantor subsidiaries and the exchange notes, reference is made to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete. We and our guarantor subsidiaries are subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance therewith, file reports and other information with the SEC. The registration statement, such reports and other information can be inspected and copied at the Public Reference Room of the SEC located at Room 1580, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549. Copies of such materials, including copies of all or any portion of the registration statement, can be obtained from the Public Reference Room of the SEC at prescribed rates. You can call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Such materials may also be accessed electronically by means of the SEC’s home page on the Internet (http://www.sec.gov).

So long as we and our guarantor subsidiaries are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, we and our guarantor subsidiaries are required to furnish the information required to be filed with the SEC to the trustee and the holders of outstanding notes. We and our guarantor subsidiaries have agreed that, even if we and our guarantor subsidiaries are not required under the Exchange Act to furnish such information to the SEC, we will nonetheless continue to furnish information that would be required to be furnished by us and our guarantor subsidiaries by Section 13 of the Exchange Act, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by our independent registered public accounting firm to the trustee and the holders of the outstanding notes or exchange notes as if we were subject to such periodic reporting requirements.

 

248

---

Table of Contents

SunGard Data Systems Inc.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting			F-2
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm			F-3
SunGard Data Systems Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2010			F-4
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010			F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010			F-6
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholder’s Equity for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010			F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements			F-8

 

F-1

---

Table of Contents

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of the Company’s financial reporting for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate. Management conducted an assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria established by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control—Integrated Framework. Based on the assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2010, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.

The independent registered public accounting firm that audited the financial statements included in this annual report has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The attestation report is included herein.

SunGard Data Systems Inc.

 

F-2

---

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of SunGard Data Systems Inc.:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related statements of operations, of changes in stockholder’s equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of SunGard Data Systems Inc. and its subsidiaries (“SDS”) at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, SDS maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). SDS’ management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on SDS’ internal control over financial reporting based on our audits (which was an integrated audit in 2010). We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

March 1, 2011

 

F-3

---

Table of Contents

SunGard Data Systems Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

(In millions except share and per-share amounts)		December 31, 2009				December 31, 2010
Assets
Current:
Cash and cash equivalents		$	642			$	778
Trade receivables, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $48 and $41			925				894
Earned but unbilled receivables			163				167
Prepaid expenses and other current assets			172				178
Clearing broker assets			332				230
Deferred income taxes			19				10
Current assets of discontinued operations			90				—
Total current assets			2,343				2,257
Property and equipment, less accumulated depreciation of $931 and $1,135			919				918
Software products, less accumulated amortization of $1,069 and $1,301			1,014				809
Customer base, less accumulated amortization of $918 and $1,158			2,239				2,000
Other intangible assets, less accumulated amortization of $24 and $23			193				187
Trade name, less accumulated amortization of $10 and $7			1,025				1,023
Goodwill			6,027				5,774
Long-term assets of discontinued operations			220				—
Total Assets		$	13,980			$	12,968
Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity
Current:
Short-term and current portion of long-term debt		$	64			$	9
Accounts payable			61				64
Accrued compensation and benefits			311				302
Accrued interest expense			146				103
Other accrued expenses			387				423
Clearing broker liabilities			294				210
Deferred revenue			1,025				997
Current liabilities of discontinued operations			60				—
Total current liabilities			2,348				2,108
Long-term debt			8,251				8,046
Deferred income taxes			1,298				1,207
Long-term liabilities of discontinued operations			16				—
Total liabilities			11,913				11,361
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholder’s equity:
Common stock, par value $.01 per share; 100 shares authorized, issued and outstanding			—				—
Capital in excess of par value			3,755				3,773
Accumulated deficit			(1,567	)			(2,137	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income			(121	)			(29	)
Total stockholder’s equity			2,067				1,607
Total Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity		$	13,980			$	12,968

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4

---

Table of Contents

SunGard Data Systems Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

		Year ended December 31,
(In millions)		2008				2009				2010
Revenue:
Services		$	4,898			$	4,844			$	4,485
License and resale fees			359				324				380
Total products and services			5,257				5,168				4,865
Reimbursed expenses			144				164				127
			5,401				5,332				4,992
Costs and expenses:
Cost of sales and direct operating			2,601				2,534				2,201
Sales, marketing and administration			1,113				1,088				1,141
Product development			309				348				370
Depreciation and amortization			274				288				291
Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets			472				529				484
Goodwill impairment charges .			—				1,126				237
			4,769				5,913				4,724
Operating income (loss)			632				(581	)			268
Interest income			17				7				2
Interest expense and amortization of deferred financing fees			(597	)			(637	)			(638	)
Loss on extinguishment of debt			—				—				(58	)
Other income (expense)			(93	)			15				7
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes			(41	)			(1,196	)			(419	)
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes			(51	)			74				29
Loss from continuing operations			(92	)			(1,122	)			(390	)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax			(150	)			4				(180	)
Net loss		$	(242	)		$	(1,118	)		$	(570	)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5

---

Table of Contents

SunGard Data Systems Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

		Year ended December 31,
(In millions)		2008				2009				2010
Cash flow from operations:
Net loss		$	(242	)		$	(1,118	)		$	(570	)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations			(150	)			4				(180	)
Loss from continuing operations			(92	)			(1,122	)			(390	)
Reconciliation of loss from continuing operations to cash flow from operations:
Depreciation and amortization			746				817				775
Goodwill impairment charge			—				1,126				237
Deferred income tax benefit			(95	)			(166	)			(91	)
Stock compensation expense			35				33				31
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount			37				42				43
Loss on extinguishment of debt			—				—				58
Other noncash items			50				(14	)			3
Accounts receivable and other current assets			(351	)			(57	)			33
Accounts payable and accrued expenses			(14	)			(74	)			27
Clearing broker assets and liabilities, net			36				(39	)			18
Deferred revenue			24				60				(30	)
Cash flow from continuing operations			376				606				714
Cash flow from discontinued operations			9				33				7
Cash flow from operations			385				639				721
Investment activities:
Cash paid for acquired businesses, net of cash acquired			(721	)			(13	)			(82	)
Cash paid for property and equipment and software			(391	)			(323	)			(312	)
Other investing activities			4				5				9
Cash used in continuing operations			(1,108	)			(331	)			(385	)
Cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations			(17	)			(2	)			125
Cash used in investment activities			(1,125	)			(333	)			(260	)
Financing activities:
Cash received from borrowings, net of fees			1,444				202				1,633
Cash used to repay debt			(103	)			(825	)			(1,924	)
Premium paid to retire debt.			—				—				(41	)
Other financing activities.			(22	)			(3	)			(12	)
Cash used in continuing operations			1,319				(626	)			(344	)
Cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations			—				(2	)			—
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities			1,319				(628	)			(344	)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash			(31	)			11				(3	)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents			548				(311	)			114
Beginning cash and cash equivalents includes cash of discontinued operations: 2008, $25; 2009, $10; 2010, $22			427				975				664
Ending cash and cash equivalents includes cash of discontinued operations: 2008, $10; 2009, $22; 2010, $0		$	975			$	664			$	778

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6

---

Table of Contents

SunGard Data Systems Inc.

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholder’s Equity

 

		Common Stock												Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)				Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)								Total
(in millions)		Number of Shares issued				Par Value				Capital in Excess of Par Value								Foreign Currency Translation				Net Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Derivative Instruments
Balances at December 31, 2007			—			$	—			$	3,694			$	(207	)		$	90			$	(21	)		$	3,556
Comprehensive loss:
Net loss			—				—				—				(242	)			—				—				(242	)
Foreign currency translation			—				—				—				—				(249	)			—				(249	)
Net unrealized loss on derivative instruments (net of tax benefit of $25)			—				—				—				—				—				(39	)			(39	)
Total comprehensive loss																											(530	)
Stock compensation expense			—				—				35				—				—				—				35
Other			—				—				2				—				—				—				2
Balances at December 31, 2008			—				—				3,731				(449	)			(159	)			(60	)			3,063
Comprehensive loss:
Net loss			—				—				—				(1,118	)			—				—				(1,118	)
Foreign currency translation			—				—				—				—				80								80
Net unrealized gain on derivative instruments (net of tax provision of $11)			—				—				—				—				—				18				18
Total comprehensive loss																											(1,020	)
Stock compensation expense			—				—				33				—				—				—				33
Other			—				—				(9	)			—				—				—				(9	)
Balances at December 31, 2009			—				—				3,755				(1,567	)			(79	)			(42	)			2,067
Comprehensive loss:
Net loss			—				—				—				(570	)			—				—				(570	)
Foreign currency translation including the impact of the sale of a business of $109			—				—				—				—				68				—				68
Net unrealized gain on derivative instruments (net of tax provision of $12)			—				—				—				—				—				24				24
Total comprehensive loss																											(478	)
Stock compensation expense			—				—				31				—				—				—				31
Other			—				—				(13	)			—				—				—				(13	)
Balances at December 31, 2010			—			$	—			$	3,773			$	(2,137	)		$	(11	)		$	(18	)		$	1,607

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7

---

Table of Contents

SunGard Data Systems Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

SunGard Data Systems Inc. (“SunGard” or the “Company”) was acquired on August 11, 2005 (the “LBO”) in a leveraged buy-out by a consortium of private equity investment funds associated with Bain Capital Partners, The Blackstone Group, Goldman Sachs & Co., Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., Providence Equity Partners, Silver Lake and TPG (collectively, the “Sponsors”).

SunGard is a wholly owned subsidiary of SunGard Holdco LLC, which is wholly owned by SunGard Holding Corp., which is wholly owned by SunGard Capital Corp. II (“SCCII”), which is a subsidiary of SunGard Capital Corp. (“SCC”). SCC and SCCII are collectively referred to as the “Parent Companies.” All four of these companies were formed in 2005 for the purpose of facilitating the LBO and are collectively referred to as the “Holding Companies.”

The Holding Companies have no other operations beyond those of their ownership of SunGard. SunGard is one of the world’s leading software and technology services companies and has four segments: Financial Systems (“FS”), Higher Education (“HE”), Public Sector (“PS”) and Availability Services (“AS”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated.

Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make many estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. The Company evaluates its estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis and revises them when necessary. Actual results may differ from the original or revised estimates.

The presentation of certain prior year amounts has been revised to conform to the current year presentation.

Revenue Recognition

In the fourth quarter of 2010 the Company adopted, retrospective to the beginning of the year, the provisions of Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-13, Revenue Recognition—Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements (“ASU 2009-13”) and Accounting Standards Update 2009-14, Software-Certain Revenue Arrangements that Include Software Elements (“ASU 2009-14”). ASU 2009-13 amended existing accounting guidance for revenue recognition for multiple-element arrangements by establishing a selling price hierarchy that allows for the best estimated selling price (“BESP”) to determine the allocation of arrangement consideration to a deliverable in a multiple element arrangement where neither vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) nor third-party evidence (“TPE”) is available for that deliverable. ASU 2009-14 modifies the scope of existing software guidance to exclude tangible products containing software components and non-software components that function together to deliver the product’s essential functionality. In addition, ASU 2009-14 provides guidance on how a vendor should allocate arrangement consideration to non-software and

 

F-8

---

Table of Contents

software deliverables in an arrangement where the vendor sells tangible products containing software components that are essential in delivering the tangible product’s functionality. The impact of the adoption of ASU 2009-13 and ASU 2009-14 was not material to the results of operations for 2010.

The following criteria must be met in determining whether revenue may be recorded: persuasive evidence of a contract exists; services have been provided; the price is fixed or determinable; and collection is reasonably assured.

The Company generates revenue from the following sources: (1) services revenue, which includes revenue from processing services, software maintenance and support, rentals, recovery and managed services, professional services and broker/dealer fees; and, (2) software license fees, which result from contracts that permit the customer to use a SunGard product at the customer’s site.

Services revenue is recorded as the services are provided based on the fair value of each element. Most AS services revenue consists of fixed monthly fees based upon the specific computer configuration or business process for which the service is being provided. When recovering from an interruption, customers generally are contractually obligated to pay additional fees, which typically cover the incremental costs of supporting customers during recoveries. FS services revenue includes monthly fees, which may include a fixed minimum fee and/or variable fees based on a measure of volume or activity, such as the number of accounts, trades or transactions, users or the number of hours of service.

For fixed-fee professional services contracts, services revenue is recorded based upon proportional performance, measured by the actual number of hours incurred divided by the total estimated number of hours for the project. Changes in the estimated costs or hours to complete the contract and losses, if any, are reflected in the period during which the change or loss becomes known.

License fees result from contracts that permit the customer to use a SunGard software product at the customer’s site. Generally, these contracts are multiple-element arrangements since they usually provide for professional services and ongoing software maintenance. In these instances, license fees are recognized upon the signing of the contract and delivery of the software if the license fee is fixed or determinable, collection is probable, and there is sufficient vendor specific evidence of the fair value of each undelivered element. When there are significant program modifications or customization, installation, systems integration or related services, the professional services and license revenue are combined and recorded based upon proportional performance, measured in the manner described above. Revenue is recorded when billed when customer payments are extended beyond normal billing terms, or at acceptance when there is significant acceptance, technology or service risk. Revenue also is recorded over the longest service period in those instances where the software is bundled together with post-delivery services and there is not sufficient evidence of the fair value of each undelivered service element.

With respect to software related multiple-element arrangements, sufficient evidence of fair value is defined as VSOE. If there is no VSOE of the fair value of the delivered element (which is usually the software) but there is VSOE of the fair value of each of the undelivered elements (which are usually maintenance and professional services), then the residual method is used to determine the revenue for the delivered element. The revenue for each of the undelivered elements is set at the fair value of those elements using VSOE of the price paid when each of the undelivered elements is sold separately. The revenue remaining after allocation to the undelivered elements (i.e., the residual) is allocated to the delivered element.

 

F-9

---

Table of Contents

VSOE supporting the fair value of maintenance is based on the optional renewal rates for each product and is typically 18% to 20% of the software license fee per year. VSOE supporting the fair value of professional services is based on the standard daily rates charged when those services are sold separately.

In some software related multiple-element arrangements, the services rates are discounted. In these cases, a portion of the software license fee is deferred and recognized as the services are performed based on VSOE of the services.

From time to time, the Company enters into arrangements with customers that purchase non-software related services at the same time, or within close proximity, of purchasing software (non-software multiple-element arrangements). Each element within a non-software multiple-element arrangement is accounted for as a separate unit of accounting provided the following criteria are met: the delivered services have value to the customer on a standalone basis; and for an arrangement that includes a general right of return relative to the delivered services, delivery or performance of the undelivered service is considered probable and is substantially controlled by the Company. Where the criteria for a separate unit of accounting are not met, the deliverable is combined with the undelivered element(s) and treated as a single unit of accounting for the purposes of allocation of the arrangement consideration and revenue recognition.

For non-software multiple-element arrangements, the Company allocates revenue to each element based on a selling price hierarchy at the arrangement inception. During 2008 and 2009 the fair value of each undelivered element was determined using VSOE, and the residual method was used to assign a fair value to the delivered element if its VSOE was not available. Under the new rules for 2010 described above, the selling price for each element is based upon the following selling price hierarchy: VSOE then TPE then BESP. The total arrangement consideration is allocated to each separate unit of accounting for each of the non-software deliverables using the relative selling prices of each unit based on this hierarchy. The Company limits the amount of revenue recognized for delivered elements to an amount that is not contingent upon future delivery of additional products or services or meeting of any specified performance conditions. Since under the new hierarchy a fair value for each element will be determinable, the residual method is no longer used.

To determine the selling price in non-software multiple-element arrangements, the Company establishes VSOE of the selling price using the price charged for a deliverable when sold separately. Where VSOE does not exist, TPE is established by evaluating similar competitor products or services in standalone arrangements with similarly situated customers. If the Company is unable to determine the selling price because VSOE or TPE doesn’t exist, it determines BESP for the purposes of allocating the arrangement by considering pricing practices, margin, competition and geographies in which it offers its products and services.

Unbilled receivables are created when services are performed or software is delivered and revenue is recognized in advance of billings. Deferred revenue is created when billing occurs in advance of performing services or when all revenue recognition criteria have not been met.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of investments that are readily convertible into cash and have original maturities of three months or less.

 

F-10

---

Table of Contents

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of accounts receivable. The Company sells a significant portion of its products and services to the financial services industry and could be affected by the overall condition of that industry. The Company believes that any credit risk associated with accounts receivable is substantially mitigated by the relatively large number of customer accounts and reasonably short collection terms. Accounts receivable are stated at estimated net realizable value, which approximates fair value. By policy, the Company places its available cash and short-term investments with institutions of high credit-quality and limits the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer.

Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currency of each of the Company’s foreign operations is generally the local currency of the country in which the operation is located. All assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars using exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Revenue and expenses are translated using average exchange rates during the period.

Increases and decreases in net assets resulting from foreign currency translation are reflected in stockholder’s equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets (three to eight years for equipment and ten to 40 years for buildings and improvements). Leasehold improvements are amortized ratably over their remaining lease term or useful life, if shorter. Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment in continuing operations was $237 million in 2008, $243 million in 2009 and $237 million in 2010.

Software Products

Software development costs are expensed as incurred and consist primarily of design and development costs of new products and significant enhancements to existing products incurred before the establishment of technological feasibility. Recoverable costs incurred subsequent to technological feasibility of new products and enhancements to existing products as well as costs associated with purchased software and software obtained through business acquisitions are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful lives of the related products, generally three to twelve years (average life is eight years), using the straight-line method or the ratio of current revenue to current and anticipated revenue from such software, whichever provides the greater amortization. Amortization of all software products of continuing operations, including software acquired in business acquisitions and software purchased for internal use, aggregated $253 million in 2008, $290 million in 2009 and $265 million in 2010. Capitalized development costs of continuing operations were $17 million in 2008, $16 million in 2009 and $15 million in 2010.

Purchase Accounting and Intangible Assets

Purchase accounting requires that all assets and liabilities be recorded at fair value on the acquisition date, including identifiable intangible assets separate from goodwill. Identifiable intangible assets include customer base (which includes customer contracts and relationships), software and trade name. Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets acquired.

 

F-11

---

Table of Contents

The estimated fair values and useful lives of identifiable intangible assets are based on many factors, including estimates and assumptions of future operating performance and cash flows of the acquired business, the nature of the business acquired, the specific characteristics of the identified intangible assets, and our historical experience and that of the acquired business. The estimates and assumptions used to determine the fair values and useful lives of identified intangible assets could change due to numerous factors, including product demand, market conditions, technological developments, economic conditions and competition. In connection with our determination of fair values for the LBO and for other significant acquisitions, the Company engages independent appraisal firms to assist with the valuation of intangible (and certain tangible) assets acquired and certain assumed obligations.

Customer Base Intangible Assets

Customer base intangible assets represent customer contracts and relationships obtained as a result of the LBO and as part of acquired businesses and are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, ranging from three to 18 years (average life is 12 years). Amortization of all customer base intangible assets of continuing operations aggregated $243 million in 2008, $274 million in 2009 and $266 million in 2010.

Effective January 1, 2009, the Company shortened the remaining useful lives of certain intangible assets to reflect revisions to estimated customer attrition rates. The impact of this revision was an increase in amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets of approximately $36 million in 2009.

Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets consist primarily of deferred financing costs incurred in connection with debt issued in the LBO and amendments to our debt and other financing transactions (see Note 5), noncompetition agreements obtained in business acquisitions, long-term accounts receivable, prepayments and long-term investments. Deferred financing costs are amortized over the term of the related debt. Noncompetition agreements are amortized using the straight-line method over their stated terms, ranging from two to five years.

Impairment Reviews for Long-Lived Assets

The Company periodically reviews carrying values and useful lives of long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. Factors that could indicate an impairment include significant underperformance of the asset as compared to historical or projected future operating results, or significant negative industry or economic trends. When the Company determines that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable, the related estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset are compared to the carrying value of the asset. If the sum of the estimated future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount, an impairment charge is recorded based on the difference between the carrying value of the asset and its fair value, which the Company estimates based on discounted expected future cash flows. In determining whether an asset is impaired, the Company makes assumptions regarding recoverability of costs, estimated future cash flows from the asset, intended use of the asset and other relevant factors. If these estimates or their related assumptions change, impairment charges for these assets may be required.

 

F-12

---

Table of Contents

Future Amortization of Acquisition-Related Intangible Assets

Based on amounts recorded at December 31, 2010, total expected amortization of all acquisition-related intangible assets in each of the years ended December 31 follows (in millions):

 

2011		$	463
2012			414
2013			360
2014			307
2015			248

Trade Name and Goodwill

The trade name intangible asset primarily represents the fair value of the SunGard trade name at August 11, 2005 and is an indefinite-lived asset and therefore is not subject to amortization but is reviewed at least annually for impairment. Other trade names are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets acquired. Generally accepted accounting principles require the Company to perform an impairment test, a two-step test, annually and more frequently when negative conditions or a triggering event arise. The Company completes its annual goodwill impairment test as of July 1. In step one, the estimated fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. The Company estimates the fair values of each reporting unit by a combination of (i) estimation of the discounted cash flows of each of the reporting units based on projected earnings in the future (the income approach) and (ii) a comparative analysis of revenue and EBITDA multiples of public companies in similar markets (the market approach). If there is a deficiency (the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than the carrying value), a step two test is required. In step two, the amount of any goodwill impairment is measured by comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to the carrying value of goodwill, with the resulting impairment reflected in operations. The implied fair value is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination.

Estimating the fair value of a reporting unit requires various assumptions including the use of projections of future cash flows and discount rates that reflect the risks associated with achieving those cash flows. The assumptions about future cash flows and growth rates are based on management’s assessment of a number of factors including the reporting unit’s recent performance against budget, performance in the market that the reporting unit serves as well as industry and general economic data from third party sources. Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in those future cash flows. Changes to the underlying businesses could affect the future cash flows, which in turn could affect the fair value of the reporting unit. For the most recent annual impairment test as of July 1, 2010, the discount rates used were 10% or 11% and perpetual growth rates used were 3% or 4%, based on the specific characteristics of the reporting unit.

Based on the results of the step one test for the July 1 annual impairment test for 2010, the Company determined that the carrying value of our Public Sector North America (“PS NA”), Public Sector United Kingdom (“PS UK”), which has since been sold and is included in discontinued operations, and Higher Education Managed Services (“HE MS”) reporting units were in excess of their respective fair values and a step two test was required for each of these reporting units. The primary driver for the decline in the fair value of each of the reporting units compared to the prior year is the reduction in the perpetual growth rate assumption used for each of these three reporting units, stemming from the disruption in the global financial markets, particularly the markets in which

 

F-13

---

Table of Contents

these three reporting units serve. Furthermore, there was a decline in the cash flow projections for the PS NA and PS UK reporting units, compared to those used in the 2009 goodwill impairment test, as a result of decline in the overall outlook for these two reporting units. Additionally, the discount rate assumption used for the PS UK reporting unit was higher than the discount rate used in the 2009 impairment test.

A one percentage point increase in the perpetual growth rate or a one percentage point decrease in the discount rate would have resulted in the HE MS reporting unit having a fair value in excess of carrying value and a step two test would not have been required.

Prior to completing the step two tests, the Company first evaluated the long-lived assets, primarily the software, customer base and property and equipment, for impairment. In performing the impairment tests for long-lived assets, the Company estimated the undiscounted cash flows for the asset groups over the remaining useful lives of the reporting unit’s primary asset and compared that to the carrying value of the asset groups. There was no impairment of the long-lived assets.

In completing the step two tests to determine the implied fair value of goodwill and therefore the amount of impairment, the Company first determined the fair value of the tangible and intangible assets and liabilities. Based on the testing performed, the Company determined that the carrying value of goodwill exceeded its implied fair value for each of the three reporting units and recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $328 million, of which $237 million is presented in continuing operations and $91 million in discontinued operations.

The Company has three other reporting units, whose goodwill balances total $2.1 billion as of December 31, 2010, where the excess of the estimated fair value over the carrying value of the reporting unit was less than 10% of the carrying value as of the July 1, 2010 impairment test. A one percentage point decrease in the perpetual growth rate or a one percentage point increase in the discount rate would cause each of these reporting units to fail the step one test and require a step two analysis, and some or all of this goodwill could be impaired. Furthermore, if any of these units fail to achieve expected performance levels or experience a downturn in the business below current expectations, goodwill could be impaired.

The Company’s remaining 10 reporting units, whose goodwill balances in aggregate total $3.2 billion as of December 31, 2010, each had estimated fair values in excess of 25% more than the carrying value of the reporting unit as of the July 1, 2010 impairment test.

During 2009, based on an evaluation of year-end results and a reduction in the revenue growth outlook for the AS business, the Company concluded that AS had experienced a triggering event in its North American reporting unit (“AS NA”), one of two reporting units identified in the July 1, 2009 annual impairment test where the excess of the estimated fair value over the carrying value was less than 10%. As a result, the Company determined that the carrying value of AS NA was in excess of its fair value. In completing the step two test we determined that the carrying value of AS NA’s goodwill exceeded its implied fair value by $1.13 billion and recorded a goodwill impairment charge for this amount.

As a result of the change in the economic environment in the second half of 2008 and completion of the annual budgeting process, the Company completed an assessment of the recoverability of our goodwill in December 2008. In completing this review, the Company considered a number of factors,

 

F-14

---

Table of Contents

including a comparison of the budgeted revenue and profitability for 2009 to that included in the annual impairment test conducted as of July 1, 2008, and the amount by which the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its carrying value in the 2008 impairment analysis, as well as qualitative factors such as the overall economy’s effect on each reporting unit. Based on this analysis, the Company concluded that the decline in expected future cash flows in one of its PS reporting units, which has since been sold and presented in discontinued operations, was sufficient to result in an impairment of goodwill of $128 million.

The following table summarizes changes in goodwill by segment (in millions):

 

		Cost																				Cumulative Impairment
		FS				HE				PS				AS				Subtotal				HE				PS				AS				Subtotal				Total
Balance at December 31, 2008		$	3,431			$	965			$	549			$	2,247			$	7,192			$	—			$	—			$	—			$	—			$	7,192
2009 acquisitions			2				—				—				—				2				—				—				—				—				2
Adjustments related to the LBO and prior year acquisitions			(9	)			(15	)			(14	)			(53	)			(91	)			—				—				—				—				(91	)
Impairment charges			—				—				—				—				—				—				—				(1,126	)			(1,126	)			(1,126	)
Effect of foreign currency translation			33				—				—				17				50				—				—				—				—				50
Balance at December 31, 2009			3,457				950				535				2,211				7,153				—				—				(1,126	)			(1,126	)			6,027
2010 acquisitions			24				—				—				1				25				—				—				—				—				25
Adjustments related to the LBO and prior year acquisitions			(2	)			—				(1	)			(1	)			(4	)			—				—				—				—				(4	)
Impairment charges			—				—				—				—				—				(32	)			(205	)			—				(237	)			(237	)
Effect of foreign currency translation			(29	)			—				—				(8	)			(37	)			—				—				—				—				(37	)
Balance at December 31, 2010		$	3,450			$	950			$	534			$	2,203			$	7,137			$	(32	)		$	(205	)		$	(1,126	)		$	(1,363	)		$	5,774

The 2009 adjustments related to the LBO and prior year acquisitions includes a $114 million adjustment to correct the income tax rate used to calculate the deferred tax liabilities associated with the intangible assets at the LBO date. The adjustment was not material to prior periods.

Stock Compensation

Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the appropriate service period. Fair value for stock options is computed using the Black-Scholes pricing model. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards requires considerable judgment, including estimating the expected term of stock options, expected volatility of the Company’s stock price, and the number of awards expected to be forfeited. In addition, for stock-based awards where vesting is dependent upon achieving certain operating performance goals, the Company estimates the likelihood of achieving the performance goals. Differences between actual results and these estimates could have a material effect on the consolidated financial results. A deferred income tax asset is recorded over the vesting period as stock compensation expense is recognized. The Company’s ability to use the deferred tax asset is ultimately based on the actual value of the stock option upon exercise or restricted stock unit upon distribution. If the actual value is lower than the fair value determined on the date of grant, there could be an income tax expense for the portion of the deferred tax asset that cannot be used, which could have a material effect on the consolidated financial results.

 

F-15

---

Table of Contents

Income Taxes

The Company recognizes deferred income tax assets and liabilities based upon the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the financial statements or tax returns. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are calculated based on the difference between the financial and tax bases of assets and liabilities using the currently enacted income tax rates in effect during the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized. Deferred tax assets for which no valuation allowance is recorded may not be realized upon changes in facts and circumstances. Tax benefits related to uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return are recorded when such benefits meet a more likely than not threshold. Otherwise, these tax benefits are recorded when a tax position has been effectively settled, which means that the appropriate taxing authority has completed their examination even though the statute of limitations remains open, or the statute of limitation expires. Considerable judgment is required in assessing and estimating these amounts and differences between the actual outcome of these future tax consequences and estimates made could have a material effect on the consolidated financial results.

2. Acquisitions and Discontinued Operations:

Acquisitions

The Company seeks to acquire businesses that broaden its existing product lines and service offerings by adding complementary products and service offerings and by expanding its geographic reach. During 2010, the Company completed three acquisitions in its FS segment and one in its AS segment. Cash paid, subject to certain adjustments, was $82 million.

During 2009, the Company completed three acquisitions in its FS segment, and, in 2008, the Company completed four acquisitions in its FS segment, including GL TRADE S.A., and two in its AS segment.

Pro Forma Financial Information (unaudited)

The following unaudited pro forma results of operations (in millions) for 2008 assumes that businesses acquired in 2008 and 2009 occurred as of the beginning of 2008 and were reflected in the Company’s results from that date. The pro forma effect of the 2010 acquisitions on 2010 was not material. The pro forma effect of the 2009 and 2010 acquisitions on 2009 was not material. For 2008, in addition to the businesses acquired in 2009, the pro forma results include the 2008 acquisitions, the more significant of which are GL TRADE S.A., Strohl Systems Group, Inc. and Advanced Portfolio Technologies, Inc. The 2010 acquisitions are excluded from the 2008 pro forma results. This unaudited pro forma information should not be relied upon as necessarily being indicative of the historical results that would have been obtained if the acquisitions had actually occurred at the beginning of each period presented, nor of the results that may be obtained in the future. The pro forma adjustments include the effect of purchase accounting adjustments, interest expense and related tax effects.

 

		2008
Revenue		$	5,823
Net loss			(256	)

 

F-16

---

Table of Contents

Discontinued Operations

In December 2010, the Company sold its PS UK operations for gross proceeds of £88 million ($138 million) and recorded a noncash loss on the sale of $94 million. In 2008 and 2010, impairment charges of $128 million and $91 million, respectively, were incurred related to the discontinued operations. The results for the discontinued operations for 2008, 2009 and 2010 were as follows (in millions):

 

		Year ended December 31,
		2008				2009				2010
Revenue		$	194			$	177			$	180
Operating income (loss), excluding goodwill impairment			(34	)			6				7
Goodwill impairment charge			(128	)			—				(91	)
Loss on disposal			—				—				(94	)
Interest expense			(1	)			—				—
Income (loss) before income taxes			(163	)			6				(178	)
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes			13				(2	)			(2	)
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations		$	(150	)		$	4			$	(180	)

3. Clearing Broker Assets and Liabilities:

Clearing broker assets and liabilities are comprised of the following (in millions):

 

		December 31, 2009				December 31, 2010
Segregated customer cash and treasury bills		$	153			$	57
Securities owned			40				—
Securities borrowed			116				154
Receivables from customers and other			23				19
Clearing broker assets		$	332			$	230
Payables to customers		$	163			$	19
Securities loaned			95				137
Customer securities sold short, not yet purchased			9				—
Payable to brokers and dealers			27				54
Clearing broker liabilities		$	294			$	210

Segregated customer cash and treasury bills are held by the Company on behalf of customers. Clearing broker securities consist of trading and investment securities at fair market values, which are based on quoted market rates. Securities borrowed and loaned are collateralized financing transactions which are cash deposits made to or received from other broker/dealers. Receivables from and payables to customers represent amounts due or payable on cash and margin transactions.

 

F-17

---

Table of Contents

4. Property and Equipment:

Property and equipment consisted of the following (in millions):

 

		December 31, 2009				December 31, 2010
Computer and telecommunications equipment		$	811			$	923
Leasehold improvements			708				772
Office furniture and equipment			118				142
Buildings and improvements			143				151
Land			22				19
Construction in progress			48				46
			1,850				2,053
Accumulated depreciation and amortization			(931	)			(1,135	)
		$	919			$	918

5. Debt and Derivative Instruments:

Debt consisted of the following (in millions):

 

		December 31, 2009				December 31, 2010
Senior Secured Credit Facility:
Secured revolving credit facility (A)		$	—			$	—
Tranche A, effective interest rate of 3.24% and 3.29% (A)			1,506				1,447
Tranche B, effective interest rate of 6.79% and 6.67% (A)			2,717				2,468
Incremental term loan, effective interest rate of 6.75% and 6.75% (A)			494				479
Total Senior Secured Credit Facility			4,717				4,394
Senior Notes due 2013 at 9.125% (C)			1,600				—
Senior Notes due 2014 at 4.875%, net of discount of $16 and $12 (B)			234				238
Senior Notes due 2015 at 10.625%, net of discount of $5 and $4 (C)			495				496
Senior Notes due 2018 at 7.375% (C)			—				900
Senior Notes due 2020 at 7.625% (C)			—				700
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 at 10.25% (C)			1,000				1,000
Secured accounts receivable facility, effective interest rate of 7.5% and 3.76% (D)			250				313
Other, primarily acquisition purchase price and capital lease obligations			19				14
			8,315				8,055
Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt			(64	)			(9	)
Long-term debt		$	8,251			$	8,046

 

F-18

---

Table of Contents

As a result of the LBO, the Company is highly leveraged. SunGard was in compliance with all covenants at December 31, 2010. Below is a summary of our debt instruments.

(A) Senior Secured Credit Facilities

SunGard’s senior secured credit facilities (Credit Agreement) consist of (1) $1.39 billion of U.S. dollar-denominated tranche A term loans and $62 million of pound sterling-denominated tranche A term loans, each maturing on February 28, 2014, collectively referred to as the unextended term loans, (2) $2.41 billion of U.S. dollar-denominated tranche B term loans and $60 million of pound sterling-denominated tranche B term loans, each maturing on February 28, 2016, collectively referred to as the extended term loans, (3) $479 million of U.S. dollar-denominated incremental term loans maturing on February 28, 2014 and (4) an $829 million revolving credit facility with $580 million of commitments terminating on May 11, 2013, referred to as the extended revolving credit loans, and $249 million of commitments terminating on August 11, 2011, referred to as the unextended revolving credit loans. As of December 31, 2010, $796 million was available for borrowing under the revolving credit facility after giving effect to certain outstanding letters of credit.

Borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, either (a) a base rate that is the higher of (1) the prime rate of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and (2) the federal funds rate plus 1/2 of 1% or (b) LIBOR based on the costs of funds for deposits in the currency of such borrowing for either 30, 60, 90 or 180 days. The applicable margin for borrowings under the revolving credit facility and the term loan facility may change subject to attaining certain leverage ratios. In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the senior secured credit facilities, we pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facility in respect of the unutilized commitments. The commitment fee rates with respect to unused commitments terminating in 2011 and unused commitments terminating in 2013 are 0.50% per annum and 0.75% per annum, respectively, and may change subject to attaining certain leverage ratios. As of December 31, 2010, the interest rate for the extended term loans, after adjusting for interest rate swaps, was 6.67% and for the unextended term loans, after adjusting for interest rate swaps, was 3.29%. As of December 31, 2010, the interest rate options available under the revolving credit facility were (a) the base rate, which was 4.25% for the unextended revolving credit loans and 5.50% for extended revolving credit loans or (b) LIBOR plus 2.00% for unextended revolving credit loans and LIBOR plus 3.25% for extended revolving credit loans.

All obligations under the senior secured credit facilities are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by SunGard Holdco LLC and by substantially all domestic, 100% owned subsidiaries, referred to, collectively, as Guarantors.

SunGard is required to repay installments on the loans under the term loan facilities in quarterly principal amounts of 0.25% of their funded total principal amount through the maturity date for each class of term loans, at which time the remaining aggregate principal balance is due. Maturity dates for our tranche B term loan facilities will automatically become May 15, 2015 if the Senior Subordinated Notes are not extended, renewed or refinanced on or prior to May 15, 2015.

The senior secured credit facilities also require SunGard to prepay outstanding term loans, subject to certain exceptions, with excess cash flow and proceeds from certain asset sales, casualty and condemnation events, other borrowings and certain financings under SunGard’s accounts receivable securitization program. Any required payments would be applied pro rata to the term loan lenders and to installments of the term loan facilities in direct order of maturity.

 

F-19

---

Table of Contents

The senior secured credit facilities contain a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, SunGard’s (and most or all of its subsidiaries’) ability to incur additional debt or issue preferred stock, pay dividends and distributions on or repurchase capital stock, create liens on assets, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, repay subordinated indebtedness, make investments, loans or advances, make capital expenditures, engage in certain transactions with affiliates, amend certain material agreements, change its lines of business, sell assets and engage in mergers or consolidations. In addition, under the senior secured credit facilities, SunGard is required to satisfy certain total leverage and interest coverage ratios.

In December 2010, we sold our PS UK operation for gross proceeds of £88 million ($138 million). Under SunGard’s debt covenants, the Company was required to apply the “Net Proceeds,” as defined in the Credit Agreement, to the repayment of outstanding term loans. Accordingly, SunGard repaid $96 million of its US dollar-denominated term loans, $3 million of pound sterling-denominated term loans and $2 million of our euro-denominated term loans. In addition, and concurrent with these mandatory prepayments, other available cash was used to voluntarily repay the remaining $164 million balance outstanding on the euro-denominated term loans. As a result of the repayment, SunGard is not required to make quarterly principal payments on the term loans until December 2012.

In June 2009, SunGard amended and restated its existing Credit Agreement to (a) extend the maturity date of $2.5 billion of its U.S. dollar-denominated term loans, £40 million of pound sterling-denominated term loans, and €120 million of euro-denominated term loans from February 2014 to February 2016, (b) reduce existing revolving credit commitments to $829 million from $1 billion and extend the termination date of $580 million of those commitments to May 2013, and (c) amend certain other provisions including those related to negative and financial covenants.

In September 2008, the Credit Agreement was amended to increase the amount of term loan borrowings by SunGard under the Credit Agreement by $500 million (“Incremental Term Loan”), and SunGard issued at a $6 million discount $500 million aggregate principal amount of 10.625% Senior Notes due 2015, together with the Incremental Term Loan, to fund the acquisition of GL TRADE and repay $250 million of senior notes due in January 2009. The second amendment to the Credit Agreement in September 2008 changed certain terms applicable to the Incremental Term Loan. Borrowings can be at either a Base Rate or a Eurocurrency Rate. Base Rate borrowings reset daily and bear interest at a minimum of 4.0% plus a spread of 2.75%. Eurocurrency borrowings can be made for periods of 30, 60, 90 or 180 days and bear interest at a minimum of 3.0% plus a spread of 3.75%. The interest rate at each of December 31, 2009 and 2010 was 6.75%. In January 2011, we amended SunGard’s Incremental Term Loan to (a) eliminate the LIBOR and Base Rate floors and (b) reduce the Eurocurrency Rate spread from 3.75% to 3.50% and the base rate spread from 2.75% to 2.50% with no impact on maturity.

 

 

F-20

---

Table of Contents

SunGard uses interest rate swap agreements to manage the amount of its floating rate debt in order to reduce its exposure to variable rate interest payments associated with the senior secured credit facilities. SunGard pays a stream of fixed interest payments for the term of the swap, and in turn, receives variable interest payments based on the one-month LIBOR rate or three-month LIBOR rate, which were 0.26% and 0.30%, respectively, at December 31, 2010. The net receipt or payment from the interest rate swap agreements is included in interest expense. A summary of the Company’s interest rate swaps at December 31, 2010 follows:

 

Inception		Maturity		Notional Amount (in millions)				Interest rate paid				Interest rate received (LIBOR)
February 2006		February 2011		$	800				5.00	%			3-Month
January 2008		February 2011			750				3.17	%			3-Month
January/February 2009		February 2012			1,200				1.78	%			1-Month
February 2010		May 2013			500				1.99	%			3-Month
Total / Weighted Average interest rate				$	3,250				2.93	%

The interest rate swaps are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges and are included at estimated fair value as an asset or a liability in the consolidated balance sheet based on a discounted cash flow model using applicable market swap rates and certain assumptions. For 2008, 2009 and 2010, SunGard included an unrealized after-tax loss of $39 million, an unrealized after-tax gain of $18 million, and an unrealized after-tax gain of $21 million, respectively, in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) related to the change in market value on the swaps. The market value of the swaps recorded in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) may be recognized in the statement of operations if certain terms of the senior secured credit facilities change or if the loan is extinguished. The $70 million and $38 million fair value of the swap agreements at December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively, is included in accrued expenses. The effects of the interest rate swaps are reflected in the effective interest rate for the senior secured credit facilities in the components of debt table above.

The table below summarizes the impact of the effective portion of interest rate swaps on the balance sheets and statements of operations for 2008, 2009 and 2010 (in millions):

 

		Classification		2008				2009				2010
Gain (loss) recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (OCI)		OCI		$	(96	)		$	(51	)		$	(49	)
Loss reclassified from accumulated OCI into income		Interest expense and amortization of deferred financing fees			32				80				85

The Company had no ineffectiveness related to its swap agreements.

The Company expects to reclassify in the next twelve months approximately $33 million of expense from accumulated other comprehensive income into earnings related to the Company’s interest rate swaps based on the borrowing rates at December 31, 2010.

(B) Senior Notes due 2009 and 2014

On January 15, 2004, SunGard issued $500 million of senior unsecured notes, of which $250 million 3.75% notes were due and paid in full in January 2009 and $250 million 4.875% notes are due

 

F-21

---

Table of Contents

2014, which are subject to certain standard covenants. As a result of the LBO, these senior notes became collateralized on an equal and ratable basis with loans under the senior secured credit facilities and are guaranteed by all subsidiaries that guarantee the senior notes due 2013, 2015, 2018 and 2020 and senior subordinated notes due 2015. The senior notes due 2014 are recorded at $234 million and $238 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively, reflecting the remaining unamortized discount caused by the LBO. The $12 million discount at December 31, 2010 will be amortized and included in interest expense over the remaining periods to maturity.

(C) Senior Notes due 2013, 2015, 2018 and 2020 and Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015

The senior notes due 2013, 2015, 2018 and 2020 are senior unsecured obligations that rank senior in right of payment to future debt and other obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the senior notes, including the senior subordinated notes. The senior notes (i) rank equally in right of payment to all existing and future senior debt and other obligations that are not, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the senior notes, (ii) are effectively subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future secured debt to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, and (iii) are structurally subordinated to all obligations of each subsidiary that is not a guarantor of the senior notes. All obligations under the senior notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all domestic, wholly owned subsidiaries of SunGard. In November 2010, SunGard issued $900 million of 7.375% senior notes due 2018 and $700 million of 7.625% senior notes due 2020 and used the proceeds and excess cash to retire the $1.6 billion 9.125% senior notes due 2013.

The senior subordinated notes due 2015 are unsecured senior subordinated obligations that are subordinated in right of payment to the existing and future senior debt, including the senior secured credit facilities, the senior notes due 2009 and 2014 and the senior notes due 2013, 2015, 2018 and 2020. The senior subordinated notes (i) rank equally in right of payment to all future senior subordinated debt, (ii) are effectively subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future secured debt to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, (iii) are structurally subordinated to all obligations of each subsidiary that is not a guarantor of the senior subordinated notes, and (iv) rank senior in right of payment to all future debt and other obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the senior subordinated notes.

The senior notes due 2015, 2018 and 2020 and senior subordinated notes due 2015 are redeemable in whole or in part, at SunGard’s option, at any time at varying redemption prices that generally include premiums, which are defined in the applicable indentures. In addition, upon a change of control, SunGard is required to make an offer to redeem all of the senior notes and senior subordinated notes at a redemption price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest.

The indentures governing the senior notes due 2015, 2018 and 2020 and senior subordinated notes due 2015 contain a number of covenants that restrict, subject to certain exceptions, SunGard’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional debt or issue certain preferred shares, pay dividends on or make other distributions in respect of its capital stock or make other restricted payments, make certain investments, enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates, create liens securing certain debt without securing the senior notes due 2015, 2018 and 2020 or senior subordinated notes due 2015, as applicable, sell certain assets, consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets and designate its subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

 

F-22

---

Table of Contents

The senior notes due 2018 and 2020 contain registration rights by which the Company has agreed to use its reasonable best efforts to register with the U.S. Securities & Exchange Commission notes having substantially identical terms. The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to cause the exchange offer to be completed or, if required, to have one or more shelf registration statements declared effective, within 360 days after the issue date of the senior notes due 2018 and 2020.

If the Company fails to meet this target (a “registration default”) with respect to the senior notes due 2018 and 2020, the annual interest rate on the senior notes due 2018 and 2020 will increase by 0.25% for each subsequent 90-day period during which the registration default continues, up to a maximum additional interest rate of 1.0% per year over the applicable interest rate. If the registration default is corrected or, if it is not corrected, upon the two year anniversary of the issue date of the senior notes due 2018 and 2020, the applicable interest rate on such senior notes due 2018 and 2020 will revert to the original level.

(D) Accounts Receivable Securitization Program

In December 2008, SunGard terminated its off-balance sheet accounts receivable securitization program. Under this accounts receivable facility, eligible receivables were sold to third-party conduits through a wholly owned, bankruptcy remote, special purpose entity that was not consolidated for financial reporting purposes. SunGard serviced the receivables and charged a monthly servicing fee at market rates. The third-party conduits were sponsored by certain lenders under SunGard’s senior secured credit facilities. Sales of receivables under the facility qualified as sales under applicable accounting rules. Accordingly, at December 31, 2008, these receivables, totaling $363 million, net of applicable allowances, and the corresponding borrowings totaling $77 million were excluded from SunGard’s consolidated balance sheet. SunGard’s retained interest in receivables sold as of December 31, 2008 was $285 million. The loss on sale of receivables and discount on retained interests were included in other expense and totaled $25 million for 2008. The gain or loss on sale of receivables was determined at the date of transfer based upon the fair value of the assets sold and the interests retained. SunGard estimated fair value based on the present value of expected cash flows.

In March 2009, SunGard entered into a syndicated three-year receivables facility. The facility limit was $317 million, which consisted of a term loan commitment of $181 million and a revolving commitment of $136 million. Advances may be borrowed and repaid under the revolving commitment with no impact on the facility limit. The term loan commitment may be repaid at any time at SunGard’s option, but will result in a permanent reduction in the facility limit. On September 30, 2010, SunGard entered into an Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement (“Agreement”) related to its receivables facility. Among other things, the amendment (a) increased the borrowing capacity under the facility from $317 million to $350 million, (b) increased the term loan component to $200 million from $181 million, (c) extended the maturity date to September 30, 2014, (d) removed the 3% LIBOR floor and set the interest rate to one-month LIBOR plus 3.5%, which at December 31, 2010 was 3.76%, and (e) amended certain terms. At December 31, 2010, $200 million was drawn against the term loan commitment and $113 million was drawn against the revolving commitment, which represented the full amount available for borrowing based on the terms and conditions of the facility. At December 31, 2010, $680 million of accounts receivable secure the borrowings under the receivables facility.

The facility is subject to a fee on the unused portion of 1.00% per annum. The receivables facility contains certain covenants and SunGard is required to satisfy and maintain specified facility performance ratios, financial ratios and other financial condition tests.

 

F-23

---

Table of Contents

Future Maturities

At December 31, 2010, annual maturities of long-term debt during the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in millions):

 

2011		$	9
2012			8
2013			47
2014(1)			2,482
2015(2)			1,522
Thereafter			3,987

 

(1)	Included in 2014 are debt discounts of $12 million.

(2)	Included in 2015 are debt discounts of $4 million.

6. Fair Value Measurements:

The following table summarizes assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2010 (in millions):

 

		Fair Value Measures Using												Total
		Level 1				Level 2				Level 3
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents—money market funds		$	210			$	—			$	—			$	210
Clearing broker assets—treasury bills			2				—				—				2
		$	212			$	—			$	—			$	212
Liabilities
Interest rate swap agreements and other		$	—			$	34			$	—			$	34

The following table summarizes assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2009 (in millions):

 

		Fair Value Measures Using												Total
		Level 1				Level 2				Level 3
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents—money market funds		$	168			$	—			$	—			$	168
Clearing broker assets—treasury bills			151				—				—				151
Clearing broker assets—securities owned			40				—				—				40
		$	359			$	—			$	—			$	359
Liabilities
Clearing broker liabilities—customer securities sold short, not yet purchased		$	9			$	—			$	—			$	9
Interest rate swap agreements			—				70				—				70
		$	9			$	70			$	—			$	79

 

F-24

---

Table of Contents

A Level 1 fair value measure is based upon quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. A Level 2 fair value measure is based upon quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs that are observable. A Level 3 fair value measure is based upon inputs that are unobservable (for example, cash flow modeling inputs based on assumptions).

Cash and cash equivalents—money market funds and Clearing broker assets—U.S. treasury bills are recognized and measured at fair value in the Company’s financial statements. Clearing broker assets and liabilities—securities owned and customer securities sold short, not yet purchased are recorded at closing exchange-quoted prices. Fair values of the interest rate swap agreements are calculated using a discounted cash flow model using observable applicable market swap rates and assumptions and are compared to market valuations obtained from brokers.

During 2009, the Company recorded impairment charges on certain of its FS customer base and software assets of $18 million and $17 million, respectively, as a result of changes to the cash flow projections of the applicable businesses. These non-recurring fair value measures are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy and were valued using discounted cash flow models. The valuation inputs included estimates of future cash flows, expectations about possible variations in the amount and timing of cash flows and discount rates based on the risk-adjusted cost of capital.

The following table summarizes assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2010 (in millions):

 

		Fair Value Measures Using
		Level 1				Level 2				Level 3				Total Gains (Losses)
Assets
Goodwill		$	—			$	—			$	560			$	(328	)

The following table summarizes assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2009 (in millions):

 

		Fair Value Measures Using
		Level 1				Level 2				Level 3				Total Gains (Losses)
Assets
Goodwill		$	—			$	—			$	928			$	(1,126	)

The fair value of goodwill is categorized in Level 3, fair value measurement using significant unobservable inputs, and is estimated by a combination of discounted cash flows based on (i) projected earnings in the future (the income approach) and (ii) a comparative analysis of revenue and EBITDA multiples of public companies in similar markets (the market approach). This requires the use of various assumptions including projections of future cash flows, perpetual growth rates and discount rates. Goodwill with a carrying value of $888 million was written down to fair value of $560 million and a $328 million impairment loss was recognized, of which $237 million is reflected in continuing operations and $91 million is reflected in discontinued operations as discussed further in Notes 1 and 2.

 

F-25

---

Table of Contents

Goodwill with a carrying value of $2,054 million was written down to fair value of $928 million and a $1,126 million impairment loss was recognized, which is reflected in continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2009 as discussed further in Note 1.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following table presents the carrying amounts and fair values of financial instruments (in millions):

 

		December 31, 2009								December 31, 2010
		Carrying Value				Fair Value				Carrying Value				Fair Value
Floating rate debt		$	4,967			$	4,815			$	4,707			$	4,644
Fixed rate debt			3,348				3,507				3,348				3,432

The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, to the extent the underlying liability will be settled in cash, approximate carrying values because of the short-term nature of these instruments. The derivative financial instruments are carried at fair value. The fair value of SunGard’s floating rate and fixed rate long-term debt is primarily based on market rates.

7. Stock Option and Award Plans and Stock-Based Compensation:

The SunGard 2005 Management Incentive Plan as amended from time to time (Plan) was established to provide long-term equity incentives. The Plan authorizes the issuance of equity subject to awards made under the Plan for up to 70 million shares of Class A common stock and 7 million shares of Class L common stock of SCC and 2.5 million shares of preferred stock of SCCII.

Under the Plan, awards of time-based and performance-based options have been granted to purchase “Units” in the Parent Companies. Each “Unit” consists of 1.3 shares of Class A common stock and 0.1444 shares of Class L common stock of SCC and 0.05 shares of preferred stock of SCCII. The shares comprising a Unit are in the same proportion as the shares issued to all stockholders of the Parent Companies. Options on Units are exercisable only for whole Units and cannot be separately exercised for the individual classes of stock. Beginning in 2007, hybrid equity awards generally were granted under the Plan, which awards are composed of restricted stock units (RSUs) for Units and options to purchase Class A common stock in SCC. Currently, equity awards are being granted for RSUs. All awards under the Plan are granted at fair market value on the date of grant.

Time-based options vest over five years as follows: 25% one year after date of grant, and 1/48th of the remaining balance each month thereafter for 48 months. Time-based RSUs vest over five years as follows: 10% one year after date of grant, and 1/48th of the remaining balance each month thereafter for 48 months. Performance-based options and RSUs are earned upon the attainment of certain annual earnings goals based on Internal EBITA (defined as operating income before amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, stock compensation expense and certain other items) targets for the Company during a specified performance period, generally five years. Time-based and performance-based options can partially or fully vest upon a change of control and certain other termination events, subject to certain conditions, and expire ten years from the date of grant. Once vested, time-based and performance-based RSUs become payable in shares upon the first to occur of a change of control, separation from service without cause, or the date that is five years (ten years for modified performance-based RSUs) after the date of grant.

 

F-26

---

Table of Contents

During the third quarter of 2009, the Company amended the terms of unvested performance awards granted prior to 2009 by (i) reducing performance targets for 2009 and 2010 to budgeted Internal EBITA, (ii) reducing the number of shares that are earned at the reduced targets, (iii) delaying vesting of earned shares, and, (iv) in the case of certain RSUs, increasing the length of time for distribution, or release, of vested awards. Excluding the 15 senior executive management award holders at that time, all 290 award holders participated in the amendments. During the fourth quarter of 2009, senior executive management’s performance awards were amended consistent with non-senior executive awards and in addition were amended to modify or add, as applicable, vesting on a return-on-equity basis terms. All amended equity awards were revalued at the modification dates at the respective fair market value. There was no expense recognized as a result of the modifications.

During the second quarter of 2010, the Company amended the terms of all unvested performance awards outstanding with performance periods after 2010 by reducing the performance targets for those periods to the budgeted Internal EBITA for the applicable year. All 280 award holders participated in the amendments, and there was no expense recognized as a result of the modification.

The total fair value of options that vested for 2008, 2009 and 2010 was $32 million, $24 million and $18 million, respectively. The total fair value of RSUs that vested for the years 2008, 2009 and 2010 was $3 million, $10 million and $13 million, respectively. At December 31, 2009 and 2010, approximately 592,000 and 804,000 RSU Units, respectively, were vested.

The fair value of option Units granted in each year using the Black-Scholes pricing model and related assumptions follow:

 

		Year ended December 31,
		2008				2009				2010
Weighted-average fair value on date of grant		$	7.67			$	7.64			$	7.37
Assumptions used to calculate fair value:
Volatility			37	%			43	%			36	%
Risk-free interest rate			1.5	%			2.1	%			1.9	%
Expected term			5.0 years				5.0 years				5.0 years
Dividends			zero				zero				zero

The fair value of Class A options granted in each year using the Black-Scholes pricing model and related assumptions follow:

 

		Year ended December 31,
		2008				2009				2010
Weighted-average fair value on date of grant		$	1.73			$	0.28			$	0.23
Assumptions used to calculate fair value:
Volatility			84	%			81	%			156	%
Risk-free interest rate			2.8	%			2.3	%			2.1	%
Expected term			5.0 years				5.0 years				5.0 years
Dividends			zero				zero				zero

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Since the Company is not publicly traded, the Company utilizes equity valuations based on (a) stock market valuations of public companies in comparable businesses, (b) recent transactions involving comparable companies and (c) any other factors deemed relevant. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield

 

F-27

---

Table of Contents

curve in effect at the time of grant. Expected volatilities are based on implied volatilities from market comparisons of certain publicly traded companies and other factors. The expected term of stock options granted is derived from historical experience and expectations and represents the period of time that stock options granted are expected to be outstanding. The requisite service period is generally five years from the date of grant.

For 2008, 2009 and 2010, the Company included non-cash stock compensation expense of $35 million, $33 million and $31 million, respectively, in sales, marketing and administration expenses. At December 31, 2010, there is approximately $7 million and $46 million, respectively, of unearned non-cash stock-based compensation related to time-based options and RSUs that the Company expects to record as expense over a weighted average of 2.5 and 3.7 years, respectively. In addition, at December 31, 2010, there is approximately $36 million and $44 million, respectively, of unearned non-cash stock-based compensation related to performance-based options and RSUs that the Company could record as expense over a weighted average of 3.1 and 4.0 years, respectively, depending on the level of achievement of financial performance goals. Included in the performance award amounts above are approximately 892,000 option Units ($5.0 million), 483,000 class A options ($0.5 million) and 226,000 RSUs ($4.5 million) that were earned during 2009 and 2010, but that will vest monthly during 2011 through 2013. For time-based options and RSUs, compensation expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of five years. For performance-based options and RSUs, recognition of compensation expense starts when the achievement of financial performance goals becomes probable and is recorded over the remaining service period.

The following table summarizes option/RSU activity:

 

			Units
		Options (in millions)				Weighted- Average Price				RSUs (in millions)				Weighted- Average Price				Class A Options (in millions)				Weighted- Average Price
Outstanding at December 31, 2007			35.2			$	16.03				1.1			$	21.14				2.7			$	2.26
Granted			0.4				22.17				2.8				23.75				7.1				2.56
Exercised / released			(1.4	)			9.11				—								—
Canceled			(2.4	)			18.16				(0.2	)			22.24				(0.4	)			2.58
Outstanding at December 31, 2008			31.8				16.24				3.7				23.07				9.4				2.47
Granted			0.4				19.00				1.5				19.10				3.7				0.42
Exercised / released			(1.7	)			10.56				—								—
Canceled			(2.5	)			18.14				(0.2	)			23.36				(0.6	)			2.50
Outstanding at December 31, 2009			28.0				16.46				5.0				21.87				12.5				1.86
Granted			0.2				21.32				2.3				21.23				2.0				0.25
Exercised / released			(0.7	)			11.94				(0.1	)			22.86				—
Canceled			(1.3	)			18.09				(0.8	)			22.16				(2.1	)			1.97
Outstanding at December 31, 2010			26.2				16.54				6.4				21.59				12.4				1.58

Included in the table above are 3.1 million option Units (weighted-average exercise price of $18.38), 0.8 million RSUs (weighted-average price of $21.90) and 1.9 million Class A options (weighted-average exercise price of $1.87) that have not vested and for which the performance period has ended. These options and RSUs may be canceled in the future.

Shares available for grant under the 2005 plan at December 31, 2010 were approximately 11.3 million shares of Class A common stock and 1.9 million shares of Class L common stock of SunGard Capital Corp. and 0.7 million shares of preferred stock of SunGard Capital Corp. II.

 

F-28

---

Table of Contents

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years 2008, 2009 and 2010 was $20 million, $16 million and $7 million, respectively.

Cash proceeds received by SCC, including proceeds received by SCCII, from exercise of stock options was $3 million, $5 million and $1 million in 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. Cash proceeds received by SCCII from exercise of stock options was $1 million in each of 2008 and 2009 and $0.4 million in 2010.

The tax benefit from options exercised during 2008, 2009 and 2010 was $7 million, $6 million and $2 million, respectively. The tax benefit from release of RSUs during 2008, 2009 and 2010 was $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.8 million, respectively. The tax benefit is realized by SCC since SCC files as a consolidated group which includes SCCII and SunGard.

The following table summarizes information as of December 31, 2010 concerning options for Units and Class A shares that have vested and that are expected to vest in the future:

 

		Vested and Expected to Vest												Exercisable
Exercise Price		Number of Options Outstanding (in millions)				Weighted-average Remaining Life (years)				Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in millions)				Number of Options (in millions)				Weighted-average Remaining Life (years)				Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in millions)
Units
$  4.50			3.29				2.9			$	55				3.29				2.9			$	55
18.00 - 24.51			15.20				4.9				47				13.62				4.8				43
Class A Shares
0.21 - 0.44			3.69				8.9				—				0.68				8.6				—
1.41			0.99				7.9				—				0.43				7.9				—
2.22 - 3.06			4.00				7.2				—				2.26				7.2				—

8. Savings Plans:

The Company and its subsidiaries maintain savings and other defined contribution plans. Certain of these plans generally provide that employee contributions are matched with cash contributions by the Company subject to certain limitations including a limitation on the Company’s contributions to 4% of the employee’s compensation. Total expense for continuing operations under these plans aggregated $54 million in 2008, $58 million in 2009 and $63 million in 2010.

 

F-29

---

Table of Contents

9. Income Taxes:

The provision (benefit) for income taxes for 2008, 2009 and 2010 consisted of the following (in millions):

 

		Year ended December 31,
		2008				2009				2010
Current:
Federal		$	93			$	23			$	(1	)
State			18				17				9
Foreign			35				52				54
			146				92				62
Deferred:
Federal			(84	)			(141	)			(71	)
State			3				3				(9	)
Foreign			(14	)			(28	)			(11	)
			(95	)			(166	)			(91	)
		$	51			$	(74	)		$	(29	)

Income (loss) before income taxes for 2008, 2009 and 2010 consisted of the following (in millions):

 

		Year ended December 31,
		2008				2009				2010
U.S. operations		$	(78	)		$	(1,249	)		$	(583	)
Foreign operations			37				53				164
		$	(41	)		$	(1,196	)		$	(419	)

 

F-30

---

Table of Contents

Differences between income tax expense (benefit) at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate and the Company’s effective income tax rate for 2008, 2009 and 2010 were as follows (in millions):

 

		2008				2009				2010
Tax at federal statutory rate		$	(15	)		$	(419	)		$	(146	)
State income taxes, net of federal benefit			15				13				7
Foreign taxes, net of U.S. foreign tax credit			29				(11	) (1)			(6	)
Tax rate changes			—				(1	)			(13	)
Nondeductible goodwill impairment charge			—				343				79
Nondeductible expenses			4				4				3
Change in tax positions			17				(1	)			—
Research and development credit			—				(2	)			(3	)
U.S. income taxes on non-U.S. unremitted earnings			1				3				48
Other, net			—				(3	)			2
		$	51			$	(74	)		$	(29	)
Effective income tax rate			(124	)%			6	%			7	%

 

(1)	Foreign taxes, net in 2009 includes a $12 million favorable adjustment primarily related to utilization in our 2008 U.S. federal income tax return of foreign tax credit carryforwards that were not expected to be utilized at the time of the 2008 tax provision.

Deferred income taxes are recorded based upon differences between financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2009 and 2010 consisted of the following (in millions):

 

		December 31, 2009				December 31, 2010
Current:
Trade receivables and retained interest		$	15			$	12
Accrued expenses, net			14				7
Total current deferred income tax asset			29				19
Valuation allowance			(10	)			(9	)
Net current deferred income tax asset		$	19			$	10
Long-term:
Property and equipment		$	34			$	29
Intangible assets			(1,458	)			(1,319	)
Net operating loss carry-forwards			122				136
Stock compensation			45				50
U.S. income taxes on non-U.S. unremitted earnings			(4	)			(52	)
Other, net			23				10
Total long-term deferred income tax liability			(1,238	)			(1,146	)
Valuation allowance			(60	)			(61	)
Net long-term deferred income tax liability		$	(1,298	)		$	(1,207	)

 

F-31

---

Table of Contents

The net operating loss carryforwards total $2.2 billion, primarily U.S. state of $1.9 billion and U.S. federal of $136 million. These tax loss carryforwards expire between 2011 and 2030 and utilization is limited in certain jurisdictions. The Company recorded the benefit of tax loss carryforwards of $2 million, $23 million and $32 million in 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. A valuation allowance for deferred income tax assets associated with certain net operating loss carryforwards has been established.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits follows (in millions):

 

		2008				2009				2010
Balance at beginning of year		$	20			$	38			$	38
Additions for tax positions of prior years			17				1				17
Reductions for tax positions of prior years			—				(4	)			(4	)
Settlements for tax positions of prior years			—				(3	)			(18	)
Additions for tax positions of current year			—				5				4
Additions for incremental interest			1				1				—
Balance at end of year		$	38			$	38			$	37

Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2010 is approximately $2 million (net of state benefit) of accrued interest and penalties. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.

The Company is currently under audit by the Internal Revenue Service for the calendar years 2007 and 2008 and various state and foreign jurisdiction tax years remain open to examination as well. At any time some portion of the Company’s operations are under audit. Accordingly, certain matters may be resolved within the next 12 months which could result in a change in the unrecognized tax benefit liability.

As part of the Company’s strategy on the deployment of global cash, during the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company determined that unremitted earnings of approximately $446 million which had previously been considered to be indefinitely reinvested in its non-U.S. operations may be repatriated. Accordingly, deferred tax expense of $48 million was recognized to establish the deferred tax liability associated with unremitted earnings. As of December 31, 2010, the Company provided a deferred tax liability of approximately $52 million for non-U.S. withholding and U.S. income taxes associated with the future repatriation of earnings for certain non-U.S. subsidiaries.

10. Segment Information:

The Company has four segments: FS, HE and PS, which together form the Company’s Software & Processing Solutions business, and AS.

FS primarily serves financial services companies through a broad range of complementary software solutions that process their investment and trading transactions. The principal purpose of most of these systems is to automate the many detailed processes associated with trading securities, managing investment portfolios and accounting for investment assets.

HE primarily provides software, strategic and systems integration consulting, and technology management services to colleges and universities.

 

F-32

---

Table of Contents

PS primarily provides software and processing solutions designed to meet the specialized needs of local, state and federal governments, public safety and justice agencies, public schools, utilities, non-profits and other public sector institutions.

AS helps its customers maintain access to the information and computer systems they need to run their businesses by providing them with cost-effective resources to keep their IT systems reliable and secure. AS offers a complete range of availability services, including recovery services, managed services, consulting services and business continuity management software.

The Company evaluates the performance of its segments based on operating results before interest, income taxes, goodwill impairment, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, stock compensation and certain other costs. The operating results for each segment follow (in millions):

 

2008		FS				HE				PS				AS				Total Operating Segments				Corporate and Other Items				Consolidated Total
Revenue		$	3,078			$	540			$	216			$	1,567			$	5,401			$	—			$	5,401
Depreciation and amortization			70				10				5				189				274				—				274
Operating income (loss)			608				130				66				443				1,247				(615	)(1)			632
Cash paid for property and equipment and software			91				24				7				269				391				—				391
2009		FS				HE				PS				AS				Total Operating Segments				Corporate and Other Items				Consolidated Total
Revenue		$	3,068			$	526			$	221			$	1,517			$	5,332			$	—			$	5,332
Depreciation and amortization			77				13				6				192				288				—				288
Operating income (loss)			618				138				60				380				1,196				(1,777	)(1)			(581	)
Total assets			8,605				2,086				1,046				5,695				17,432				(3,452	)(2)			13,980
Cash paid for property and equipment and software			82				8				11				222				323				—				323
2010		FS				HE				PS				AS				Total Operating Segments				Corporate and Other Items				Consolidated Total
Revenue		$	2,807			$	502			$	214			$	1,469			$	4,992			$	—			$	4,992
Depreciation and amortization			82				13				6				190				291				—				291
Operating income (loss)			624				131				57				326				1,138				(870	)(1)			268
Total assets			8,830				2,107				852				5,957				17,746				(4,778	)(2)			12,968
Cash paid for property and equipment and software			93				14				8				196				311				1				312

 

(1)

Includes corporate administrative expenses, goodwill impairments, stock compensation expense, management fees paid to the Sponsors, other costs and certain other items, and amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets of $472 million, $529 million and $484 million in the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

 

(2)	Includes items that are eliminated in consolidation, deferred income taxes and, in 2009, the assets of the Company’s discontinued operations of $310 million.

Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets by segment follows (in millions):

 

		FS				HE				PS				AS				Total Operating Segments				Corporate				Consolidated Total
2008		$	286	(1)		$	34			$	19	(1)		$	129			$	468			$	4			$	472
2009			303	(2)			33				21				170				527				2				529
2010			259				33				20				171				483				1				484

 

(1)	Includes the combined effect of approximately $67 million of impairment charges related to software and customer base affecting both FS and PS.

 

F-33

---

Table of Contents

(2)	Includes approximately $35 million of impairment charges related to software and customer base.

The FS segment is organized to align with customer-facing business areas. FS revenue by business area follows (in millions):

 

		Year ended December 31,
		2009				2010
Position, Risk & Operations		$	581			$	668
Global Trading			989				589
Wealth Management			380				389
Asset Management			371				362
Banking			186				203
Corporate Liquidity			167				175
Insurance			162				175
Global Services			115				120
Technology, Deployment & Distribution			84				92
All other			33				34
Total Financial Systems		$	3,068			$	2,807

The Company’s revenue by customer location follows (in millions):

 

		Year ended December 31,
		2008				2009				2010
United States		$	3,952			$	3,835			$	3,435
International:
United Kingdom			445				415				457
Continental Europe			609				597				585
Asia/Pacific			104				188				254
Canada			169				158				165
Other			122				139				96
			1,449				1,497				1,557
		$	5,401			$	5,332			$	4,992

The Company’s property and equipment by geographic location follows (in millions):

 

		December 31, 2009				December 31, 2010
United States		$	614			$	612
International:
United Kingdom			186				179
Continental Europe			64				62
Canada			44				40
Asia/Pacific			10				22
Other			1				3
			305				306
		$	919			$	918

 

F-34

---

Table of Contents

11. Related Party Transactions:

SunGard is required to pay management fees to affiliates of the Sponsors in connection with management consulting services provided to SunGard and the Parent Companies. These services include financial, managerial and operational advice and implementation strategies for improving the operating, marketing and financial performance of SunGard and its subsidiaries. The management fees are equal to 1% of quarterly Adjusted EBITDA, defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and goodwill impairment, further adjusted to exclude unusual items and other adjustments as defined in the management agreement, and are payable quarterly in arrears. In addition, these affiliates of the Sponsors may be entitled to additional fees in connection with certain financing, acquisition, disposition and change in control transactions. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, SunGard recorded $23 million, $15 million and $17 million, respectively, relating to management fees in sales, marketing and administration expenses in the statement of operations, of which $4 million and $6 million, respectively, is included in other accrued expenses at December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

Two of the Company’s Sponsors, Goldman Sachs & Co. and Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., and/or their respective affiliates served as co-managers in connection with SunGard’s 2008 debt offering of $500 million Senior Notes due 2015 and $500 million Incremental Term Loan. In connection with serving in such capacity, Goldman Sachs & Co. and Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. were paid $26 million and $4 million, respectively, for customary fees and expenses.

One of the Company’s Sponsors, Goldman Sachs & Co. and/or its respective affiliates served as a joint book-running manager in connection with SunGard’s 2010 debt offering of $900 million Senior Notes due 2018 and $700 million Senior Notes due 2018. In connection with serving in such capacity, Goldman Sachs & Co. was paid $10 million for customary fees and expenses.

12. Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees:

The Company leases a substantial portion of its computer equipment and facilities under operating leases. The Company’s leases are generally non-cancelable or cancelable only upon payment of cancellation fees. All lease payments are based on the passage of time, but include, in some cases, payments for insurance, maintenance and property taxes. There are no bargain purchase options on operating leases at favorable terms, but most facility leases have one or more renewal options and have either fixed or Consumer Price Index escalation clauses. Certain facility leases include an annual escalation for increases in utilities and property taxes. In addition, certain facility leases are subject to restoration clauses, whereby the facility may need to be restored to its original condition upon termination of the lease. There were $28 million of restoration liabilities included in accrued expenses at December 31, 2010.

Future minimum rentals under operating leases with initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year at December 31, 2010 follow (in millions):

 

2011		$	210
2012			195
2013			165
2014			147
2015			129
Thereafter			519
		$	1,365

 

F-35

---

Table of Contents

Rent expense from continuing operations aggregated $222 million in 2008, $243 million in 2009 and $237 million in 2010. At December 31, 2010, the Company had $42 million of outstanding letters of credit and bid bonds issued primarily as security for performance under certain customer contracts.

In the event that the management agreement described in Note 13 is terminated by the Sponsors (or their affiliates) or SunGard and its Parent Companies, the Sponsors (or their affiliates) will receive a lump sum payment equal to the present value of the annual management fees that would have been payable for the remainder of the term of the management agreement. The initial term of the management agreement is ten years, and it extends annually for one year unless the Sponsors (or their affiliates) or SunGard and its Parent Companies provide notice to the other. The initial ten year term expires August 11, 2015.

The Company is presently a party to certain lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of its business. In the opinion of management, none of its current legal proceedings are expected to have a material impact on the Company’s business or financial results. The Company’s customer contracts generally include typical indemnification of customers, primarily for intellectual property infringement claims. Liabilities in connection with such obligations have not been material.

13. Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited):

 

		First Quarter				Second Quarter				Third Quarter				Fourth Quarter
2009
Revenue		$	1,295			$	1,330			$	1,291			$	1,416
Gross profit(1)			637				673				695				793
Loss before income taxes			(45	)			(7	)			(45	)			(1,099	)(3)
Loss from continuing operations			(35	)			(8	)			(37	)(2)			(1,042	)(3)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations			1				1				(3	)			5
Net loss			(34	)			(7	)			(40	)(2)			(1,037	)(3)
2010
Revenue		$	1,200			$	1,253			$	1,201			$	1,338
Gross profit(1)			632				694				663				802
Loss before income taxes			(88	)			(20	)			(300	)(4)			(11	)
Loss from continuing operations			(56	)			(21	)			(288	)(4)			(25	)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations			2				—				(90	)(5)			(92	)(6)
Net loss			(54	)			(21	)			(378	)(4)(5)			(117	)(6)

 

(1)	Gross profit equals revenue less cost of sales and direct operating expenses.

 

(2)	Includes a $12 million favorable adjustment primarily related to utilization in our 2008 U.S. federal income tax return of foreign tax credit carryforwards that were not expected to be utilized at the time of the 2008 tax provision.

 

(3)	Includes a pre-tax goodwill impairment charge of $1.13 billion.

 

(4)	Includes a pre-tax goodwill impairment charge of $237 million.

 

(5)	Includes a pre-tax goodwill impairment charge of $91 million.

 

(6)	Includes a pre-tax loss on sale of the discontinued operation of $94 million.

 

F-36

---

Table of Contents

14. Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

Supplemental cash flow information for 2008, 2009 and 2010 follows (in millions):

 

		Year ended December 31,
		2008				2009				2010
Supplemental information:
Interest paid		$	550			$	596			$	625
Income taxes paid, net of refunds		$	134			$	135			$	43
Acquired businesses:
Property and equipment		$	11			$	—			$	5
Software products			140				10				21
Customer base			198				5				27
Goodwill			629				2				25
Other tangible and intangible assets			67				—				8
Deferred income taxes			(117	)			(1	)			(5	)
Purchase price obligations and debt assumed			(74	)			(1	)			(2	)
Net current liabilities assumed			(133	)			(2	)			3
Cash paid for acquired businesses, net of cash acquired of $78, $1 and $10, respectively		$	721			$	13			$	82

15. Supplemental Guarantor Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements:

SunGard’s senior notes are jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis and the senior subordinated notes are jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured senior subordinated basis, in each case, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all wholly owned, domestic subsidiaries of SunGard (collectively, the “Guarantors”). Each of the Guarantors is 100% owned, directly or indirectly, by SunGard. None of the other subsidiaries of SunGard, either direct or indirect, nor any of the Holding Companies, guarantee the senior notes and senior subordinated notes (“Non-Guarantors”). The Guarantors also unconditionally guarantee the senior secured credit facilities, described in Note 5.

The following tables present the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of SunGard (referred to as “Parent Company” for purposes of this note only), the Guarantor subsidiaries, the Non-Guarantor subsidiaries and Eliminations as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 to arrive at the information for SunGard on a consolidated basis. SCC and SCCII are neither parties to nor guarantors of the debt issued as described in Note 5.

 

F-37

---

Table of Contents

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

 

		December 31, 2009
(in millions)		Parent Company				Guarantor Subsidiaries				Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries				Eliminations				Consolidated
Assets
Current:
Cash and cash equivalents		$	126			$	(9	)		$	525			$	—			$	642
Intercompany balances			(6,563	)			5,787				776				—				—
Trade receivables, net			—				734				354				—				1,088
Prepaid expenses, taxes and other current assets			2,017				77				397				(1,968	)			523
Current assets of discontinued operations			—				—				90				—				90
Total current assets			(4,420	)			6,589				2,142				(1,968	)			2,343
Property and equipment, net			1				603				315				—				919
Intangible assets, net			164				3,756				551				—				4,471
Intercompany balances			961				(691	)			(270	)			—				—
Goodwill			—				4,895				1,132				—				6,027
Long-term assets of discontinued operations			—				—				220				—				220
Investment in subsidiaries			13,394				2,490				—				(15,884	)			—
Total Assets		$	10,100			$	17,642			$	4,090			$	(17,852	)		$	13,980
Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity
Current:
Short-term and current portion of long-term debt		$	45			$	7			$	12			$	—			$	64
Accounts payable and other current liabilities			272				2,901				1,019				(1,968	)			2,224
Current liabilities of discontinued operations			—				—				60				—				60
Total current liabilities			317				2,908				1,091				(1,968	)			2,348
Long-term debt			7,687				3				561				—				8,251
Intercompany debt			82				103				(23	)			(162	)			—
Deferred income taxes			(53	)			1,234				117				—				1,298
Long-term liabilities of discontinued operations			—				—				8				8				16
Total liabilities			8,033				4,248				1,754				(2,122	)			11,913
Total stockholder’s equity			2,067				13,394				2,336				(15,730	)			2,067
Total Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity		$	10,100			$	17,642			$	4,090			$	(17,852	)		$	13,980

 

F-38

---

Table of Contents

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

 

		December 31, 2010
(in millions)		Parent Company				Guarantor Subsidiaries				Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries				Eliminations				Consolidated
Assets
Current:
Cash and cash equivalents		$	179			$	—			$	599			$	—			$	778
Intercompany balances			(7,500	)			6,659				841				—				—
Trade receivables, net			2				702				357				—				1,061
Prepaid expenses, taxes and other current assets			2,729				85				309				(2,705	)			418
Total current assets			(4,590	)			7,446				2,106				(2,705	)			2,257
Property and equipment, net			—				602				316				—				918
Intangible assets, net			150				3,330				539				—				4,019
Intercompany balances			(4	)			—				4				—				—
Goodwill			—				4,657				1,117				—				5,774
Investment in subsidiaries			14,012				2,456				—				(16,468	)			—
Total Assets		$	9,568			$	18,491			$	4,082			$	(19,173	)		$	12,968
Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity
Current:
Short-term and current portion of long-term debt		$	—			$	2			$	7			$	—			$	9
Accounts payable and other current liabilities			203				3,661				940				(2,705	)			2,099
Total current liabilities			203				3,663				947				(2,705	)			2,108
Long-term debt			7,607				2				437				—				8,046
Intercompany debt			(195	)			65				249				(119	)			—
Deferred income taxes			346				749				112				—				1,207
Total liabilities			7,961				4,479				1,745				(2,824	)			11,361
Total stockholder’s equity			1,607				14,012				2,337				(16,349	)			1,607
Total Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity		$	9,568			$	18,491			$	4,082			$	(19,173	)		$	12,968

 

F-39

---

Table of Contents

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Schedule of Operations

 

		Year ended December 31, 2008
(in millions)		Parent Company				Guarantor Subsidiaries				Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries				Eliminations				Consolidated
Total revenue		$	—			$	3,540			$	1,954			$	(93	)		$	5,401
Costs and expenses:
Cost of sales and direct operating			—				1,558				1,136				(93	)			2,601
Sales, marketing and administration			112				584				417				—				1,113
Product development			—				183				126				—				309
Depreciation and amortization			—				205				69				—				274
Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets			4				373				95				—				472
			116				2,903				1,843				(93	)			4,769
Income (loss) from operations			(116	)			637				111				—				632
Net interest income (expense)			(533	)			(18	)			(29	)							(580	)
Other income (expense)			173				(209	)			(72	)			15				(93	)
Income (loss) before income taxes			(476	)			410				10				15				(41	)
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes			234				(212	)			(73	)			—				(51	)
Income (Loss) from continuing operations			(242	)			198				(63	)			15				(92	)
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax			—				—				(150	)			—				(150	)
Net income (loss)		$	(242	)		$	198			$	(213	)		$	15			$	(242	)

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Schedule of Operations

 

		Year ended December 31, 2009
(in millions)		Parent Company				Guarantor Subsidiaries				Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries				Eliminations				Consolidated
Total revenue		$	—			$	3,429			$	2,006			$	(103	)		$	5,332
Costs and expenses:
Cost of sales and direct operating			—				1,462				1,175				(103	)			2,534
Sales, marketing and administration			99				593				396				—				1,088
Product development			—				166				182				—				348
Depreciation and amortization			—				214				74				—				288
Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets			2				404				123				—				529
Goodwill impairment charges			—				1,126				—				—				1,126
			101				3,965				1,950				(103	)			5,913
Income (loss) from operations			(101	)			(536	)			56				—				(581	)
Net interest income (expense)			(547	)			(48	)			(35	)			—				(630	)
Other income (expense)			(707	)			(21	)			11				732				15
Income (loss) before income taxes			(1,355	)			(605	)			32				732				(1,196	)
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes			237				(101	)			(62	)			—				74
Income (loss) from continuing operations			(1,118	)			(706	)			(30	)			732				(1,122	)
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax			—				—				4				—				4
Net loss		$	(1,118	)		$	(706	)		$	(26	)		$	732			$	(1,118	)

 

F-40

---

Table of Contents

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Schedule of Operations

 

		Year ended December 31, 2010
(in millions)		Parent Company				Guarantor Subsidiaries				Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries				Eliminations				Consolidated
Total revenue		$	—			$	3,624			$	1,531			$	(163	)		$	4,992
Costs and expenses:
Cost of sales and direct operating			—				1,532				832				(163	)			2,201
Sales, marketing and administration			112				583				446				—				1,141
Product development			—				107				263				—				370
Depreciation and amortization			—				205				86				—				291
Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets			1				406				77				—				484
Goodwill impairment charges			—				237				—				—				237
			113				3,070				1,704				(163	)			4,724
Income (loss) from operations			(113	)			554				(173	)			—				268
Net interest income (expense)			(591	)			(110	)			65				—				(636	)
Other income (expense)			42				(198	)			5				100				(51	)
Income (loss) before income taxes			(662	)			246				(103	)			100				(419	)
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes			272				(146	)			(97	)			—				29
Income (loss) from continuing operations			(390	)			100				(200	)			100				(390	)
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax			—				—				(180	)			—				(180	)
Net income (loss)		$	(390	)		$	100			$	(380	)		$	100			$	(570	)

 

F-41

---

Table of Contents

SunGard Data Systems Inc.

Offers to Exchange

$900,000,000 principal amount of its 7 ³/8% Senior Notes due 2018 and $700,000,000 principal amount of its 7 ⁵/8% Senior Notes due 2020, each of which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, for any and all of its outstanding 7 ³/8% Senior Notes due 2018 and 7 ⁵/8% Senior Notes due 2020.

Until the date that is 90 days from the date of this prospectus, all dealers that effect transactions in those securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.